Home

sonet - Artisan Technology Group

1. STS 1s Order at M ux Input aT STS 1 Order of Order at 1 1 1 STS 3 1 Number Transmission Mux Input 12 pHo 34 13 12 m 32 7 8 13 3 21 A ST 3 2 f STS 12 2 2 BAH 34 23 2 2 21 Orderof Transmission 23 6 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 41 43 3 3 23 13 42 3 2 2 2 12 41 3 1 2 1 11 31 n STS 3 3 a2 9 6 B G 8 5 2 0 m 4 1 3 2 8 4 3 1 3 3 3 2 31 Order at M ux Input 3 3 9 41 ao ST5 3 4 42 wy 31 43 4 2 4 1 43 12 3 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS 1 0C 1 Signal Setup Parameters STS 1 OC 1 Signal Setup Parameters STS 1 signal parameters are applicable when the STS 1 involved in the test is nota subrate channel in a higher rate STS N signal When STS 1 is the highest level signal involved in the test the STS 1 setup parameters appear on the screen similar to the following Note For OC 1 applications select STS1 0C1 for the transmitter and receiver The OC N TX connector provides an OC 1 signal in parallel with the STS 1 TX signal Set Rx gt to Optical to use the OC N RX connector for an input OC 1 signal The test mode label on the first l
2. HIGALA A a Bl BI E1 el e1 en Fa Fa F1 3 B3 1 83 D1 D1 D2 b2 D2 D2 D3 D3 I D3 c2 c2 c2 HI H1 H2 H2 H2 H2 H3 43 PHB Gt crl Gl B2 N B2 K1 K1 KI K1 K2 K2 K2 F2 F2 F2 D4 D4 D5 D5 D5 DS D6 D6 D6 H4 H4 i H4 D7 D7 D8 D8 8 D8 D9 D9 09 23 2 z D10 D10 D11 11 11 D11 D12 D12 D12 z4 z4 z4 mi ala2ia2luil 2fe2le2 s f l ao if 2 12 622 080 M bs 48 2 488 Gbs STS 1 1 2 N l 2 Boo N 2 N 1 2 AN x 125 us STS 1s are byte interleaved to form STS N Path OH 3 DS a0 Mbs N x1 Columns 5 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Formats SONET Overhead Bytes Netw ork Span Byte Description Al A2 Framing Pattern 11110110 00101000 F6 28 hex J 0 20 J 0 STS 1 1 Section trace Z0 Growth Formerly C1 Bl Section bit interleaved parity BIP 8 code Section Overhead F1 Local orderwire channel F1 Section user channel D1 D3 Section data communication channel DCC H1 H3 Payload pointers B2 Line bit interleaved parity BIP 8 code K1 K2 Automatic protection switching APS channel also Line AIS and Line ROI indication LineOverhead D4 D12
3. 156MTS HOST CODE V7 00 Release Notes UW PWNE D 10 Corrected OC12 D amp I DS3 1 and OC3 D amp I DS3 1 modes 12 1 m Added Terminal mode OC3 OC3 STS1 ATM Added Monitor mode OC3 Mon STS1ATM Added Drop and Insert mode OC3 D amp l STS1 ATM Added Terminal mode 0C12 0C12 STS1 ATM Expanded Auto Setup to include SDH OC3 0C3 STS1 ATM and 0C12 0C12 STS1 ATM detection Store Recall Feature added to SCPI Mode ATM VPI VCI Scan Capability added to SCPI Mode Timed Test Duration in SCPI Mode Corrected problem with ESF FDL data intepretation SCPI commands returns invalid data for functions not previously set has been corrected by initializing all SCPI queries structures to zero SCPI command SYST RE MOTE was corrected E1TS mode with drop insert set to 29 to 31 then switching to a DS1 mode the DSO setup screens drop and insert field settings were corrected Removed the Aux pick from field Others gt in all modes with a VT1 5A payload Fixed problem in the H pointer increment test for mode OC12 0C12 STS12 where error inject and local action key appears to be locked DS2 OOF out of frame error while recovering from a power interruption Fixed SCPI commands SOUR DM EINJ STS1 A1A2 B1 SECT_BER LINE_BER Fixed H Pointer operation in STS1 STS1 ATM Added OC3 0C3 STSI ATM and OC12 0C12 STS1 ATM Fixed mode with VT1 5b payload following factory defaults Changed
4. BULK FILLED SANS Suprant s OC 1 STS 1 STS 1 SPE DS3 BULK FILLED NOT SUPPORTED BULK FILLER ye OnreD 2Mb s ASYNC NOT SUPPORTE NOT 2Mb s Float 5 UPPORTED BULK FILLED NOT SUPPORTED DS1 ASYNC DS1 FLOAT BULK FILLED NOT SUPPORTED 3 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com APS Message SONET Configuration Reference SONET Automatic Protection Switching APS Parameters SONET Automatic Protection Switching APS Parameters The 156MTS can transmit messages on the automatic protection switching channel APS K1 and K2 bytes The APS parameters are accessed by selecting APS Control from the Additional Test Controls menu The first field selects the APS message to be transmitted The text of each message is displayed with its corresponding bit sequence bits 1 4 of K1 The available messages are listed in the following table APS Messages APS Message K1 Byte Display hex BitSequence No Request Ox 0000 Do Not Revert 1x 0001 Reverse Request 2x 0010 Not Used 3x 0011 Exercise 4x 0110 Not Used 5x 0101 Wait to Restore 6x 0110 Not Used 7x 0111 M anual Switch 8x 1000 Not Used 9x 1001 SD Low Priority Ax 1010 3 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation
5. DS3 FEAC Channel Parameters The 156MTS allows you to program what messages are transmitted on the far end alarm and control FEAC channel FEAC parameters are applicable when the DS3 framing format is set for C bit parity FEAC setup parameters are accessed by selecting DS3 FEAC Control from the Control Screens menu Continuous Alarm Status gt sets continuous transmission of the selected FEAC code see Alarm Status On or Off When this parameter is set to Off FEAC Burst transmission is still available FEAC Burst gt selects the type of code transmitted when a FEAC burst is activated by the ACTION key FEAC Burst gt can be set as follows None No codes are transmitted Loopback Activate The loop up code for the selected Loopback Line is transmitted when the ACTION key is pressed Loopback Deactiv The loop down code for the selected Loopback Line is transmitted when the ACTION key is pressed Alarm Status The FEAC alarm or status code as determined by the selected Alarm Status is transmitted when the ACTION key is pressed Burst of gt sets the number of times the selected FEAC code is transmitted when the ACTION key is pressed Burst of gt can be set from 03 through 15 Alarm Status gt selects the FEAC code to be transmitted when Continuous Alarm Status gt is set to On or when FE AC Burst gt is set to Alarm Status see page 7 8 The FEAC code is 16 bits 2 bytes long All eight bits in the first byte are set t
6. Pulse Fit Indicates Pass if the received pulse fits the selected pulse mask and tolerance Rise Time Indicates the calculated rise time of the received pulse in nanoseconds Fall Time Indicates the calculated fall time of the received pulse in nanoseconds Imbal Indicates Pass when the ratio of the amplitude of the positive received pulse and the amplitude of the negative received pulse meets the specifications of the selected pulse mask Polarity gt must be set to Pos Neg see Capture Pulse Polarity page 7 13 Amp Indicates Pass when the amplitude of the receive pulse is in the range 360 to 850 millivolts Width Indicates the width of the received pulse in nanoseconds 8 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Pulse Mask Screens Pulse Mask The bottom line of the pulse mask results display indicates the status of Status Line the pulse mask test The status line indicates one of the messages described in the following table Pulse Mask test has not been started Indicates a pulse mask test has not yet begun Acquiring Positive One Data or Acquiring Negative One Data Indicates the test set is acquiring a positive or negative pulse to evaluate Done Not Enough Isolated Ones Indicates the pulse mask test was canceled because a pulse could not be acquired or aLOS was detected Pulse acquisition requires a
7. This screen can be useful This screen displays errored seconds measurements based on when monitoring live traffic combined DS1 framing and CRC errors CRC results provide a reasonable assessment of payload performance and framing results help complete the picture of the DS1 signal ES Frame CRC errored second count The number of seconds during which at least one frame bit or CRC 6 error occurred but no OOF events occurred ES A CRC typeA errored seconds count The number of seconds during which a single CRC 6 error occurred and no OOF events occurred ES B CRC type B errored seconds count The number of seconds during which at least one but fewer than 320 CRC 6 errors occurred but no OOF events occurred SES Frame CRC severely errored seconds count The number of seconds during which an OOF event or 320 CRC 6 errors occurred Cons SES Frame CRC consecutive severely errored seconds count The number of seconds counted as CSESs This value increments by ten for every ten successive frame CRC SESs that occur Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1BPV Measurements Screen DS1 BPV Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on bipolar violations BPVs Count BPV error count The number of bipolar violations A BPV is the occurrence of two consecutive pulses of the same polarity unless
8. 1 From atest operation screen press CONFIG right to display the Control Screens menu 3 Use FIELD to highlight the Results Level field and use VALUE to set it to Summary or Detail In the measurement reference Summary makes fewer higher level results screens available chapters of this manual a Detail makes additional more in depth screens available screen s results level is indicated by an s or a d Press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 1 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS To View System Information To View System Information System Software 1 Select Setup System Parameters from the Main Menu and press Revision MENU down The Setup System Parameters menu is displayed 2 To view the software versions select System Software Configuration from the Setup menu and press MENU down The revision of the software installed in your test set is displayed as well as the date of installation displayed cofig code is typical 3 Press MENU up to return to the Setup menu Hardware 1 To view the hardware configuration select System Hardware Configuration Configuration from the Setup menu and press MENU down The options installed in your test set are displayed 2 Press MENU up to return to the Setup menu Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
9. 7 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference Dual DS3 Setup Parameters Transmit and Dual DS3 setup parameters are available when the transmitter Receive Rates TxRate gt or receiver RxRate gt is set for Dual DS3 For receiver only dual DS3 only the receiver can be set to Dual DS3 Configuration of the second DS3 interface is accessed by selecting Dual DS3 Control from the Control Screens menu The DS3 B setup parameters are displayed on the screen similar to the following EDT hb j s Pi LEU HOrne For receiver only dual DS3 the DS3 B setup screen is shown as follows DS1 E1 Drop The Dual DS1 from DS3 gt or DS1 Drop From gt field selects which Selection DS3 interface is used to drop the DS1 E 1 signal and display DS1 E 1 results This parameter can be set to either A or B DS3A or DS3B DS3 LED Setup Shared LE D gt determines how the front panel DS3 ALARMS and STATUS indicators are implemented in dual DS3 mode None LEDs are not shared the front panel LEDs show only DS3 A information Alarm ALARMS indicators only are shared indicating when thereis a current error or history state on either the receive DS3 A or DS3 B Alm Stat ALARMS and STATUS indicators are shared indicating when there is alarm history and signal status conditions on either the receive DS3 A or DS3 B 7 6 Artisan Technology Group
10. Idle Repeating 1100 pattern in the informations bits Also valid framing bits C bits set to 0 in M subframe 3 and X1 and X2 set to 1 Overrides DS3 Frm gt selection Live No pattern The receiver does not try to synchronize to a pattern Ext A signal applied at the front panel DS3 RX port is used as the transmit DS3 This selection is available only when the DS3 signal is the payload in a higher rate signal Loop The DS3 signal dropped from a higher rate signal is used as the transmit DS3 signal This selection is available only when the DS3 signal is the payload in a higher rate signal 7 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Setup Parameters Transmit Timing DS3 TxCIk gt selects the DS3 transmit timing source This parameter Source can be set as follows Int Timing is from the 156MTS s internal clock Ext Timing is derived from the rear panel DS3 TX CLK IN port Loop Timing is derived from the receive or drop DS3 signal Note fDS3 Data gt is set to Ext the transmit timing is derived from the input signal FEBE Bit Status FEBE gt sets the value of the three transmit Far end Block Error FEBE bits These bits are C41 C42 and C43 and each can be set to either 1 or 0 X Bit Status DS3 XBit gt sets the value of the transmit X1 and X2 bits simultaneously XBit gt can be set to 1 X1 and X2
11. LOP P Loss of pointer formerly LOPNTR Declared when eight consecutive frames are received that do not meet at least one of the following conditions e Normal flag 0110 and valid value 0 782 e New data flag 1001 and valid value 0 782 e Normal flag and valid value in STS 1 1 and concatenation indicator 1001XX1111111111 in the other STS 1s LOP P is not declared during AIS P The alarm is cleared when a consistent valid pointer is received for three consecutive frames LOF Loss of frame synchronization Declared when an OOF condition out of frame four consecutive errored framing patterns is detected for 24 consecutive frames 3 ms The alarm is cleared after 24 consecutive frames of correct framing patterns LOCLK Loss of clock synchronization Declared when external clock source is no longer detected when configured for external timing This alarm is cleared when clock source is reapplied 4 26 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference SONET Alarm Definitions continued Alarm Description LOPatt Loss of STS 12c or STS 3c pattern synchronization Declared when the error ratio is 25 or higher evenly distributed on the SPE bytes or when the error ratio exceeds 3 12 if the errors are not evenly distributed STS 3c only LOPatt is cleared when 64 consecutive pattern matches bits are received
12. Note For information on injection rates see About Error Injection Rates page 27 8 E1 BPV Generates bipolar violations in the E1 data This type is not available for DS3 mapped E1 modes E1 Data Generates data bit errors before the CRC is calculated so no CRC errors are generated E1 Data CRC Generates combined data bit errors and CRC errors by erroring the data bits after the CRC is calculated E1 Frm CRC Generates combined E1 frame bit errors and CRC errors by erroring the frame alignment pattern in timeslot 0 after the CRC is calculated E1MFrm CRC Generates combined E1 multiframe frame bit errors and CRC errors by erroring timeslot 16 after the CRC is calculated E1MFrm Alm Generates an E1 distant multiframe alarm condition by setting bit 6 of timeslot 16 in frame 0 to 1 E1 Rmt Alm Generates an E1 remote alarm condition by setting bit 3 of timeslot 0 to 1 TS Data Generates data bit errors in the selected timeslot when E1 Data gt is set for TS and TS Data gt is set to a pattern 15 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 16 E1 Measurement Summary Screen 16 3 E1Bit Error Measurement Screens 16 4 E1Block Error Measurements Screen 16 7 E1TSOFrame Error Measurements Screen 16 8 E1CAS Frame Error Measurements Screen 16 9 E1CRC 4 Error Measurements Screen 16 10 E1BPV Measurements Screen 16 11 E1Slips Screen 16 12 E1 Signal
13. To perform DS3 Pulse Mask DS3 Pulse Mask testing is available when the receiver is set for DS3 testing your test set musthave Rx Rate DS3 or Dual DS3 Pulse mask parameters are accessed by Option 202 selecting DS3 Pulse Mask from the control screens menu Note For dual DS3test set configurations pulse mask testing is only available on the DS3A signal Pulse Mask Type Mask gt selects the pulse mask to be used for the pulse mask test The available choices are A pulse maskis a standardized None No mask is used Mask fit and imbalance results are not range defining the boundaries applicable but other results are still valid of an ideal waveform shape G 703 Pulse mask as defined by the proposed update to CCITT l recommendation G 703 DS3 Electrical Interface Spec T1X1 4 95 013 T1 102 Pulse mask as defined by ANSI specification T 1 102 T1 404 Pulse mask as defined by ANSI specification T 1 404 TR499 Pulse mask as defined by Bellcore specification TR NWT 000499 7 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Pulse Mask Configuration Mask Tolerance Tolerance gt specifies an adjustment to the pulse mask specification Adjustment selected by Mask gt Tolerance gt can be set as follows Spec The selected mask specification is not adjusted 3 The selected mask specification is offset 3 percent o
14. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Be sure to mark the RMA number on the outside of the shipping container In addition be sure to include the following information e Model number E 4480A and name 156MTS e Serial number Your name and phone number e A written description of the problem Return ship to address e Invoice address e Payment information if unit is out of warranty Warranty amp Service 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Warranty amp Service 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index A A1 A2 bytes error injection 3 31 error measurements 4 12 AAL type cell structures 21 2 21 4 foreground channel 19 8 receive channel 19 17 action local key 1 2 Administrative Setups screen 23 8 alarms ATM measurements 20 20 DS1 measurements 12 16 DS3 measurements 8 13 El 16 15 error squelching 23 3 SONET 2 8 3 31 STS N measurements 4 26 VT measurements 4 36 APS configure 2 4 measurement screen 4 15 message 3 12 mode 3 13 passthrough 3 22 requested channel 3 13 setup parameters 3 12 ASCII characters hex values 3 19 ATM address notation 19 4 automatic channel scan 18 2 background channels 18 15 18 16 19 19 BW step size cellcapture 18 4 configure VP VC 18 14 error injection 19 24 GFC 19 14 global setup parameters 18 10
15. fe O 0 O fe oO DS1 Alarm and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOS Loss of DS1 or E1 signal OOF Out of frame AlS DS1 E1 alarm indication signal YEL DS1 Yellow alarm E1 Remote alarm LOPAT Loss of pattern COFA DS1 Change of frame alignment DS1STATUS DS1 SIG Valid DS1 signal detected DS1C SIG Valid DS1C signal detected SF SYNC Valid Superframe SF format detected ESF SYNC Valid Extended Superframe ESF format detected PAT SYNC Receiver synchronized with test pattern B8ZS DS1B8ZS zero substitution codes detected ERRORS DS1 error detected 12 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Measurement Summary Screen DS1 Measurement Summary Screen For each screen an s This screen displays an overview of DS1 error measurements indicates Summary results level and a d indicates Detail level See To Display M ore M easurement Screens page 1 11 S Sec Ago shows the time Bit DS1 bit error count The number of errored bits transmitted at elapsed since the last error in one level but received at another seconds Frm DS1 frame error count The number of framing bits received in error The framing bits are F or F for SF format FPS bits ESF and F SLC 96 CRC DS1CRC 6 error count The
16. A new SCPI command returns the identity of the channel to be dropped from a demultiplexer ROUTe DMUX DSO DS31 VTGRP VT15 STS12 A SCPI command has been added to return the identity of the channel inserted in a multiplexer ROUTe MUX INS DSO M13 VT15 VTGRP STS12 A new SCPI command returns the setting of the remaining channels in the multiplexer ROUTe MUX OTH DSO M13 VT15 VTGRP STS12 A SCPI command has been added to return the setting of the DS1 line code SENSe DM CODE1 A SCPI command has been added to return the inhibit error on alarm setting SENSe DM IERR Another new SCPI command to return the on off setting of Trouble Scan function SENSe DM DATA TRBLscan Three new SCPI commands were added to return framing type Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 specified by the sENSe DM FRAMe Command SENSe DM FRAMe TYPE1 SENSe DM FRAMe TYPE3 SENSe DM FRAMe TYPE3B The following new SCPI command returns the DS3B LED sharing mode SENSe DM DS3B LEDS A new SCPI command to return the ATM DMUX mapping setting SENSe DM ATMDMUX A new SCPI command has been added to return the selected jitter measurement rate SENSe DM JITTer RATE WB_THRESH HB THRESH A ne
17. A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED D a gaa tia Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com s lt Agilent Technologies x Innovating the HP Way User s Manual HP 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Copyright Agilent Technologies 2000 All rights reserved Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws Publication part number 4480 90000 Version 2 3 May 2000 Printed in
18. AIS P Path alarm indication signal formerly PAIS Declared when all ones is received in H1 H2 for three consecutive frames This alarm is cleared when all ones is not received in H1 H2 for three consecutive frames RDI P Path remote defect indications formerly Path Yellow alarm Declared when ten consecutive frames are received containing bit 5 of the G1 byte set to 1 The alarm is cleared when ten consecutive frames are received containing bit 5 of the G1 byte set to 0 STS N Alarm These three screens display counts of SONET alarm seconds An alarm Seconds Screens second is a second during which a particular type of alarm is active Note For concatenated payloads the LOPat alarm loss of pattern is added and the alarms are displayed on three screens instead of two 4 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com STS N Alarm and History Screens Note SONET M easurement Reference STS N Status Screen These screens display current and previous SONET alarms Like front panel LEDs the screens provide current status of the alarm Alarm and also indicate if the alarm has occurred previously Hist For concatenated payloads the LOPat alarm loss of pattern is added and the alarms are displayed on three screens instead of two STS N Status Screen This screen displays the status of certain SONET signal parameters simil
19. All other bit sequences are unassigned 7 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 FEAC Channel Parameters FEAC Loopback Loopback Line gt selects which line is affected when FEAC Burst gt is Line Selection set to Loopback Activate or Loopback Deactiv see page 7 8 The following table lists the choices for Loopback Line gt and their corresponding FEAC bit sequences Loopback Line gt Field FEAC Code Selections Line Line Identifier Code Line Line Identifier Code DS3 Line 011011 DS1 Line 15 101111 DS1 Line 1 100001 DS1 Line 16 110000 DS1 Line 2 100010 DS1 Line 17 110001 DS1 Line 8 100011 DS1 Line 18 110010 DS1 Line 4 100100 DS1 Line 19 110011 DS1 Line 100101 DS1 Line 20 110100 DS1 Line 6 100110 DS1 Line 21 110101 DS1 Line 7 100111 DS1 Line 22 110110 DS1 Line 8 101000 DS1 Line 23 110111 DS1 Line 9 101001 DS1 Line 24 111000 DS1 Line 10 101010 DS1 Line 25 111001 DS1 Line 11 101011 DS1 Line 26 111010 DS1 Line 12 101100 DS1 Line 27 111011 DS1 Line 13 101101 DS1 Line 28 111100 DS1 Line 14 101110 DS1 Line All 010011 7 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 C Bit Conf
20. Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference Dual DS3 Setup Parameters DS3 B Error Rate Passthrough Error Rate gt sets the error injection rate receiver only dual DS3 modes only Test sets with receive only dual DS3 can inject logic errors on DS3 B as configured by this field This field can be set to Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 and Off Note Testsets with full dual DS3 test sets can inject errors on DS3 B in the same manner as for DS3 A DS3 B The setup parameters for the second DS3 interface DS3 B are the Configuration same as for the first DS3 interface DS3 A see DS3 Setup Parameters page 7 2 However the configuration of DS3 B is completely independent of DS3 A Note that DS3 B can drop and insert DS1 E 1 channels using DS3B Data gt DS1 Data even if DS3 A is not configured for DS1 E 1 traffic The DS3 B signal is input and output through the rear panel DS3 B RX and DS3 B TX connectors installed on the optional connector panel Note For receive only dual DS3 only the receiver parameters apply Note For DS3 monitor modes with an E1 TS payload error injection is not available 7 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Continuous FEAC Transmission FEAC Code Type FEAC Burst Length FEAC Alarm and Status Codes DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 FEAC Channel Parameters
21. e Hex amp ASCll displays values in hex and ASCII Format for Fill on Action inject button Selections Fill on Action 1Byte 16 Byte 64 Byte NULL 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes HEX 0x01 in all bytes 0x41 Ox4F with CRC7 0x41 to Ox7F ASCII A to DEL followed bya copied 4 times carriage return 0x0D amp line feed 0x0A ASCII 0x41 in all bytes nnnnnn serialnumber Agilent Technologies 156M TS Test Set with CRC7 copied 4 Serial No nnnnnn followed by carriage times return 0x0D and line feed 0x0A USER First byte copied CalculateandinsertCRC7 No action to all 64 bytes of first 16 bytes copy first 16 bytes 4 times Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Measurement Reference STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 STS 1 Signal Measurements This screen displays signal measurements for the STS 1 signal Rx Hz STS 1 receive frequency in Hertz The recovered clock frequency of the receive STS 1 data pattern Rx Pk V STS 1 receive peak voltage The receive signal level measured in volts peak Vpk Accuracy is 5 Rx dBdsx STS 1 receive dBdsx level The receive signal level measured in decibels relative to an STSX 1 signal 0 dBdsx 0 53 Vpk Accuracy is 1 dB 4 24 Artisan Technology Group Qu
22. indicates Summary results level and a d indicates Detail level See To Display M ore M easurement Screens page 1 11 s Sec Ago shows the time Bit E1 bit error count The number of errored bits transmitted at one elapsed since the last error in level but received at another seconds TSO Frm E1 frame error count The number of TSO frame word errors CRC 4 E1CRC 4 error count The number of CRC 4 fields that are received in error BPV E1 bipolar violation count The number of E1 BPVs A BPV is the occurrence of two consecutive pulses of the same polarity unless the pulses are part of an HDB3 zero substitution code This measurement is not displayed for DS3 mapped E1 signals E1 Drop Hz Drop E1 frequency The frequency in Hertz of the E1 signal dropped from the DS3 signal This measurement is only displayed for DS3 mapped E1 signals 16 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Bit Error Measurement Screens E1 Bit Error Measurement Screens These three screens display results based on E1 bit error measurements The results displayed on the screens are described in table beginning on the next page 16 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Bit Error Measurement Screens E1 Bit Error M
23. 15 0 8 0 11 0 30 420 00 3 0 420 420 Optical wavelength nm 1260 1360 1310 1280 1335 1310 1500 1580 1550 Receiver OC N RX Optical Sensitivity dBm 28 0 34 0 280 34 0 280 34 0 Peak input power dBm 70 70 70 Optical Wavelength nm 1240 1380 1240 1380 1500 1570 Connectors PC PC connectors are standard Optional ST D4 PC or SC connectors are available STS N Timing Internal Source Stratum 3 51 84 MHz 4 5 ppm STS1 TX CLK IN jack TTL level 50 ohm BNC connector DS1 BITS IN jack DSX 1 input signal per ANSI T1X1 CB119 and TR TSY 000449 External Source Inputs 1 544 MHz SF framed all ones pattern e 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx typical expected 100 ohm WECo 310 connector e DS1 BITS OUT jack provides output signal as described above 5 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications STS 1 itter Option Specifications STS 1 Jitter Option Specifications STS 1 jitter measurement requires STS 1 testing standard base unit or Option UQC and Option UQN Measurement STS 1 J itter Measurement per TR NWT 000253 Response Wideband cutoff frequency 100 Hz to 400 kHz Highband cutoff frequency 20 kHz to 400 kHz Roll off per decade below lower 3 dB point gt 20 dB Roll off per decade above higher 3 dB point gt 60 dB
24. 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters SONET Overhead Parameters For more information on The 156MTS provides extensive control of SONET transport and path SONET overhead see SONET overhead configuration and SONET path trace configuration Formats page 5 8 SONET overhead control is accessed through the Control Screens menu These parameters are available when the instrument is configured for SONET rates When you select SONET OH Control from the Control Screens menu and press CONF IG right a series of screens is presented These screens give you access to the following SONET overhead parameters Transport overhead bytes e Path overhead bytes e J1 Path trace string e JO Section trace string for OC 12 only Two additional screens provide access to VT overhead parameters see VT Overhead Parameters page 3 22 3 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters Transport The SONET Transport Overhead Control screen allows you to program Overhead Control the values for the transport overhead bytes Bytes shown as xx cannot be edited on this screen Note For STS 12c the C1 xx byte is replaced by 0 xx You can edit the J 0 Section Trace string using the Section Trace Control screen see page 3 18 Transport Overhead Bytes Each b
25. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only PLCP Combined This screen displays measurements based on the PLCP framing Al and Frame and POI A2 bytes and path overhead indicators P bytes or POI bytes Measurements Screen Err Count Frame POI error count The number of frame and POI byte errors detected since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Avg Frame POI average error ratio The average ratio of frame and POI byte errors to the total number of frame and POI bytes received since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr Frame POI current error ratio The ratio of frame and POI byte errors detected in the previous 2 25 seconds to the total number of frame and POI bytes received in that same period ES Frame POI errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one frame or POI byte error occurred since the beginning of the test EFS Frame POI error free seconds The number of seconds in which no frame POI errors occurred EFS Frame POI error free seconds percentage The percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test in which no frame or POI byte errors occurred 20 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only PLCP FEBE This screen displays measurements based on the PLCP far end block Measureme
26. Bandwidth page 19 6 Single Burst A single burst of cells is transmitted interleaved at the selected bandwidth when the ACTION key is pressed The number of cells in the burst is defined by Cell Per Burst gt see below This selection is not available when Test Mode gt is set for Cell Transfer Delay or Cell Inter Arrival Time The Single Burst function only works when this screen is displayed Periodic Burst A single burst of cells is transmitted repeatedly at user specified intervals The number of cells in the burst is defined by Cells Per Burst gt The time interval between bursts is defined by Period gt see below See ATM Peri odi c Burst Transmission Mode page 19 10 This selection is not available when Test Mode gt is set for Cell Transfer Delay or Cell Inter Arrival Time Off No foreground channel cells are transmitted 19 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 Burst Size Cells Per Burst gt defines the number of cells transmitted when a foreground channel single or periodic burst is activated The numbers of cells can be set from 000 through 512 Note ForDS3ATM if the bandwidth BW gt is set for2 or 4 do not seta burst size higher than 200 or 400 cells respectively Burst Period Period gt sets the interval between periodic cell burst transmissions Fo
27. Configuration Storage and Retrieval 22 2 Results Storage and Retrieval 22 6 Event Logging 22 8 Local Mode Store Recall Command Feature 22 9 Store and Recall Functions Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Configuration Storage and Retrieval Configuration Storage and Retrieval Store a Test Set Follow this procedure to save a test set configuration in memory Configuration 1 Configure the test set the way you want The 156M TS stores as manyas 2 When you have finished setting up the instrument press MENU up ten test set configurations in to return to the Main Menu nonvolatile internal memory You can configure the test set and then save that setup for later recall and use n L a a 3 UseFIELD to select Store and Recall Configurations and press MENU down The Store Recall Configurations screen is displayed i ew FP fk Led a a a foal fe EF 4 Use VALUE to set Action to Store 5 Press FIELD to select Test and then use VALUE to choosea memory location in which to store the configuration Also the following explains the use of local and retrieval command featured in Release 7 0 or higher Software 22 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Configuration Storage
28. E 5 15 15 E 6 2 2 Dribble DS1 dribbling error seconds The number of seconds during which the error rate is greater than 1 but does not exceed 10 between 1 and 14 errors CSES DS1 Consecutively severely errored seconds count The number of SESs for which the previous two seconds were also SESs This count is reset during LOS LOF and LOP Burst ES DS1 burst error seconds The number of seconds in which three or more bit errors occurred Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com To determine block errors the received DS1 bits are counted into blocks of 2 through 8 kilobits block size is user programmable see DS1 Block Size page 11 7 DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on DS1 block errors Est Total Blocks Estimated count of DS1 blocks The estimated number of blocks received as determined by the selected block size Block Err Count DS1 block error count The number of DS1 blocks that contained one or more errors Burst Err Seconds DS1 block burst errored seconds The number of seconds in which the number of block errors was three or greater SEE Severe error event count A SEE is four consecutive quarter seconds each containing 93 or more bit errors or more than N block errors The value of N depends on the
29. E1 Receiver E1RX E1 Drop Ouput E1DROP E1 Specifications E1 TS Interfaces E1 TS Interfaces Signal DSX e Per CCITT G 703 e 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx Line Code AMI or HDB3 Impedance 120 ohm 5 balanced return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 310 plug Optional Bantam Signals DSX Per CCITT G 703 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx 2 048 M Hz 1000 ppm Equalized for 0 to 655 ft of 22 AWG pulp insulated cable Sensitivity 26 dB below 0 dBdsx J itter tolerance per CCITT G 823 Mon Per CCITT G 703 0 3 Vpk input level typical 20 dBdsx Line Code AMI or HDB3 Impedance e Term 120 ohms 5 return loss gt 20 dB Bridge gt 1000 ohms Connector Accepts WECo 310 plug Optional Bantam Signal DSX E1 dropped from higher rate signal e Per CCITT G 703 e 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx Line Code AMI or B8ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 310 plug Optional Bantam 17 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Specifications E1 TS Interfaces E1 Timing Internal 2 048 MHz 20 ppm DS1 TX CLK IN jack Input E1 signal TTL levels 50 ohm BNC connector E1 Timeslot TS VF Drop Port VF OUT jack 600 ohm internal codec Interfaces TS VF Insert Port VF IN jack 600 ohm internal codec ABCD Signaling SIGNALING TTL port TTL DB 9S connector 50 ohms For pinout Bits Drop information
30. ESF format and E1 CAS 30 channel format signals 11 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference 11 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 DS1 Indicators 12 2 DS1 Measurement Summary Screen 12 3 DS1 Bit Error Measurement Screens 12 4 DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen 12 6 DS1CRC 6 Error Measurements Screen 12 7 DS1 Frame Error Measurements Screen 12 8 DS1 Combined Frame and CRC Errors Screen 12 9 DS1 BPV Measurements Screen 12 10 DS1 Slips Screen 12 11 DS1Idle CDI Detection Screen 12 12 DS1ESF Datalink Display Screen 12 13 DS1 Loop Code Display Screen 12 13 DS1 Signal Measurements Screen 12 14 Jitter Measurements 12 15 DS1Alarm Screens 12 16 DS1 Status Screen 12 18 DSO VF Measurements Screen 12 19 DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen 12 20 FT1 Measurement Summary Screens 12 21 FT1 Bit Error Measurement Screens 12 22 DS1 Measurement Reference Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Indicators DS1 Indicators DS1 E1 HIST ALARMS DS1 STATUS E1 STATUS OLos OpsisiG O E1SIG O ooF ODS1CSIG O TSO SYNC OAIS OSFSYNC OTS16 SYNC O YEL O ESF SYNC O CRC SYNC OLOPAT OPATSYNC O PAT SYNC O COFA O B8ZS O HDB3 O ERRORS O ERRORS
31. Fills the VTs with an inverted copy of the Ins gt VT payload All Os Fills the VTs with an all binary zeros pattern DS1 AIS Inserts a DS1 alarm indication signal on the VTs unframed all ones AIS Inserts one of two AIS signals on the VTs In asynchronous VT modes the AIS is aDS1 AIS unframed all ones In byte synchronous VT modes the AIS is a VT path AIS all ones in the V1 and V2 bytes Ext Fills the VTs with the DS1 signal applied at the front panel DS1 E1 RX jack Unequ Sets the remaining VTs as unequipped path overhead and payload set to all zeros Drop VT Selection VT1 5 Drop gt selects which VT within the STS 1 or VT group is used for the receive VT See VT1 5 Channel Setup e If VT Counting Mode is set to VT Group Drop gt determines Mode page 3 28 which VT in the group from 1 through 4 is selected If VT Counting Mode is set to 1 to 28 Drop gt determines which VT in the STS 1 from 1 through 28 is selected e Setting Drop gt to L automatically locks the drop VT to be the same channel number as VT 1 5 Ins gt Note VTGrp parameters are only displayed if VT Counting Mode is set to VT Group 3 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Insert VT Group Selection Other Transmit VT Groups Drop VT Group Selection VT 1 5 Channel Setup Mode The table on the next page shows the two VT counting mod
32. Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Automatic Protection Switching APS Parameters APS Messages continued APS Message K1 Byte Display hex BitSequence SD High Priority Bx 1011 SF Low Priority Cx 1100 SF High Priority Dx 1101 Forced Switch Ex 1110 Lockout Protect Fx 1111 Requested Rqst gt determines the requested channel to which the message applies Channel The binary value of the channel number 0 15 0000 1111 is sent in bits 5 8 of K1 This is shown on the display in hex the second digit of K1 Bridge Channel Brdg gt determines the bridge channel The binary equivalent of the channel number 0 15 0000 1111 is transmitted in bits 1 4 of K2 This value is shown on the display in hexadecimal the first digit of K2 Architecture The fourth field indicates the APS architecture and corresponds to bit 5 of the K2 byte For 1 1 bit 5 is set to 0 for 1 n bits 5 is set to 1 APS mode The fifth field indicates the APS mode This field can be set as follows Unidirection Bit sequence 100 Bits 6 8 of K2 Bidirection Bit sequence 101 Future Bit sequences 000 through 011 LFERF Alarm Bit sequence 110 LAIS Alarm Bit sequence 111 Note LFERF and LAIS cannot be set from this screen but will be displayed if received To transmit SONET alarms see SONET Alarm Types page 3 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888
33. Press CONF IG right to call the control screens menu 2 Use FIELD to highlight DSO0 T S Frac Setup and press CONFIG right twice to display the Fractional T1 Setup screen 3 Use VALUE to select the base rate for the fractional T1 signal Set Nx to either 64k or 56k kilobytes 4 Next use FIELD and VALUE to select the DSO channels of the DS1 signal that make up the N x64 or N x56 signal Select Each active DSO is represented by an asterisk inactive DSOs are represented by a dot 5 Use FIELD and VALUE to select the payload for the FT1 signal Data 6 Press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 10 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure the DSO Signal Configure the DSO Signal This section describes how to configure the DSO payload of aDS1 signal There are two ways to configure the DSO parameters depending on whether you are testing from a directly connected DS1 or from a subrate DS1 carried on a higher rate signal See S amp up for DS1 Testing page 10 2 DSO from Direct This procedure describes how to configure the DSO payload of aDS1 DS1 Connection signal that is connected directly to the test set input and output at the DS1 RX and TX jacks 1 The DSO parameters are displayed on the test operation screen Use FIELD to highlight Ins gt 2 Use VALUE to select the cha
34. Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns The user programmable DS1 E 1 data patterns are accessed by selecting DS1 E 1 Patterns on the Control Screens menu and then pressing CONFIG right These patterns are used when the DS1 E1 or DSO Data gt field is set to a Prog The DS1 E1 programmable pattern configuration screen appears as follows a Gi The Prog Pat fields represent the bits in each of the DS1 E 1 user patterns Each bit can be set to 1 0 or to adot A dot represents an unused bit position and is not transmitted Pattern length can be from 2 through 24 bits and is defined by the number of bits set to 1 or 0 The pattern is transmitted with the most significant bit following the frame bit for pattern lengths that divide evenly into 192 11 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Loop Up and Loop Down Codes DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Loop Codes DS1 Loop Codes Loop codes are transmitted by setting Err Alm Type gt to DS1 LoopUp or DS1 LoopDn The transmitted loop up or loop down code is configured on the DS1 Loop Code Setup screen To access this screen select DS1 Loop Codes from the Control Screens menu and press CONFIG right LoopUp Code selects the
35. Remote Port Parameters System Date and Time IEEE 488 Interface Parameters Also see Setup for SCPI IEEE 488 Remote Operation page 25 7 Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Administrative Setup Parameters The Administrative Setups display is accessed by selecting Administrative Setups from the Setup System Parameters menu Printer and Remote set the communications parameters for the rear panel PRINTER RS 232 and the REMOTE RS 232 ports The fields can be set in the format bbbb d s pppp where bbbb Sets the baud rate This field can be set to 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 baud d Sets the number of data bits to either 8 or 7 s Sets the number of stop bits to either 1 or 2 pppp Sets the parity to None Odd or Even The Data amp Time fields set the unit s time of day clock and calendar in the format mm dd yy hh nn ss where mm month dd day yy year hh hours nn minutes and ss seconds The SCPI IEEE 488 interface is configured by the following two parameters lE E E 488 Addr Sets the test set s IE E E 488 instrument address This field can be set from 00 through 31 SCPI Via Selects the rear panel interface port that is used for the SCPI interface connection This field can be set to either REMOTE lE E E 488 or REMOTE RS 232 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Timed Test Duration i
36. See Configure the Ti meslot Parameters page 14 7 e Ifyou are not testing the TS signals you can begin the test right now See Run the E1 Test page 14 10 14 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the Timeslot Parameters Configure the Timeslot Parameters This section describes how to configure the timeslot TS payload of an E1 signal There are two ways to configure the TS parameters depending on whether you are using the E 1 E 1 TS mode or testing an El carried on a DS3 signal see Se up for E1 Testing page 14 2 TS inthe This procedure describes how to configure the TS payload in the E1 E1 TS Mode E1 E1 TS test mode Note that the E1 signal is connected directly to the El jacks Both Tx Rate and Rx Rate must be set to E 1 and Payload must be set to TS 1 TheTS parameters are displayed on the E1 test operation screen Use FIELD to highlight TS Ins gt 2 Use VALUE to select the timeslot on which you want to insert the transmit TS signal 3 Select Other and set the format for the remaining transmit timeslots 4 Next select Drop and choose the timeslot you want to drop from the E1 for the receive TS signal 5 Set the state of each of the transmit signaling bits ABCD as desired 6 Select a transmit tone for the inserted timeslot Tone This parameter also allows you to insert the V
37. See SF Daly pattern A repeating 55 octet pattern datalink A transmission path for data dB Decibel Standard unit for transmission loss gain and relative power ratios dBdsx Decibels relative to the DSX level dBm Decibels relative to one milliwatt dc Direct current DCC Data communications channel DCE Data circuit terminating equipment Equipment that provides the interface between a DTE device and a transmission circuit For example a modem DRS Digital reference signal DSO Digital signal level 0 typically 64 or 56 kb s DS1 Digital signal level 1 1 544 Mbs DS2 Digital signal level 2 6 312 Mbs DS3 Digital signal level 3 44 736 Mbs DSX A digital signal cross connect and patch bay DTE Data terminal equipment Equipment that converts user information into data signals for transmission For example a PC E1 A CCITT digital signal of 2 048 Mbs EFS Error free second error rate The number of errors per second Compare error ratio error ratio The number of errors over the total number of bits This term is often used interchangeably with error rate although they are two different measurements ES Errored second A second in which at least one error occurred ESF Extended Superframe framing format DS1 F bit Framing bit F40AM AnATM OAM cell with a VCI of 3 or 4 decimal used for VC OAM See also OAM cal Glossary 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrum
38. See Set up for ATM Testing page 18 7 2 On the test operation screen use FIELD and VALUE to set the transmit timing source STSN TxCIk gt as desired This parameter can be set to internal loop timing or external timing sources 3 Press CONFIG right to display the Control Screens menu 4 Select ATM Setup from the Control Screens menu and then press CONF IG right The first STS 12c ATM setup screen is displayed 5 Set cell scrambling on or off and then set the display notation for circuit and path addresses to either decimal or hexadecimal 6 Press CONFIG right The second STS 12c ATM setup screen is displayed 7 Set the bandwidth percentage for the transmit channel TxBW gt and then activate the transmit channel Enable gt On 8 Next set the payload for the transmit channel cells Active Cell Data gt and the idle cells Idle Cell Data gt 9 If you selected the user programmable pattern 32 bit Prog for the transmit channel data program the pattern in hexadecimal 32 Bit Pattern gt 18 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing 10 Press CONFIG right The third STS 12c ATM setup screen is displayed 11 Configure the cell header for the transmit channel Tx Hdr setting each of the header fields as appropriate GFC VPI VCI PT and CLP 12 Next configure the G
39. Selecting Data Link Control The Data Link Control screen configures the functionality of the from the Control Screens menu rear panel data link ports displays the Data Link Control screen Note For information on other data link rate uses see SONET Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 or DS1 Data Link Parameters page 11 16 Rear Panel RS 232 RS232 gt configures the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 interface in both Data Link Port the transmit and receive directions The choices for DS3 are as follows None The RS 232 data link interface is disabled DS3 C Bit PMDL Row 5 The transmitted data on the Path Maintenance Data Link PMDL the three C Bits in Row 5 is derived from input at the RS 232 data link port Received data is transmitted on the port s output DS3 C Bit format only DS3 C Bit Rows 6 amp 7 The transmitted data on the six C Bits in Rows 6 and 7 three bits in each row is derived from the RS 232 Data Link port Received data is transmitted on the port s output DS3 C Bit format only DS3 C Bit Rows 2 6 7 The transmitted data on the nine C Bits in Rows 2 6 and 7 three bits in each row is derived from the RS 232 data link port Received data is transmitted on the port s output DS3 C Bit format only Note The remaining data link parameters on this screen apply only for SONET rate testing See SONET Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 7 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumenta
40. and line overhead since the beginning of the test CV BER cur REI P current bit error ratio The number of BIP 8 errors over the total number of path bits transmitted excludes section and line overhead during the previous 2 25 seconds REI P UAS REI P unavailable seconds The number of seconds that the reverse path was unavailable The path is declared unavailable after ten consecutive path SESs The path is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no path SESs The REI P UAS measurement includes the first ten seconds but not the last ten seconds ES REI P errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one REI P was reported SES REI P severely errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least nine REI Ps were reported EFS REI P error free seconds The number of seconds in which no REI Ps were reported EFS Percentage of REI P error free seconds REI P EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS 12c and STS 3c Bit Error Measurements STS 12c and STS 3c Bit Error Measurements This screen displays STS 12c or STS 3c bit error measurements depending on the test mode Error Count The number of STS 12c 3c bit errors Average Ratio STS 12c 3c average bit error ratio The number o
41. frame slip is declared when a difference of 193 time slots bits is detected between the receive and reference signals Multiple frame slips within 0 25 seconds are counted as a single frame slip Bit Slips Bit slip count The number of individual time slot differences between the receive and reference signals in either direction A positive value indicates that the receive frequency is greater than the reference frequency A negative value indicates the receive frequency is less than the reference If the reference is lost the bit slip count is restarted from zero when the reference is restored Bit Slips graphic This arrow provides a repeating graphic showing the number of bit slips When the arrow reaches the right side of the display 193 bits slips have been counted and a frame slip is declared Slip Sec Slip seconds count The number of second during which one or more frame slips occurred Rx Hz Receive DS1 frequency The received signal frequency displayed in Hertz Delta Hz Frequency difference in Hertz The difference between the receive DS1 frequency and the reference frequency A positive value indicates the receive frequency is faster than the reference a negative value indicates the receive frequency is slower 12 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1Idle CDI Detection Screen DS1 Idle CDI Detection S
42. modify its operation for special cases You can type DOWNLOAD to The full format for the download command is as follows get help with this command DOWNLOAD filename ext Pn In Bnnnn Annn The parts of the command are described below DOWNLOAD The root command Starts the software download process If no parameters are specified the default values are used see below which is equivalent to typing DOWNLOAD P1 14 B38 4 A3F 8 Each software OUT file is filename ext Selects the software file to be downloaded Operating keyed to individual test set software files end with the extension OUT feature specific files end serial numbers A particular with the extension HEX If no file is specified the program downloads copy of a OUT file may be the first file in the working directory that has the OUT extension valid for only one or several test sets depending on your requirements Pn Specifies the COM port to be used on the PC where n is 1 through 4 For example P3 selects COM3 If no port is specified COM1is used In Specifies the system interrupt request line IRQ for the COM port where nis 1 7 For example I4 selects IRQ 4 If no IRQ is specified IRQ 4 is used for COM1 and COM3 and IRQ 3 is used for COM2 and COM4 Bnnnn Specifies the baud rate for the COM port where nnnn is 1200 4800 9600 19 2 or 38 4 For example B19 2 sets the baud rate to 19 2 Kbaud If no baud rate is specified 38 4 Kbaud
43. path trace J 1 or section trace J 0 bytes The message begins at the first non zero byte following a NULL 0x00 carriage return OxOD or line feed Ox0A byte The Results Display in field above controls how the message is displayed e When set to ASCII only characters in the range 20 through 7E hex are shown When set to Hex amp ASCII the message takes up two screens the first screen shows bytes 1 32 and the second shows bytes 33 64 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156 MTS Host Softw are Version 6 50 Release Notes DS3FEAC Control New DS3 FEAC SCPI Commands A 28 The DS3 FEAC Control screen provides access to DS3 FEAC bits This section describes several screen features previously not documented See DS3 FEAC Channel Parameters in Chapter 7 of the user manual for information about this screen When the Continuous Alarm Status field is set to ON the test set continuously transmits the FEAC code specified in the Alarm Status field When the field is set to off the FEAC bit is set to the value 0 or 1 specified in the DS3 C Bit Control screen Row 1 C3 program bit The FEAC Burst and Burst of fields are used to transmit a FEAC code several times in a row The code burst is sent when the ACTION INJECT key is pressed When the burst sequence is complete the FEAC setting returns to its previous value
44. syntax requires the use of the colon where earlier releases do not The test set configurations are saved when you execute the SCPI command SYSTEM STORE n name The n is a number location between 1 and 10 that specifies the save slot of the configuration data Using the name optional parameter specifies the name tag under which the test set stores the configuration data This replaces the default configuration name the mode title name Note that to store test set modes the unit must be operating in the desired mode via local front panel mode Prior to entering SCPI itis possible to query the status of the test set with SYST E M E RR The test set will return to the a textual string indicating the status of the local SCPI mode When using earlier released software to recall test set configuration you had to place a test set in non menu mode prior to entering SCPI mode The reason being that the test set cannot exit SCP mode to enter terminal mode unless the test set was placed in terminal mode prior to entering SCPI control As the Host SW V7 0 the SYSTEM REMOTE command will be rejected if the test setis ina menu Enter SCPI control using a SYST REM command Enter a few selected System Commands in Local SCPI Mode using the store and recall commands The command syntax listed below require use of the complete upper case mnemonic and not the abbreviated version that is used in SCPI mode Table
45. the pulses are part of a B8ZS zero substitution code Cur Ratio Current BPV error ratio The average BPV error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average BPV error ratio The number of BPVs over the number of bits received since the beginning of the test LCVR Sec Line code violation rate seconds count The number of seconds in which the LCVR state was declared The LCVR state is declared when the BPV error rate exceeds 15 for one second approximately 10 The LCVR state is cleared when the BPV rate drops to less than one per second approximately 10 ES BPV errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one BPV occurred EFS BPV error free seconds The number of seconds during which no BPV errors occurred EFS BPV error free seconds percentage Bipolar violation EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 12 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Slips Screen DS1 Slips Screen This screen displays DS1 slips measurements based on comparing the timing relationship between the receive DS1 signal to an external reference signal The reference signal is a bipolar DSX 1 source applied at the rear panel DS1 REF IN connector A frame slip is also called a Frm Slips Frame slip count The number of frame slip occurrences A controlled slip
46. 18 21 ATM Network Testing Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run an Automatic VP VC Scan Run an Automatic VP VC Scan The VP VC scan is not The 156MTS features an automatic ATM scan that analyzes the receive available for STS 12c ATM signal for ATM traffic and identifies the active channels and bandwidth applications This procedure describes how to setup and run the test 1 Connect the signal to be tested to the appropriate 156MTS input connector 2 From the Main Menu select Terminal Monitor or Drop amp Insert test mode and press MENU down 3 On the test setup screen configure the transmitter receiver and payload as necessary for your test For ATM on SONET signals be sure the Payload is set for ATM Press MENU down 4 On the test operation screen configure the signal parameters as needed For ATM on T carrier set the Data gt field to ATM For loop tests configure the 5 Press CONFIG right to display the Control Screen menu Use FIELD ATM transmit stream before to select ATM Setup and press CONF IG right again you begin the VPI VCI scan See Configure Global ATM 6 OntheATM Setup menu select VPI VCI Scan and press Parameters page 18 10 CONFIG right 18 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run an
47. 19 4 idle cell payload 19 12 indicators 20 2 MBS 19 7 payload type 19 14 PCR 19 7 periodic burst mode 19 10 receive cell type 19 17 receive channel 19 13 SCR 19 7 setup menu 19 3 setup parameters 19 1 19 23 test mode 19 3 testing 18 1 traffic shaping 19 4 19 7 user pattern 19 12 VBR profile 19 7 VCI 19 14 VPI 19 14 ATM cell burst size 19 9 payloads 18 13 scrambling 19 4 structure 21 2 test cell 19 8 21 4 ATM foreground channel 18 12 19 13 distribution 19 8 interleaving 19 10 setup 19 6 18 11 ATM measurements 20 1 20 21 AAL 1CRC parity 20 11 AAL 1 misinserted cells 20 12 alarms 20 20 cellloss 20 10 HEC errors 20 7 payload bit error PLCP 20 16 selected VP VC 20 4 total cell stream 20 6 ATM on STS 12c 19 23 ATM rx channel measurements 20 4 ATM SETUP screens 1 Global Setup screen 19 4 2 Foreground Channel Control screen 19 6 8 Cell Payload Data screen 19 12 4 screen header and rx channel 19 13 Transmit Background Channel Control screen 19 18 6 Transmit Background Header Setup screen STS 12c 19 23 Auto Setup key 1 2 automatic print mode 23 5 20 9 19 21 automatic test start 23 5 Auxiliary Test Setup display 23 4 Index 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index B1 byte CV measurements 4 5 error injection 3 30 B2 byte CV measurements 4 6 error injection 3 30 B3 byte CV measure
48. 5 signaling scan 14 11 status screen 16 17 termination mode 15 4 testing 14 1 timeslot mode 15 6 TS setup parameters 15 6 tx level 15 4 tx timing 15 2 El measurements 16 1 16 19 alarms 16 15 bit error 16 4 block error 16 7 BPV 16 11 CAS frame error CRC 4 16 10 jitter 4 25 12 15 16 14 signal 16 13 slips 16 12 TS 16 18 16 19 TSO frame error TS16 frame error 16 9 16 8 16 9 El multiframe structure 17 6 Elstructure 17 5 error inject key 1 2 error injection about error injection rates 27 8 ATM 19 24 ATM affecting error types 19 25 burst input 1 3 burst trigger 27 3 27 8 DS1 DSO 11 8 DS3 7 17 E1 15 10 SONET 3 30 VT 3 32 error squelching 23 3 ESF datalink message 10 5 ESF loop codes 11 14 event logging setup parameters 22 9 Event LoggingSetupsmenu 22 8 F FDL 12 13 FE1 setup parameters 15 9 FEAC alarm and status codes 7 8 measurement screen 8 11 setup parameters 7 8 transmission 7 8 FEBE bits 7 4 9 5 far end FFCV count 8 9 FFCV measurements 8 9 foreground channel AAL type 19 8 bandwidth 19 6 bit error measurements 20 9 cell distribution 19 8 configure 18 11 18 12 distribution 19 10 header 19 13 payload 19 12 frame slips see sli ps measurements framing format see Frm gt Frm gt DS1 11 3 DS3 7 2 E1 15 2 front panel 1 2 FT1 bit error measurements 12 22 configure 10 7 setup parameters 11 9 testing 10 1 G G1 byte FEBE measurements 4 10 REI P 4
49. 6 DS1 Block Size 23 7 BITS Clock Output Source 23 7 Administrative Setup Parameters 23 8 Printer amp Remote Port Parameters 23 8 System Date and Time 23 8 IEEE 488 Interface Parameters 23 8 Timed Test Duration in SCPI Mode 23 9 Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Configuration Lock During Test Measurement Display Configuration Trouble Scan Activation Note Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Global Settings Global Settings The Global Settings choice is always listed on the Control Screens menu Selecting Global Settings and pressing CONF IG right calls the Modify Global Configurations screen Modify Config While Running enables or disables adjustments to the test set s configuration while a test is running RUN indictor lit This parameter can be set as follows No The test set s main mode configuration cannot be changed duringa test However screens accessed through the Control Screens menu can be changed Yes The configuration can be changed during a test changes take effect immediately Note that changing signal parameters during a test can cause unexpected results and misleading measurements However this is a good way to experiment with the setup and observe changes in real time Results Level configures the level of detail provided when viewing measurements
50. 7 16 DS3 and DS2 Error Injection 7 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents 8 DS3 Measurement Reference 8 1 DS3 Indicators 8 2 About Dual DS3 Measurements 8 3 DS3 Summary Screen 8 3 Bit Error Measurements Screens 1 2 and3 8 4 DS3 P Bit Parity Measurements Screen 8 6 DS3 CP Bit Parity Measurements Screen 8 7 DS3 Frame Measurements Screen 8 8 DS3 FFCV Measurements Screen 8 9 DS3 BPV Measurements Screen 8 10 DS3FEAC Monitor Screen 8 11 DS3C Bit Monitor Screen 8 12 DS3 P Bit and X Bit Monitor Screen 8 12 DS3 Alarm Screens 8 13 DS3 Signal Measurements Screen 8 15 Jitter Measurements Screen 8 16 DS3 Status Screen 8 17 DS3 Pulse Mask Screens 8 18 DS2 Status Screen 8 20 DS2 Alarm and History Screen 8 21 9 DS3 Specifications 9 1 DS3 Interfaces 9 2 Data Link Interfaces 9 3 Jitter Option Specifications 9 4 DS3 44 736 Mbs and DS2 Signal Formats 9 5 10 DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing 10 1 Set up for DS1 Testing 10 2 Configure the DS1 Signal 10 4 Configure the ESF Datalink Message 10 5 Configure DS1 E1 User Test Patterns 10 6 Configure the FT1 Signal 10 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Configure the DSO Signal 10 8 Configure Other Signal Parameters 10 11 Loopback the Far End 10 12 RuntheDS1Test 10 14 Run an Automatic DS1 Drop Scan 10 15 Ru
51. 800 9 CE RJ AC E4480A CER AC 156MTS User s Manual printing history Version number Release date Notes 10 March 1997 First release 2 0 December 1997 Updated to cover Release 6 40 new ATM and other features 21 May 1998 M inor typographical corrections 2 2 May 2000 Update accumulated software driven updated throughout user s manual Check the You can check the version number of the operating software in your test Software Version set by observing the display during power up You can also view the software version at any time using the System Software Configuration screen see System Software Revision page 1 12 Check the You can check the options installed in your test set using the System Installed Options Software Configuration and System Hardware Configuration screens See Hardware Confi gurati on page 1 12 vi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Contents HP 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set i About this Version vi 1 About the 156MTS 1 1 Ata Glance 1 2 Navigation Keys 1 5 The Control Screens Menu 1 5 To Perform an Auto Setup Test 1 6 To Use Trouble Scan 1 7 Restore Default Settings Cold Start and Clears Buffers 1 8 Restore Default Setting While Holding Storage Buffers 1 9 To Perform a Terminal Mode Test 1 10 To Display More Measurement Screens 1 11 To View System Information 1 12 About the Basic T
52. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 ATM Cell Header Structure 53 byte ATM Cell gt Cell Header Information B ytes Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 53 A A A A A A A GFC Generic Flow Control VPI Virtual Path Identifier VCI Virtual Channel Identifier PT Payload Type CLP Cell Loss Priority HEC Header Error Control sequence Test Cell Structure e 53 byte ATM Cell Cell Header gt Time Stamp i lt Payload Byte 1 5 6 7 8 9 53 r i W A w A Y A Y A Rg A ki i Ki s i A A J 5 Byte Header 4 Byte Time Stamp 44 Byte Payload 19 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 Receive Cell Type Rx Cell Type gt sets the ATM adaptation layer protocol for the receive channel This parameter can be set as follows Note The AAL selections are only available in Standard ATM test mode see page 19 3 This parameter is not AALO Received cells are constant bit rate CBR cells with a standard applicable for STS 12c ATM header and 48 bytes of payload The Rx Chan is fixed at AAL 0 See STS 12c ATM Parameters AAL41 Received cells are constant bit rate CBR cells with a standard page 19 23 header one by
53. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing 18 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 19 ATM Traffic Selection 19 2 Global ATM Parameters ATM SETUP 1 19 4 About Cell Transmission 19 2 Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 19 6 Cell Payload Parameters ATM SETUP 3 19 12 Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 19 13 Background Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 5 19 18 Background Payload Data Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping on 19 20 Background Header Setup Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping off ATM SETUP traffic shapingon 19 21 Misinserted Cell Error Control Parameters ATM SETUP traffic shaping off ATM SETUP 8 traffic shapingon 19 22 STS 12c ATM Parameters 19 23 ATM Error Injection 19 24 ATM Configuration Reference Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com For STS 12c ATM testing Option 203 is required For all other ATM testing Option URZ is required ATM Configuration Reference ATM Traffic Selection ATM Traffic Selection The type of ATM traffic to be tested is determined by the Payload selection on the Terminal or Monitor testing setup screen Terminal mode is shown here The Tx Rate Rx Rate and Payload fields must be set as described below for Monit
54. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS About the Basic Testing Modes About the Basic Testing Modes The 156MTS features different test modes to meet the needs of different test applications You configure the test mode as you set up the test set selecting the test mode category terminal mode drop amp insert mode and so forth and then configuring the transmitter receiver and payload Terminal modes Terminal mode tests feature independant transmitter and receiver setup Terminal modes are indicated on the display in the format Transmi tRate Rece veRate Payload where TransmitRateis the type of signal assigned to the transmitter Rece vRateis the type of signal assigned to the receiver and Payload is the type of traffic the signals are carrying About Terminal Mode Terminal mode testing is used with a variety of transmission and Applications multiplexing equipment and is generally performed in out of service conditions Use Terminal mode when you need a test signal as an input to the system being tested Often such as for a multiplexer or demultiplexer test the test set transmits a test signal at one rate and receives a different rate back In other applications you might perform a straight transmission test in which the same rate is both transmitted and received from the system under test Monitor modes Monitor mode tests feature identically configured transmitter and receiver signals with a non i
55. B2 C2 D2 A17B17C17D17 f 3 0O1AS 55 S S A3 B3 C3 D3 A18B18 C18 D18 3 4 300110 11 A4 B4 C4 D4 A19B19 C19 D19 t 5 ILIAS SS SS A5 B5 C5 Ds A20B20C20D20 6 C4001i101 1 A6 B6 C6 D A21B21 C21 D21 f 7 O 1AS S SS A7 B7 C7 D7 A22B22 C22 D22 F 8 C0011011 As Bs C8 Ds A23B23C23D23 u 9 LIAS SS SS Ag B9 C9 D9 A24B24 C24 D24 N 10 20011011 A10B10 C10 D10A 25 B25 C25 D25 f 11 11AS 55 S A11B11C11D11A 26 B 26 C26 D26 s 2 C3300110 11 A12B12 C12 D12A27B 27 C27 D27 3 13 ELIASS SSS A13B13 C13 D13A 28 B 28 C28 D28 14 C4001100 11 A14B 14 C14 D14A 29 B 29 C29 D29 I EITAS SS SSS A15B15 C15 D15 A30 B 30 C30 D30 C1 C4 CRC 4 bits A Remote alarm indication bits S Spare bits E CRC error indication bits A D ABCD signaling bits for channel n Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 18 Run an Automatic VP VC Scan 18 2 Run a Cell Capture Test 18 4 Set up for ATM Testing 18 7 Choose an ATM Test Mode 18 8 Configure Global ATM Parameters 18 10 Configure the ATM Foreground Channel no traffic shaping 18 11 Configure the ATM Forground Channel with traffic Shaping 18 12 Set ATM Cell Payloads 18 13 Set the Foreground Idle and Receive VP VC 18 14 Configure the ATM Background Channels no traffic shaping 18 15 Configure the ATM Background Channels with traffic shaping 18 16 Configure Misinserted Cell Errors 18 18 Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing 18 19 Run the ATM Test
56. B3 Byte n H Pointer nt Al A2 Frame nt DS3 Data DS3 Dat Par n DS3 BPV n DS3 Frame nt PLCP B1 Bit 3 n PLCP FEBE Bit 3 n PLCP A1 A2 Bit 3 n PLCP PO 3 n t MayaffectATM or PLCP ifa Loss of Pointer or Loss of Frame condition results from injecting this type of error 19 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference ATM Error Injection 19 26 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 20 ATM Indicators 20 2 ATM Measurement Summary Screen 20 3 Selected VP VC Measurement Screens 20 4 Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens 20 6 ATM Payload Bit Error Measurements Screen 20 9 ATM AAL 1 Cell Loss Measurements Screen 20 10 ATM AAL 1 SN CRC Par Error Measurements Screen 20 11 ATM AAL 1 Misinserted Cell Measurements Screen 20 12 ATM Delay Measurements 20 13 ATM OAM Alarm Status 20 14 ATM OAM Alarm Seconds 20 15 PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only 20 16 ATM Alarm Status 20 20 ATM Alarm Seconds 20 21 ATM Measurement Reference 20 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM Indicators ATM Indicators ATM HIST ALARMS STATUS LOCS CELLSYNG OSCNR CHNL MTCH OPLCPLOF pATSYNG OPLCPYEL PLCP SYNC OvP AIs ERRORS
57. C1 Generates errors in the C1 bits of the DS2 signal DS2 C2 Generates errors in the C2 bits of the DS2 signal DS2 C3 Generates errors in the C3 bits of the DS2 signal DS2 C ALL Generates errors among all the C bits of the DS2 signal Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference 7 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Indicators 8 2 About Dual DS3 Measurements 8 3 DS3 Summary Screen 8 3 Bit Error Measurements Screens 1 2 and3 8 4 DS3 P Bit Parity Measurements Screen 8 6 DS3 CP Bit Parity Measurements Screen 8 7 DS3 Frame Measurements Screen 8 8 DS3 FFCV Measurements Screen 8 9 DS3 BPV Measurements Screen 8 10 DS3FEAC Monitor Screen 8 11 DS3 C Bit Monitor Screen 8 12 DS3 P Bit and X Bit Monitor Screen 8 12 DS3Alarm Screens 8 13 DS3 Signal Measurements Screen 8 15 Jitter Measurements Screen 8 16 DS3 Status Screen 8 17 DS3 Pulse Mask Screens 8 18 DS2 Status Screen 8 20 DS2 Alarm and History Screen 8 21 DS3 Measurement Reference Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Indicators DS3 Indicators IST ALARMS STATUS OLos ODs3 SIG O 00F O M13 SYNC Oals O C BIT SYNC O LOPAT O PAT SYNC O FFM O X BIT O IDLE CHNL O ERRORS DS3 Alar
58. Default Settings Cold Start and Clears Buffers 1 8 Restore Default Settings While Holding Storage Buffers 1 9 To Perform a Terminal Mode Test 1 10 To Display More Measurement Screens 1 11 About the Basic Testing Modes 1 13 About the 156MTS 1 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com The Front Panel Contrast amp Volume keys HEWLETT PACKARD a Volume RESULTS MEMORY bss STATUS ONSs3 SIG O Mia eNe OCET smc OPAT SYNE Ox BIT QIDLE CHNL O ERRORS M emory keys see pg 22 5 About the 156MTS Ata Glance Ata Glance Error Inject amp Auto Setup key Start Stop Action Local see pg 1 6 keys keys LCD Display Navigation Trouble Scan Optical Signal see pg 1 4 keys key connectors see pg 1 5 see pg 1 7 DEVE Dst sTATUS Obs1 sis Obstr sic O SF SYNC OESE SwE OPAT AYNE Oeuzs O ERRORS E1 STATUS OEt sts O Tate EY O PAT SYNE OHDES O ERRORE OTs sY NG Ore syne Q Q e 2 o 2 Orol STS N HIST ALARME HIST ALARMS STATUS Qos Q Clone OsIsNsis Gein OLF O Olst OsTsN FRM Qezcy Qlock Q QRU OPATHETR QBacv ERRORS Qas O OLOT OCONCAT RELL OPATSYNC QRELP ERRORS 0 or SONET MAI HIST ALARMS Q Oue O Osenr Q OFrlerLaF QFATEYNG OPLEPYEL rLer SYNG QvRAls OVARO Ovens OVe ADI vorpal CERTAC 156MTS NANCE TEST SET STATUS ORELL KYNG OaINL NTEII QeRRORS
59. Event Logging Mode Each type of event listed for a specific rate on the display can be set to one of the following event logging modes Don t Log The event type is not logged Log All Every occurrence of the event type is logged Example A selection of Sqich E 3 through Sqlch E 6 Event log squelch The event is logged Sqlch E 3 for the Bit error but when the error rate exceeds the squelch threshold for ten seconds type corresponds to a further event are not logged Squelching is removed when there are five threshold of 1x103 or one bit seconds in which the error rate is less than the threshold Squelch on error out of 1000 bits and squelch off messages are entered in the event log Sqlch Event log squelch low error rate This is similar to the Sqlch E N rates described above but the squelch threshold is one error per second Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Event Logging 22 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Local Mode Store Recall Command F eature SCPI mode has new Store Recall feature enhancement Release 7 0 and higher software provides support for test set Store and Recall functions In SCPI mode the test set only has a limited number of operational front panel controls Release 7 0 and higher software
60. Frm amp Pat Both DS1 frame format and pattern were detected as selected in the background mode 11 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DSO0 Timeslot Signaling Scan DS0 Timeslot Signaling Scan The DSO TS signaling sequence scans the 24 DSO channels of a DS1 or the 31 TS timeslot channels of an E1 and reports the signaling bit status The DS1 or E1 can be directly connected at the DS1 E1 RX port or it can be dropped from a DS3 The signaling scan screen appears as follows Signaling Scan The Configurations From gt field selects the test mode for the Configuration signaling scan sequence using the configuration that was last set up for the selected mode the background mode The modes are listed in the following table Signaling Scan Sequences Configurations From Selections DS1 M ON DSO E1 MON TS DS3 M ON DSO DS1 DS1 DSO F1 E1 TS DS3 M ON E1 TS Scan Mode Channel Scan Mode gt selects whether the DSO TS scan repeats Single The 24 DSOs are scanned and then the sequence ends Continuous After all channels are scanned the scan is repeated Signaling Scan The results of the signaling scan are shown on the top half of the Results display Each channel is listed along with the status of its signaling bits either 1 or 0 The C and D signaling bits are only applicable to DS1
61. J 0 J 1 and J 2 from Hewlett Packard to Agilent Technologies Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS HOST CODE V7 00 Release Notes 13 Fixed SCPI command SOUR DM ALARM DS1_YEL 14 Fixed SCPI commands SOUR DM EINJ DS3 FRAME BURST and SOUR DM EINJ DS3 FRAME OFF 15 Fixed STS frame measurements A1 A2 results screen 16 Corrected A1 A2 SEFS detection for OC3 and STS 17 Added the SCPI command SENSe DM DATA3 BITER_ON to display DS3 error bits Also SCPI command SENSe DM DATA3 BITER_OFF inhibits error display 18 Upon entering SCPI mode all display results get set to off and must be reenabled A 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes Product Number E 4480A Release Overview SCPI Command Fixes and Additions 156MTS Host Software Version 6 8 Release Notes The 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set Host Code Version 6 80 is a new release of the application software for the E4480A 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set This new version of the 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set software incorporates several significant improvements For each new query command shown below the SCPI HPIB User s Manual documentation has been updated to incorporate a question mark The question mark ha
62. J 1 Path Trace Control screen 3 18 orderwire handset 1 3 overhead bytes 5 10 overhead parameters 3 14 3 19 parameters 3 1 3 32 VT parameters 3 25 SONET measurements 4 1 4 28 APS 4 15 line code violations 4 6 path code violations 4 9 pathFEBE 4 10 path overhead results 4 20 speaker keys 1 2 Start Stop keys test pause 1 2 STS 1 D amp I channel 3 8 D amp I payload 3 8 drop channel 3 7 insert channel 3 7 rx level 3 6 rx source 3 6 scrambling 3 5 3 8 setup parameters 3 5 3 7 tx level 3 6 tx timing 3 5 STS 1 frame 5 8 STS 1 measurements BPV 4 13 jitter 4 25 12 15 16 14 STS 12 numbering scheme 23 6 STS 12c ATM 19 23 ATM HEC errors 20 7 bit error measurements 4 11 concatenated frame 5 11 pointer measurements 4 15 setup parameters 3 9 STS 3c bit error measurements 4 11 drop channel 3 10 error injection 3 30 insert channel 3 10 pointer measurements 4 14 REI L measurements 4 7 setup parameters 3 9 STS N alarm and status LEDs 1 2 alarms measurements 4 26 frame measurements 4 12 indicators 4 2 pointer measurements 4 14 receive source 3 3 setup parameters 3 3 status screen 4 28 tx timing 3 3 STS N connectors 1 2 STS N frame 5 9 concatenated 5 11 STS Nc setup parameters 3 9 Sub Menu Opt Pwr 23 6 System Configuration screen 1 12 system parameters event logging 22 8 system configuration 1 12 T Term gt DS1 11 4 E1 15 4 terminal test mode 1 13 termination mode see Term gt
63. Jitter Measurements Measurement Range Resolution Accuracy Maximum Peak Positive J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Maximum Peak Negative Jitter 0 1to6 0UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Current Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Max Peak to Peak J itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Wideband Mask Highband Mask Percent of Mask 15 UI 0 2 UI Demodulated DMOD JITTER OUT jack 50 ohm BNC connector Jitter Output Scale 100 mV UI range 0 to 6 Vdc 5 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Formats SONET Formats SONET Network Spans Path Path gt Line and Section Line Line Section Section Section SONET SONET SONET SONET SONET Terminal Digital Cross connect Regenerator Regenerator Terminal Mux System Mux STS 1 Frame 1 2 3 4 lt Columns of Bytes gt 90 1 A A Transport Rows Overhead Path Overhead 125 us 51 840 M bs Synchronous Payload Envelope SPE w lt Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Formats STS N Frame rs OH N x3 Columns SPE N x87 Columns
64. Measurements Screen 16 13 E1Alarm Screens 16 15 ElStatus Screen 16 17 E1Timeslot Measurements Screen 16 18 El Measurement Reference 16 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Indicators E1 Indicators DS1 E1 HIST ALARMS DS1 STATUS E1 STATUS OLOS ODS1SIG O E1SIG O OOF ODS1C SIG O TS0 SYNC OAIS OSFSYNC O TS16 SYNC O YEL OESF SYNC O CRC SYNC O LOPAT OPAT SYNC O PAT SYNC O COFA O B8ZS O HDB3 O ERRORS O ERRORS 0 O O O O O E1 Alarm and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOS Loss of E1 signal OOF Out of frame AIS El alarm indication signal YEL E1 Remote Yellow alarm LOPAT Loss of pattern COFA E1 change of frame alignment STATUS F1SIG Valid E1 signal detected TSOSYNC Valid Timeslot 0 TS0 framing detected TS16 SYNC Valid TS 16 framing detected CRC SYNC Valid CRC framing detected PATSYNC DS1 and E1 Receiver synchronized with test pattern HDB3 E1 HDB 3 zero substitution codes detected ERRORS E1 error detected 16 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Measurement Summary Screen E1 Measurement Summary Screen For each screen an s This screen displays an overview of E1 error measurements
65. Operation 2 5 Amp Slow Blow 250 Volt Option 231 If your 156MTS is equipped with Option 231 the unit complies with the directives required to display the CE mark for shipments into Europe Refer to the Declaration of Conformity that was shipped with your unit for a list of the regulations to which the test set conforms Handset Option The SONET datalink handset connector is not available on units equipped with Option 231 Environmental Operating Temperature 0 to 45 C 32 to 113 F Storage Temperature 20 to 70 C 4 to 158 F Humidity 5 to 90 RH noncondensing Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifications Physical and Electrical Characteristics 27 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS HOST CODE V7 00 Release Notes A 2 156MTS Host Software Version 6 8 Release Notes A 4 156MTS Host Software Version 6 7 Release Notes A 10 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 60 Release Notes A 13 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Notes A 16 Host Software Version 6 41 and ATM Software Version 3 40 Release Notes A 21 Software Release Notes A 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS HOST CODE V7 00 Release Notes Features Fixes
66. Path user channel Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 Displayed SONET Path Overhead Bytes continued Byte Path Overhead Function H4 Payload indicator Indicates the phase of the V1 V4 bytes in the VT1 5 overhead Z3 24 Z5 Growth bytes O Bit The DS3 overhead communication channel bits STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 ASCII Default Screens The STS N path trace J 1 byte message and the Section Trace J 0 message both ASCII default setting are displayed as follows This ASCII default setting message is displayed on the path trace or section trace screen unless the operator changes the default to display the same data ASCII and hexadecimal values The operator can make this change at the Sonet Path overhead control screen by changing the value between ASCII and HEX amp ASCII selections With the ASCII and hexadecimal values displayed the screen will display 64 bytes of data as typically represented on HOST code software release earlier than V6 60 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 ASCII amp HEX Format Screens These two scr
67. Reference E1 to DS3 Mapping Other E1 Channels E1 Oths gt sets the payload for the E 1s that are not selected by Ins gt on the transmit DS3 Oths gt can be set as follows Oths gt is only applicablewhen Same Fills the E1s with the same payload as the selected Ins gt E1 the E1 is mapped to a DS3 Inv Sets the E1s to an inverted version of the Ins gt E 1 payload AIS Fills the remaining E 1s with an E1 alarm indication signal AIS El Drop Channel E1 Drop gt selects which E1 within a DS3 is used for the receive E1 from 1 through 21 This parameter is only applicable when the E 1 is mapped to a DS3 signal See E1 to DS3 Mapping page 15 5 E1to DS3 Mapping When the E1 is mapped to and from a DS3 the mapping scheme is as follows three E1s are mapped into each DS2 seven DS2s are mapped into each DS3 The following table lists the location of each E1 mapped on the DS3 E1s are selected using the E1 Drop gt or Ins gt fields E1 to DS3 Mapping Drop Ins E1 DS2No E1No Drop Ins E1 DS2No E1No 1 1 1 12 4 3 2 1 2 13 5 1 3 1 3 14 5 2 4 2 1 15 5 3 2 2 16 6 1 6 2 3 17 6 2 7 3 1 18 6 3 8 3 2 19 7 1 9 3 3 20 7 10 4 1 21 7 3 11l 4 2 15 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com TS Mode Implementation Insert Timeslot Note Other Timeslots Drop Timeslot Note E1 and Timeslot Configur
68. To connect to a modem use a null modem cable or adapter as described in the following table Also see page 25 9 End A Pins to End B Pins End A Pins to End B Pins 2 3 6 20 3 2 20 6 4 8 7 7 8 4 27 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifications Printer and Control Ports Remote Port REMOTE IEEE 488 HP IB GPIB interface 24 conductor type 57 IEEE 488 microribbon socket connector Conforms to IEEE 488 1 standards Pin Function Pin Function 1 DIO 1 13 DIO5 2 DIO 2 14 DIO6 ____ Data input ouput Data input ouput 3 DIO 3 15 DIO7 4 DIO 4 l6 DIO8 EOI End or Identify 17 REN Remote enable 6 DAV Data valid 18 pair w 6 7 NRFD Notready fordata 19 pairw 7 8 NDAC Notdataaccepted 20 pairw 8 9 IFC Interface clear 21 pair w 21 10 SRQ Service request 22 pair w 10 11 ATN Attention 23 pair w 11 12 Shield Earth ground 24 Signal ground Error Burst BURST ERR IN Burst error injection trigger input TTL level 50 ohm Triggering BNC When the receive level is high error injection is active The error injection Rate gt field must be set to Burst see About Error Injection Rates page 27 7 27 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifica
69. USA Warranty The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Agilent Technologies makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Agilent shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damage in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material Trademark Credits Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation SLC 96 is a registered trademark of AT amp T All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners ISO Certification Agilent Service Test Division STD is an International Standards Organization ISO 9001 registered company recognizing that the quality system operated by STD meets the requirements established in accordance with ISO 9001 The CER AC 156M TS is manufactured by STD in strict compliance with this quality system STD received ISO 9001 certification no 6969 from National Quality Assurance NQA on August 30 1995 ISO 9001 REGISTERED COMPANY Certificate No 6969 Agilent Technology Telecom Operation 2 Robbins Road Westford Massachusetts 01886 USA Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Safety Notices The following safety precautions must be observed whenever
70. You can also run an auto test by selecting Auto from the Main Menu Press the AUTO SETUP key Apply an input signal Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Press the AUTO SETUP key The Auto Setup Status screen is displayed When the 156MTS detects a signal it checks for subrate traffic If there is traffic the set prompts you to select a channel 2 Usethe FIELD key to display the desired protocol by highlighting a channel Then press the MENU down key to continue The 156MTS configures itself to the signals format and test pattern and then enters to appropriate terminal test mode 3 Select Channel and then data scan or frame scan or keep going 4 Usethe TROUBLE SCAN or RESULT keys to view test measurements The set begins to scan for input signals MODEL 156 MAIN MENU Auto Setup Terminal Testing Monitor Testing Drop amp Insert Testing DS3 DS1 ATM Scans amp Pointer Sequences Setup System Parameters Store and Recall Configurations Press FIELD to highlight item then Press MENU Dn to select item Select the subrate channel on the signal if necessary The set begins the appropriate Terminal Test Mode 1 DS3 DS3 DS1 Final DS3 Measurement Summary Sec Ago 00 00 00 00 TX gt DSX3 TXCIk gt int XBit gt 1 FEBE gt 111 Tx gt DSX3 Frm gt M13 TxClk gt Int Frm gt ESF Data gt QRSS Other gt Same Code gt B8ZS Rate
71. amp I gt can be set from 1 through 24 DSO Base Rate Nx gt selects the base rate for the DSO signal Nx gt can be set to 64k 64 kbs or 56k 56 kbs Note This selection also sets the Nx gt setting on the Fractional T1 Setup screen DSO Payload The DSO payload is set by one of two parameters depending on the DSO test mode see DSO Mode mplementati on page 11 10 DSO Setup Screen On the DSO Setup screen Data gt sets the DSO payload as described in Data gt the following table DSO Payload Selection Data gt Selection Payload Description 1004Hz These four selections apply a test tone at the indicated 1012Hz frequency in Hertz Not available for monitor test modes 1020Hz The 2010 Hz tone is transmitted at 12 dB 2010Hz Tone Monitor modes only Sets the receiver to expect an input tone on the drop signal Ext VF Transmits a VF signal applied at the rear panel VF IN jack Not available for monitor test modes QRSS Quasirandom Sequence Signal Transmits a quasirandom signal 2 E 1 PRBS A pseudorandom bit sequence of length 2 E 1 where E is the exponent For example 279 1 is a 29 1 PRBS All 0s All binary zeros pattern not available in VT1 5 byte sync modes All 1s All binary ones pattern 11 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Test Configuration Screen DSO Tone gt Transmit DSO Signaling DS1 DSO an
72. cel idle signal A signal transmitted to indicate that a channel is not in use IEEE 488 Another name for the HP IB or GPIB ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ISO International Standards Organization jitter Short term variation in the phase of a digital signal includes phase variation above 10 Hz kbs Kilobits kHz Kilohertz LBO See line build out LCD Liquid crystal display LCVA Line code violation alarm LCVR Line code violation rate line Ina SONET network the part of the path between two consecutive line terminating network elements line build out A circuit that simulates the signal attenuation of a specified cable length line identifier A FEAC bit sequence that indicates which DS3 or DS1 line is to be affected by a loopback command LOCS LOF Loss of cell synchronization Loss of frame Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Glossary 3 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Glossary loopback A state in which the transmit signal is reversed back as the receive signal typically by a far end network element LOS Loss of signal M bit M subframe framing bit Bit 1 of the fifth sixth and seventh M subframes in a DS3 signal M13 A DS3 framing format or the multiplex between the DS1 and DS3 levels MBLT Mobile both line terminal framing format Mbs Megabits per second One megabit equals one million bits MBS Maximum
73. channel cells 5 Next configure the OAM injection parameters Distribution gt must be set to Continuous Choose the type alarm and segment 6 Press CONFIG right when you have finished The Cell Payload Data screen is displayed see Set ATM Cell Payloads page 18 13 18 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Configure the ATM Foreground Channel with basic traffic shaping Configure the ATM Foreground Channel with basic traffic shaping Note fyou setTraffic Shaping gt to Off see step 2 page 18 10 refer to Configure the ATM Foreground Channel no traffic shaping page 18 11 For STS 12c ATM applications This procedure configures the bandwidth and distribution of the ATM see Setup forSTS 12cATM foreground channel and sets the foreground OAM transmit function Testing page 18 19 e From the ATM Global Setup screen press CONFIG right to display the Foreground Channel Control screen For more information onthe 1 Use FIELD and VALUE to set the peak cell rate PCR sustained leaky bucket algorithm cell rate SCR and maximum burst size in cells MBS These see Leaky Bucket Algorithm parameters are used to calculate the leaky bucket algorithm for page 19 7 traffic shaping when Service Type is set for VBR see next step 2 Set Service Type to either CBR constant bit rate or VBR variable bit
74. clock source The new SCPI commands have been added to query test set for its clock source settings These commands have been added to this SCPI Manual The following SCPI commands has been added to query DS3 FFM status FETCh DMOD DS3 FFM The test set has been modified to detect DS1 yellow alarm when transmit data pattern is set to AIS The SCPI command used to inject errors has been improved Previously the software required the error inject command to be issued twice before the test set responded This has been corrected The error injection command format is as follows SOURce DM EINJect lt payload gt lt error gt lt rate gt where the parameter for rate is CONTINUOUS Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A Host Softw are Version 6 60 Release Notes Product Numbers E4480A amp E4487A Applicability Requirement Enhancements SCPI Commands Host Software Version 6 60 Release Notes Host software version 6 60 is a software maintenance release for the HP 156MTS and 31XE test sets Agilent recommends you install this software in your test set Host version 6 60 supports these test sets E4480A 156MTS SONET T Carrier Test Set E4487A 31XE SONET Electrical Test Set Before installing the new host version 6 60 software you must upgrade the test set s software with boot code version 6 2 In the past you had to
75. code transmitted when Err Alm T ype gt is set to DS1 LoopUp LoopDn Code selects the code transmitted when Err Alm Type gt is set to DS1 LoopDn These fields can be set as follows Inband Line CSU 10000 In band line loop code repeating 5 bit sequence 10000 typically used by CSUs Inband Ntwk NIU 11000 In band network loop code repeating 5 bit sequence 11000 typically used by NIUs Inband 4bit 1100 In band 4 bit loop code repeating 1100 sequence Inband Usr In band user defined loop code The code defined for Inband LpUp Tx gt loop up or Inband LpDn Tx gt loop down is transmitted when this is selected Outband Line CSU 000111 Out of band line loop code six bit code transmitted in the ESF facility datalink typically used by CSUs Outband Ntwk NIU 001001 Out of band network loop code six bit code transmitted in the ESF FDL typically used by NIUs 11 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Loop Codes Outband Pyld 001010 Out of band payload loop code six bit code transmitted in the ESF FDL This type loops only the payload of the signal Outband Usr Out of band user defined loop code The code defined for Outband LpUp Tx gt loop up or Outband LpDn Tx gt loop down is transmitted when this is selected Frame Format Framing Overwrite sets whether the transmitted l
76. description of the header fields Fgnd Hdr Foreground channel header Configures the cell header parameters for the foreground transmit channel Idle Hdr Idle cell header Configures the cell header parameters for the transmitted idle cells The VPI and VCI are always set to zero The idle cells are true idle cells if the CLP is set to 1 The idle cells are unassi gned cells if the CLP is set to 0 Rx Chan Receive channel header Configures the VP VC address for the receive channel Received cells with VP VC addresses matching Rx Chan are used to calculate measurements based on Selected VP VC OAM cells are not counted 19 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 Cell Header ATM Cal Header Structure page 19 16 shows the parts of the header Parameters GFC Generic Flow Control Sets the first four bits of the cell header This parameter can be set from 0 through F hexadecimal GFC is not editable for Rx Chan The VPI and VCI values are VPI Virtual Path Identifier Sets bits 5 through 12 of the cell header displayed in hexadecimal hex The VPI is part of the cell address and can be set from 00 through FF or decimal notation according hexadecimal or 000 through 255 decimal VPI is not editable for to Circuit Path Notation see Idle Hdr idle VPI 000 p
77. display You may need to adjust the results level to view more measurements see To Display More Measurement Screens page 1 11 4 To end the test press STOP 14 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Run an Automatic E1 Timeslot Signaling Scan Run an Automatic E 1 Timeslot Signaling Scan The 156MTS features an automatic test sequence that scans an E1 signal analyzes each timeslot and displays the status of the signaling bits for each timeslot The E1 signal can be dropped from a DS3 signal This section describes how to set up and run the Signaling Scan sequence 1 Connect the signal to be tested The signal must be an E1 signal ora DS3 signal carrying E 1 traffic 2 Setup the background mode by configuring the test set as if you were going to run a manual test For example set up an E1 terminal mode test with a TS timeslot payload See Set up for E1 Testing page 14 2 3 Fromthe Main Menu use FIELD to select DS3 DS1 ATM Scans amp Pointer Sequences 14 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Run an Automatic E1 Timeslot Signaling Scan 5 Use FIELD to select Signaling Scan and press MENU down The Signaling Scan operation screen is displayed 6 Set Configurations From to match your application
78. error count Includes reported errors VT FEBE reporting uses bit 3 of the V5 byte 4 30 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT1 5 Code Violations Screen VT 1 5 Code Violations Screen This screen displays VT code violation measurements CVs in the V5 byte VT CV Count VT code violations count Includes BIP 2 errors in the V5 byte as many as two in each frame CV BER avg VT CV average bit error ratio The number of VT CVs over the total number of VT bits transmitted since the beginning of the test CV BER cur VT CV current bit error ratio The number of VT CVs over the total number of VT bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 seconds VT UAS VT unavailable seconds The number of seconds that the VT was unavailable The VT is declared unavailable after ten consecutive VT SESs The VT is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no VT SESs The VT UAS measurement includes the first ten seconds but not the last ten seconds The path is also unavailable during VT AIS and VT LOP conditions ES VT errored seconds The number of seconds in which one or more VT CVs occurred SES VT severely errored seconds A count of seconds in which the number of VT CVs was four or more EFS VT error free seconds The number of seconds in which no VT CVs occurred EFS VT percentage of error free second
79. following In an STS 3c signal three e STS 3c setup parameters are applicable whenever the Payload is STS 1s are linked together to set to STS3C in an OC 3 or OC 12 testing mode requires provide a higher capacity SPE Option URY The STS 3C setup screen appears similar to the following Payload The Data gt field sets the payload data pattern for the concatenated signal This field can be set as follows PRBSs A pseudorandom bit sequence Choices include 2 15 1 2 20 1 2 23 1 and 2 31 1 215 1 indicates a 2 1 PRBS 2731 1 available for STS 12c only Prog32 A repeating user programmable 32 bit pattern The bit values are defined by the Prog32 gt field see below All Ones A repeating all binary ones pattern Live No pattern The receiver does not try to synchronize to a pattern The transmitter sends the last selected pattern Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters Programmable STS 12c only The Prog32 gt field defines the user programmable Pattern STS 12c pattern This pattern is transmitted when the Data gt field is set to Prog32 see above Each digit in the Prog32 value can be set from 0 through F hexadecimal The resulting value is converted to binary to form the 32 bit user pattern Insert STS 3c STS 3c OC 12 Tx only Ins gt selects which STS 3c channel w
80. for DS3 only Cell Delineation gt sets how the ATM cells are mapped to the DS3 signal HEC Cells are mapped with HEC based cell delineation PLCP ATM traffic is mapped into 125 us PLCP frames carried on the DS3 signal 19 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Foreground Channel Bandwidth ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 The ATM Foreground Channel Control is accessed by pressing CONFIG right after configuring the Global Setup screen When Traffic Shaping is set to Off see Traffic Shaping page 19 4 the display appears as follows ph Es D C cH When Traffic Shaping is set to Basic the display appears as follows Ca oo t BW gt sets the bandwidth used by the transmit foreground channel and can be set from 000 through 100 in increments of either 10 or 2 5 for STS 12c see page 19 23 See Bandwidth Step Size page 19 4 This field is available when 10 or 2 is selected for BW Step Size and when traffic shaping is off Line Increment This field adjusts the selected Line Rate bandwidth The bandwidth can be adjusted up or down by about 3 percent in 10 steps 5 through 5 or set to Nominal no adjustment This field is only available when BW Step Size is set to a Line Rate selection See Bandwidth Step Si
81. for STS 12c ATM range of streams This procedure shows how to set up and run the test applications 1 From the Main Menu select Terminal Monitor or Drop amp Insert test mode and press MENU down 2 On the test setup screen configure the transmitter receiver and payload as necessary for your test For ATM on SONET signals be sure the Payload is set for ATM Press MENU down 3 On the test operation screen configure the signal parameters as needed For ATM on T carrier set the Data gt field to ATM TEE tu i For loop tests configurethe 4 Press CONFIG right to display the Control Screen menu Use FIELD ATM transmit stream before to select ATM Setup and press CONF IG right again you begin the VPI VCI scan See Configure Global ATM 5 On the ATM Setup menu select Cell Capture and press Parameters page 18 10 CONFIG right 18 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run a Cell Capture Test 6 Next select Cell Capture Mode and choose a mode The capture mode determines what other setup screens will be presented this example uses Cell Capture Mode gt Range of VPIs The appearance of this screen depends on the capture mode selected in step 6 The selected mode is indicated in the title of the screen 8 Usethe FIELD and VALUE keys to set a VPI address range to capture The test set will only capt
82. gt Single Ins gt 1 Drop gt 1 Err Aim Type gt DS1 Data Use the result key to view measurements 1 6 About the 156M TS To Use Trouble Scan To Use Trouble Scan A test must be running if e Press the TROUBLE SCAN key necessary press START The Trouble Scan function begins and the Trouble Scan screen automatically displays An animated activity indicator The Trouble Scan display shows a summary of alarms and errors shows that Trouble Scan is that have been detected active Note You can deactivate the Trouble Scan feature using the Global Settings control screen See Trouble Scan Activation page 23 2 oe be running press START Press the TROUBLE SCAN key View results in the top of the display if needed Trouble Scan is automatically activated Activity bar indicates scan is active and displayed Use RESULT to view other screens You can also scroll to the Trouble Scan display using the RESULT keys 1 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS Restore Default Settings Cold Start and Clears Buffers Restore Default Settings Cold Start and Clears Buffers The 156MTS powers on using the same configuration in which it was switched off You can restore all 156MTS setup options to their factory defaults but clear the storage buffers at any time using this cold start procedure This is usefu
83. have been found and at least 16 C11 FID bits set to 0 were received during the previous 0 25 second C Bit Frm C bit frame synchronization Indicates ON when F sync and M sync have been found and fewer than 16 C11 FID bits set to 0 were received during the previous 0 25 second Pat Sync Pattern synchronization Indicates ON when a valid payload pattern match is detected for at least 64 consecutive bits X Bit X bit status Indicates ON when both received X bits are set to 0 Idle Idle channel Indicates ON when the received signal is a repeating 1100 pattern 11 following the framing bit with valid M frame and M subframe alignment and P bit parity Also the C bits are set to 0 in M subframe and X bits are both set to 1 8 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Pulse Mask Screens DS3 Pulse Mask Screens These screens display DS3 pulse mask measurements based on the shape of a received DS3 pulse binary 1 Both positive and negative pulses can be measured see Capture Pulse Polarity page 7 13 Positive Negative Pulse Mask Indicates whether this screen applies to the positive or negative pulse being evaluated Mask indicates the selected pulse mask specification see Pulse Mask Type page 7 12 Tol Displays the selected mask tolerance adjustment see Mask Tolerance Adjustment page 7 13
84. idle or background cells N Number of cells in each burst set by Cells Per Burst gt 19 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 OAM Cell The OAM parameters control the generation of OAM cells on the Parameters foreground channel Note that OAM parameters are only available when Distribution gt is set to Continuous and the Test Mode gt is set to Standard OAM functions are not available for STS 12c ATM OAM Enabling The Enable gt field turns foreground OAM generation On or Off When this field is set to On OAM cells are inserted on the transmit foreground channel OAM Type The three T ype gt fields determine the format of the OAM cells inserted when E nable gt is set to On The OAM type fields are as follows Type gt flow gt alarmfunction gt payload type Flow Sets the OAM flow to F4 for VPs F5 for VCs or F 4 amp F5 both types are generated Alarm function Sets the function of the generated OAM cell to either AIS alarm indication signal RDI remote defect indication or AIS amp RDI both Payload type Sets whether the OAM cell applies to the entire path End end to end or only to the segment Seg OAM Cell When OAM insertion is active OAM E nable gt On the set inserts OAM Transmission cells on the transmit foreground ch
85. is used Annn Specifies the COM port s base address in hexadecimal notation where each digit of nnn can be 0 through F For example A3F 8 sets the base address for 3F 8 If no base address is specified the base addresses 3F 8 2F 8 3E 8 and 2E 8 are used for COM1 through COM4 respectively Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Printer and Control Ports 27 2 Data Link Interfaces 27 4 Test set Interface Cabing 27 6 About Error Injection Rates 27 8 Physical and Electrical Characteristics 27 9 General Specifications 27 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Printer Port Remote Port RS 232 Null modem connections General Specifications Printer and Control Ports Printer and Control Ports PRINTER RS 232 RS 232C DCE with request to send and clear to send DB 25 pin connector Pin Function Pin Function 2 Rx Data input 7 1 ground 3 Tx Data output 20 Data terminal ready DTR tied to pin 4 4 Clear to send CTS output 5 Request to send RTS input Others Notused REMOTE RS 232 RS 232C DTE with request to send and clear to send DB 25 socket connector Pin Function Pin Function 2 Tx Data output 7 1 Signal Ground 3 Rx Data input 9 HV 4 20 Request to send RTS output Others Notused 5 Clear to send CTS input
86. lists the Store Recall command set 22 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Local Mode Store Recall Command Feature l Local Mode Stare Recall Command Table SCPI Command Context Command Description Local Query test set for local SCPI mode l SYSTEM ERR status l SYSTEM STORE 1 name Local Store Configuration to position 1 Local Enter SCPI control leave test set SYSTEM REM mode unchanged SCPI Query the position number last SENS AU STORE stored SCPI Query name of configuration SYSTEM STORE n stored in position n SCPI Erase configuration stored in SYSTEM CLEAR n position n SCPI Exit SCPI mode bring test set to SYSTEM RECALL n stored configuration n 22 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 23 Global Settings 23 2 Configuration Lock During Test 23 2 Measurement Display Configuration 23 2 Trouble Scan Activation 23 2 Error Squelching During Alarms 23 3 Test Pattern Inversion 23 3 Jitter Threshold Configuration 23 3 Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters 23 4 Test Duration Mode 23 4 Timed Test Length 23 4 Automatic Printing 23 5 Automatic Result Storage 23 5 Optical Tx Power up State 23 6 STS 12 Numbering Scheme 23 6 VT1 5 Channel Setup Mode 23 6 Transmit DS2 X Bit Status 23
87. loop codes received by the test set The screen reports the status of in band and out of band loop up and loop down codes For each type of loop code the Cur current field will display ON when that code is being detected The His history field shows ON when that loop code has been detected since the start of the test The Seconds field indicates how long the loop code was detected Sec Ago shows how long it has been since the code was last detected 12 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Signal Measurements Screen DS1 Signal Measurements Screen This screen displays signal measurements for the DS1 receive signal Rx Hz Receive DS1 signal frequency The frequency of the receive DS1 signal in Hertz Rx Pk V Receive DS1 level Vpk The level of the receive DS1 signal in volts peak accuracy is 5 Rx dBdsx Receive DS1 level dB The level of the receive DS1 signal in decibels referenced to a DSX 1 level accuracy is 1 dB The range is 30 to 6 dBdsx Rx ma Simplex current mA The level of DC current between the transmit and receive pairs in milliamperes mA A positive value indicates current flow from the receive pair to the transmit pair Ref Hz Reference DS1 signal frequency The frequency of the reference DS1 signal applied at the rear panel DS1 REF IN connector in Hertz EXZ Excessiv
88. lt pattern gt ROUTe MATRix lt output gt lt input gt SOURce DM DS3 FEAC CBIT SOURce DM DS3 FEAC CONT_ALM STAT SOURce DM DS3 FEAC BURST_SETTING SOURce DM DS3 FEAC LOOPBACK_LINE SOURce DM DS3 FEAC BURST_SIZE SOURce DM DS3 FEAC ALM STAT SOURce DM FT1 SOURce DM FE1 SOURce DM NX The following SCPI command for setting the input impedance A 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes Miscellaneous Fixes Additions Firmware Installation A 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com exists but was not documented in this manual INPUT IMPedance lt value gt Terminal mode is indicated when the value is less than or equal to 100 Bridge mode is indicated when the value is more than 100 ATM functionality failed following the restoration of default settings using a Setup Menu pick The problem was caused when the ATM board lost synchronization with the host CPU when the test set was warm started This problem was corrected by restoring test set default settings on the fly and not warm starting the unit When the test set was configured for DS1 rate with a DS1 payload in monitor mode it would not display the DSO VF Measurement screen This short coming has been c
89. mode 2 Press MENU down The test setup screen for the mode you selected is displayed this example shows Terminal testing mode 3 Use VALUE to set the transmitter Tx Rate for a SONET rate For Monitor mode the transmitter and receiver are set simultaneously Tx Rx Rate 4 Press the right FIELD key and the use VALUE to set the receiver Rx Rate for a SONET rate For OC 12 the rate must match the transmitter 5 Next press the right FIELD key again to select the Payload parameter Use VALUE to select VT1 5 Async or VT1 5 Byte Sync 6 Press MENU down The VT1 5 test operation screen is displayed see next section Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Runa VT1 5 Test Configure the DS1 e When you press MENU down from the testing mode setup screen the Signal VT1 5 test operation screen is displayed Note that the screen may appear differently depending on the test mode you selected Note For Monitor mode tests the transmit functions are not available transmit clock insert channel etc 1 Use VALUE to set the DS1 test channel s timing source 2 Press the right FIELD key to select Frm and then use VALUE to set the DS1 test channel s framing format 3 Press FIELD again to select Data and then use VALUE to set the payload pattern for the DS1 signal If you set Data gt to DSO you can insert and drop DSO chan
90. not editable 3 Set the VP VC for the receive channel Rx Chan The test set uses this address to make selected VP VC measurements see Sdected VP VC Measurement Screens page 20 4 4 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the cell type for the received channel Rx Cell Type gt If you did not select Standard test mode this field is set to Test Cell see step 3 page 18 9 5 Press CONFIG right when you are finished If you set a bandwidth step size of 10 see step 3 page 18 10 the Background Channel Control screen is displayed See Confi gure the ATM Background Channds traffic shaping off page 18 15 If you set a bandwidth size of 2 the display returns to the test operation screen and you are ready to begin the test see Run the ATM Test page 18 21 Note You can go back to the other ATM screens by pressing CONFIG left 18 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Configure the ATM Background Channels traffic shaping off Configure the ATM Background Channels traffic shaping off Note f you setTraffic Shaping gt to Basic see step 2 page 18 10 proceed to Configure the ATM Background Channels with basic traffic shaping page 18 16 e From the fourth ATM setup screen press CONFIG right to display the Background Channel Control screen Note This screen is not displayed if BW Step Size gt is set to 2 See Configu
91. on the configuration of your test set and the operating mode 3 Use the FIELD and VALUE keys to select and change the datalink options See SONET Datalink Note that selecting a datalink insert or pass through mode overrides the Control Parameters programming on the SONET overhead controls screens see To Configure page 3 20 for datalink SONET Overhead Parameters page 2 5 information 4 Press CONFIG right when you have finished to scroll back to the test operation display 2 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Inject SONET Alarms To Inject SONET Alarms You can inject SONET alarms when the transmit signal is set for a SONET rate Note You can also insert errors on the SONET signal by selecting an appropriate error type and rate See SONET Error Injection Types page 3 30 1 From a SONET test operation screen press CONFIG right to display the control screens menu 2 Use FIELD to select Alarm Control and press CONFIG right The Set SONET Alarm Conditions screen is displayed in the lower half of the display 3 Use FIELD to select the SONET alarm you want Press VALUE to set the alarm Off or On The alarm remains active until reset to Off See STS N Alarm Screens 4 Use the RESULT keys to scroll through the measurement screens and page 26 for information observe the effect of the SONET alarms yo
92. operations must be done using SCP commands from the controller 3 Usethe FIELD and VALUE keys to configure which results are shown on the test set display while the unit is in SCPI mode 4 Next use FIELD to select Results Level and then use VALUE to set the results level for the level of measurement detail you want 5 Use the RESULT keys to scroll through measurement screens in the upper half of the display The measurement screens available depend on the results enabled in the lower half of the display 25 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Using an Answer only Modem Using an Answer only Modem Option UHS provides an external answer only modem for remote dial up applications with your 156MTS Programming the The modem retains its programming when power is switched off Modem however if you change the settings you can return to the factory configuration by entering the commands as listed below Command Description ATS0 1 Set auto answer on AT amp C1 Enable carrier detect output pin 8 AT amp YO Use profile 0 on power up ATFO Activate baud rate scan and synchronize AT amp UI Use QAM modulation encoding ATQ1 Disable responses no OK response to commands ATEO Disable command echo AT amp WO Store this configuration as user profile 0 in the modem s non volatile memory Modem Cable
93. pattern TS Timeslot traffic The E1 carries TS channels generated by the test set or from an external source Seexx FEI Fractional E1 traffic The E1 signal carries subrate traffic made up of N number of TS channels See Fractional E1 Setup Parameters page 15 9 Ext A signal applied at the front panel E1 RX port is used as the transmit E1 The input timing and framing override the E1 TxClk gt and Frm gt settings This selection is only available when the E1 signal is the payload of a higher rate signal E1 Code gt selects the line coding scheme as either AMI alternate mark inversion or HDB3 high density bipolar three zero substitution The transmit signal level for E1 applications is fixed at the cross connect level approximately 3 0 Vpk 1 dB E 1 Rx gt sets the input level for the input E1 signal Rx gt is not available when the E1 is mapped to a DS3 signal Rx gt can be set as follows DSX Cross connect level Monitor Monitor level E1 Term gt sets the E1 RX port to either terminate Term or bridge Bridge the received signal E1 Ins gt selects which E1 within a DS3 signal is used for the transmit EL E1 Ins gt can be set from 1 through 21 This parameter is only applicable when the E1 is mapped to a DS3 signal See E1 to DS3 Mapping page 15 5 15 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration
94. see ABCD Signaling Bits Drop page 13 4 Note The rear panel DS1 REF IN DS1 INTERFACE DS1 ERR OUT and SIGNALING TTL connectors serve the corresponding E1 functions when the test set is in an E1 mode El Slips Reference Input DS1REF IN jack accepts E1 signal e 3 0 Vpk input level typical e WECo 310 connector E1 Network DS1 INTERFACE port DB 15 socket connector Provides parallel Interface connections to the front panel DS1 TX and DS1 RX connectors Pin Function 1 E1 Tx tip 9 E1 Tx ring 3 EI Rx tip 11 E1 Rx ring All others No connection ElErrors Output DS1 ERR OUT jack TTL 50 ohm BNC connector 17 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Specifications J itter Option Specifications Jitter Option Specifications E1 jitter measurement requires E1 testing Option URQ Option UQR and either Option UQN or 201 Measurement E1 itter Measurement per CCITT G 823 Response Wide band cut off frequency 20 Hz to 100 kHz High band cut off frequency 20 kHz to 100 kHz Roll off per decade below lower 3 dB point gt 20 dB Roll off per decade above higher 3 dB point gt 60 dB Jitter Measurements Measurement Range Resolution Accuracy Maximum Peak Positive J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Maximum Peak Negative J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Curren
95. send your 156MTS or 31XE test set back to HP to have new boot code software installed Starting with boot code version 6 2 you can install the software yourself See the Boot code Software Version 6 2 Release Notes for installation instructions Host version 6 60 includes the following enhancements e Path trace string J 1 and J 2 byte and section trace string J 0 byte display and editing features e Performance improvements Host version 6 60 introduces several new SCPI commands also look up command descriptions in this manual SYSTem OPTionS FETCh DMON OPTionS FETCh DMOD DS3 CBIT lt row cbit gt FETCh DMOD STS3C RXFREQ FETCh DMOD STS12C RXFREQ A 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A Host Softw are Version 6 60 Release Notes Use the following new SCPI command to retrieve DS1 ones density alarm violations FETCh DMOD DS1 ONESDEN Installation You can install the new host software see 10 after you install the boot code software version 6 2 on your test set Install only software with a higher version number than the software already in your test set The distribution diskette includes the appropriate software for your test set For more information call Telecomms Networks Test Division TNTD at 800 923 7522 Path and Host version 6 60 lets you display and edit the J 1 and J 2 Section Trace path tra
96. sufficient number of isolated ones An isolated oneis a one pulse preceded by at least two zeros non pulses and followed by at least one zero Calculating Results X Complete Indicates that all pulse acquisitions are complete and that pulse mask calculations are being performed Positive Test Complete or Negative Test Complete Indicates pulse acquisition and calculations are done 8 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS2 Status Screen DS2 Status Screen This screen displays the status of certain DS2 signal parameters similar to the front panel STATUS indicators This screen is only shown when the payload is set to DS1 the DS2 signal is part of the DS1 to DS3 multiplex process Each status indicator shows ON if its condition is present The transmit X bit can beset X A Bit DS2 X bit or A bit status Declared when the receive X bit on the Global test Setups DS1 mapped DS3 signals or A bit E1 mapped DS3 signals is set to 1 screen see page 7 16 DS1 Payl and E1 Payl DS3 mapping type Indicates the mapping present on the receive DS3 signal DS1 or E1 Only only status indicates ON at atime M12 Loopback DS1 loopback request Indicates a loopback request for the selected DS1 channel uses the DS2 C bits 8 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SO
97. the 156MTS is operated serviced or repaired Failure to comply with these and other specific warnings and cautions within this manual is a violation of Agilent Technologie s safety standards of design manufacturing and intended use of the test set Agilent assumes no liability for the operator s failure to comply with these precautions Electric Shock Hazard Warning Do not remove the system covers To avoid electric shock use only the supplied power cords and connect only to properly grounded three pin wall outlets Fire Hazard Caution For continued fire protection use only fuses with the properly rated current voltage and type see page 27 5 Disconnect power before replacing fuse Explosion Hazard Warning Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases Hazardous Material Warning If the LCD display is damaged the liquid crystal material can leak Avoid all contact with this material especially swallowing Use soap and water to thoroughly wash all skin and clothing contaminated with the liquid crystal material Cleaning To clean the instrument use a damp cloth moistened with a mild solution of soap and water Do not use harsh chemicals Do not let water or other liquids get into the instrument Product Damage Caution Do not use this product if it shows visible damage fails to perform has been stored in unfavorable conditions or has been Subject to seve
98. the beginning of the test 4 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com In STS 3c H1 H2 of STS 1 1 is set to a valid pointer H1 H2 for STS 1s 2 and 8 are set to 93FF to indicate concatenation SONET M easurement Reference STS N Pointer Measurements Screen STS N Pointer Measurements Screen This screen displays pointer measurements for STS 1 STS 12c or STS 3c signals The screen appears differently depending on the test mode PJ and STS 1 STS 12c or STS 3c pointer justification count The number of positive and negative pointer adjustments Last PJ Dir Last pointer justification direction The direction positive or negative of the previous pointer justification LOP P LOPNTR Loss of pointer seconds The number of seconds during which a loss of pointer condition was present Pointer Value The decimal value of the STS 1 STS 12c or STS 3c H1 H2 pointer For STS 12c and STS 3c this is H1 H2 of STS 1 1 NDF Sec New data flag seconds count The number of seconds in which an NDF occurred An NDF indicates an SPE alignment change Bits 1 4 of the pointer carry the NDF which permits an arbitrary change in the pointer value because of a change in the payload PJ Sec Pointer justification seconds count STS 1 screen only The number of seconds in which at least one pointer justification occurred EFS STS 1 pointer er
99. the higher rate signal parameters This example shows a DS1 carried in an DS3 which is mapped to an STS 1 signal which is in turn mapped to an OC 12 signal Note For monitor tests the transmit functions are not available insert channel etc 1 Set Ins to select the transmit DS1 channel on the DS3 Set Oths to configure the remaining DS1 channels Next set Drop to select the receive DS1 channel on the DS3 2 Configure the DS3 signal by setting the transmit timing source TxClk framing format Frm and X bit status X Bit For STS 12 tests you can 3 Set STS1 1NS gt to select the STS 1 signal onto which the DS3 change the STS 1 numbering signal is mapped scheme See STS 12 Channel Numbering Scheme page 3 4 Set Other to configure the remaining STS 1s 5 Next select Drop and choose which STS 1 is dropped from the receive signal 6 Set the transmit timing source for the higher rate SONET signal STSN TxClk gt 7 Set Scramble to activate or deactivate STS N scrambling After you finish configuring the DS1 and higher rate signal parameters you already to run the test See Run the DS1 Test page 10 14 10 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Loopback the Far End Loopback the Far End This section describes how to set up and transmit codes to activate and deactivate loopback at the far e
100. the test operation screen 9 To transmit the loop code press the ERROR INJ ECT key The 156MTS transmits the currently selected loop code 10 Verify that the far end has looped back by observing the DS1 PAT SYNC and LOPAT indicators When loopback is successfully activated PAT SYNC lights and the LOPAT alarm LED goes off the LOPAT history LED lights 11 When the far end is looped perform any other testing you require 12 To deactivate the loopback set Err Alm T ype gt to DS1 LoopDn and press ERROR INJ ECT When the loopback is deactivated the DS1 PAT SYNC indicator goes off and the red LOPAT alarm indicator lights 10 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Run the DS1 Test Run the DS1 Test After you have configured the DS1 signal FT1 signal and higher rate signal parameters you are ready to begin the test 1 Press START to begin testing On the first line of the display the elapsed time begins to increment 2 If you want to inject errors on the DS1 or FT1 signal use FIELD and VALUE to set the appropriate Err Alm Type and Rate Press ERROR INJECT to activate and deactivate error injection 3 Press TROUBLE SCAN to view the Trouble Scan results screen Any detected errors or alarms will be shown here 4 Use the RESULT keys to view different measurement screens in the top half of the di
101. the total number of jitter hits jitter hit Configuration page 23 3 threshold exceeded since the beginning of the test Total Hits Time Indicates the cumulative total of time in seconds that the jitter hit threshold has been exceeded since the beginning of the test MAX Percent of Mask Indicates the maximum peak to peak jitter for the entire test period expressed as a percentage of the jitter mask 4 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS N Alarm Screens STS N Alarm Screens The screens described in this section display alarm results for the SONET signal The alarms that are displayed on the screens are described in the following table SONET Alarm Definitions Alarm Description AlS L Line alarm indication signal formerly LAIS Declared when five consecutive K2 bytes are received containing XXXXX111 The alarm is cleared when five consecutive K2 bytes do not contain XXXXX111 RDI L Line remote defect indication formerly far end receive failure or FERF Declared when five consecutive K2 bytes are received containing XXXXX110 The alarm is cleared when five consecutive K2 bytes do not contain XXXXX110 LOS Loss of signal Declared when between 10 and 100 us of all zeros pattern is detected Nominal detect time is 55 us The alarm is cleared when a non zero pulse is detected
102. to connect to a terminal rear panel PRINTER RS 232 port on the test set Connect the other for printing on the terminal s end of the cable to the printer See Printer Port page 27 2 for the display serial port pinout 3 Switch on the printer and test set 4 From the test set s Main Menu use FIELD to select Setup System Parameters and then press MENU down The Setup menu is displayed 5 Use FIELD to select Administrative Setups and press MENU down The Administrative Setups screen is displayed Administrative Setups 6 Use FIELD to highlight the parameters for the Printer port Set the baud rate data bits stop bits and parity to match your printer 7 Press MENU up to exit the Administrative Setups screen 24 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Printing Configure Automatic Printing Configure Automatic Printing After you connect a printer and configure the printer port follow this procedure to set what information is printed automatically during a test 1 From the Main Menu use FIELD to select Setup System Parameters and press MENU down The Setup menu is displayed 1 On the Setup menu select Auxiliary Test Setups and press MENU down The Auxiliary Test Setups screen is displayed 2 Use FIELD and VALUE to select Auto Print Mode and set it as desired You can select no automatic printing Off printing at the end of
103. to select a pattern Data For FT1 testing set Data to the FT1 Select a Progr pattern to use a custom bit sequence See Confi gure DS1 E1 User Test Patterns page 10 6 e If you are testing a DS1 signal dropped from a higher rate signal the Tx Rx and Term fields do not apply and are not displayed e If you are testing a DS1 dropped from a higher rate signal configure the higher rate signal See Confi gure Other Si gnal Parameters page 10 11 e If you selected DSO for the payload Data configure the DSO parameters See Configure the DSO Signal page 10 8 e Ifyou are testing DSO signals configure the data parameters See steps for Confi guri ng the DSO Si gnal page 10 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure the ESF Datalink Message Configure the ESF Datalink Message If you set the DS1 framing format to Extended Superframe ESF you can set the message to be transmitted on the ESF datalink 1 From the test operation screen press CONFIG right to display the control screen menu 2 Use FIELD to select DS1 E 1 Patterns and press CONFIG right The Programmable Patterns screen is displayed 3 Use VALUE to select the datalink message 4 If you selected User 1 or User 2 for the datalink message use FIELD and VALUE to define the user pattern Each bit can be set to loro 5 When you finish edi
104. transmitted DS2 X Bit Status signals each DS3 comprises seven DS2s The X bits provide an alarm status for the DS2 DS2 Tx XBit can be set to 0 alarm on or 1 alarm off 23 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters DS1 Block Size DS1 Block Size sets the DS1 information block size for testing applications involving block transfer protocols such as video telephony This parameter can be set from 2Kbit through 8K bit kilobits The block size is used to compute block error measurements see DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen page 12 6 BITS Clock BITS Clk Out Derived from selects the source of the BITS signal Output Source output at the rear panel BITS CLK OUT port and can be set as follows BITS building integrated STS N Rx Clk The BITS timing is derived from the receive SONET timing source signal as selected on the test operation screen This mode is similar to the operation of BITS operation on SONET terminal equipment STS N Tx Clk The BITS timing is derived from the selected timing source TxCIk gt on the test operation screen This allows the BITS timing output to be derived from the BITS input or the test set s internal Stratum 3 clock 23 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Printer amp
105. uo uo uo D9 uo fs uo uo D11 uo uo uo D12 uo fs Z1 Zl Z2 Z2 M1 Z2 E2 uo fs STS 1 1 N 1 2 BWN 1 Pee 2 N H1c H2c Concatenation Indication uo Undefined overhead byte Path OH 1 Column N x3 1 Columns fs Fixed stuff byte 5 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications VT1 5 Format and Mapping VT1 5 Format and Mapping lt EE gt wrest es POH 100 bytes capacity VT mapping uses seven groups of four VTs each lt ______ VT Group _ _ gt VT1 5 VT15 1 VT1 5 2 VT1 5 8 VT1 5 4 Superframe VT1 5 SPE 26 bytes F isi _ z Group 1 VTL5 2 Cdum1 Group 1 VTL5 8 Gum 1 Group 1 VTL5 4 Gum 1 Group 2 VTL5 4 Colum 1 Group 2 VTL5 2 Clum 1 Group 7 VTL5 4 Clum1 Group 1 VTL5 4 Clum2 Group 1 VTL5 2 Glum2 Group 7 VTL5 4 Colum 2 a Group 1 VTL5 4 Glum3 Group 7 VTL5 4 Glum3 Column 1 gt 29 30 31 58 59 60 87 STS 1 SPE 5 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications VT1 5 Format and Mapping VT O
106. you must use a multi mode fiber patch cable When connecting a long reach LR laser transmitter to the receiver either from the network or when looping the test set back on itself LR laser installed be sure to provide 8 dB of attenuation to avoid damaging the receiver OC 12 OC 3 OC 1 Optical Interfaces OC 12 0C 3 0C 1 OC 12 0C 3 0C 1 OC 12 0C 3 0C 1 Intermediate Reach Long Reach Long Reach 1310nm 622 Mbs 1310nm 622 Mbs 1550nm 622 Mbs Option UQK Option UQL Option UQM Min Max Typ Min Max Typ Min Max Typ Transmitter Avg Optical Power dBm 12 0 5 0 8 0 30 20 00 30 45 00 Optical wavelength nm 1260 1360 1310 1280 1335 1310 1500 1580 1550 Receiver Optical Sensitivity dBm 26 0 28 0 26 0 28 0 26 0 28 0 Peak input power dBm 70 70 70 Optical Wavelength nm 1240 1380 1240 1380 1500 1570 Connectors PC PC connectors are standard Optional ST D4 PC or SC connectors are available 5 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications STS N Timing OC 3 OC 1 Optical Interfaces 0C 3 0C 1 0C 3 0C 1 0C 3 0C 1 Intermediate Reach Long Reach Long Reach 1310nm 155 Mbs 1310nm 155 M bs 1550nm 155 Mbs Option UQG Option UQH Option UQJ Min Max Typ Min Max Typ Min Max Typ Transmitter OC N TX Avg Optical Power dBm
107. 0 readiness of its information technology and business environment The duration of this warranty extends through J anuary 31 2001 To the extent permitted by local law this warranty applies only to branded Agilent Products and not to products manufactured by others that may be sold or distributed by Agilent The warranty in this paragraph 6 applies only to Agilent Products shipped after J uly 01 1998 The remedies applicable to this paragraph 6 are those provided in paragraphs 1 2 and 3 6 Products purchased from Agilent outside the U S will receive the standard warranty in the country of purchase If end user customer moves such Products to another country where Agilent has Support presence then end user customer will receive the destination country standard warranty 7 Products purchased in the U S based on the U S list prices will only receive standard warranty in the U S except for Products with a global warranty A global warranty means that the Product will include the destination country s standard warranty in any country where the Product is moved provided that Agilent has Support presence in that country 8 TOTHE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND AGILENT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some co
108. 0000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 11000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 11100000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10101010 10101010 10101010 10101010 01010101 01010101 01010101 01010101 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000001 10000000 00000001 10000000 00000001 10000000 00000001 10000000 00000001 10000000 00000001 10000000 Live No pattern The receiver does not try to synchronize to a pattern The transmitter sends the last selected pattern 11 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Payload Selections DS1 Data gt continued Selection Description DSO DSO traffic The DS1 carries DSO channels See DSO Setup Parameters page 11 10 FTI Fractional T1 traffic The DS1 signal carries subrate traffic made up of N number of DSO channels See FT1 Setup Parameters page 11 9 Insert DS1 DS1 Ins gt selects which DS1 within a DS3 signal is used for the Channel transmit DS1 DS1 Ins gt can be set from 1 through 28 This parameter is only applicable when the DS1 is the payload in a higher rate signal Other DS1 DS1 Other gt sets the payload for the other DS1s that are not selected Channels by Ins gt on the DS3 transmit signal Other gt is only applicable when the DS1 is the payload in a higher
109. 1 10 download DOWNLOAD program 26 6 drop amp insert mode 1 14 drop channel see Drop gt Drop gt DSO 11 11 DS1 11 6 DS1 from dual DS3 7 6 El 15 5 STS 1 3 7 STS 3c 3 10 TS 15 6 VT 3 27 VT group 3 28 Index 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index DSO bit error measurements 12 20 configure 10 8 D amp I channel 11 11 drop channel 11 11 error injection 11 8 insert channel 11 10 payload 11 11 setup parameters 11 10 11 12 signaling drop port 13 4 signaling scan 10 17 11 19 testing 10 1 tx signaling 11 12 VF measurements 12 19 DS1 automatic drop scan 10 15 block size 23 7 CDI 11 8 configure 10 4 D amp I channel 11 6 drop channel 11 6 DSO 11 10 DS1 E1 alarm and status LEDs 1 2 error injection 11 8 ESF datalink message 10 5 framing format 11 3 13 6 FT1 11 9 idlecode 11 8 12 12 indicators 12 2 16 2 insert channel 11 6 line code 11 3 loop codes 11 8 11 14 payload 11 4 rx level 11 4 setup parameters 11 2 11 8 status screen 12 18 termination mode 11 4 testing 10 1 tx level 11 3 tx timing 11 2 user patterns 10 6 11 13 DS1 measurements 12 1 12 22 alarms 12 16 bit error 12 4 block error 12 6 BPV 12 10 CRC 6 12 7 DSO 12 19 12 20 ESF FDL 12 13 framing error 12 8 FT1 12 21 idle CDI 12 12 jitter 4 25 12 15 16 14 loop codes 12 13 signal 12 14 slips 12 11 DS1 structure 13 6 DS1
110. 1 Network Testing Run an Automatic DSO Signaling Scan 5 Use FIELD to select Signaling Scan and press CONFIG right The Signaling Scan operation screen is displayed 6 Set Configurations From to match your application For example if you are testing A DS1 signal carrying DSO traffic you could select DS1 DS1 DSO 7 Next set Channel Scan Mode to either Single one scan or Continuous repetitive scanning 8 Press START to begin the scan The test set begins checking each DSO on the DS1 signal for the signaling bit status and displays the results on the appropriate display line 9 Use the RESULTS keys to scroll through the displays of DSO channels and their signaling bit status 10 The scan ends automatically in Single mode press STOP to end the scan in Continuous mode 10 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 11 DS1 Setup Parameters 11 2 Transmit Timing Source 11 2 DS1Framing Format 11 3 Line Coding 11 3 Transmit DS1 Level 11 3 Receive DS1 Level 11 4 DS1 Payload 11 4 Additional DS1 Setup Parameters 11 7 DS1 Block Size 11 7 DS1 Alarm Delay 11 7 DS1jJitter Hits Threshold 11 7 DS1 and DSO Error and Alarm Injection 11 8 FT1 Setup Parameters 11 9 DSO Setup Parameters 11 10 User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns 11 13 DS1 Loop Codes 11 14 DS1 Data Link Parameters 11 16 DS1 Drop Scan Sequence 11 17 DSO Timeslot Signaling Scan 11
111. 10 GFC 19 14 GPIB see IEEE 488 Index 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index H H1SS H1 byte handset 1 3 handset interface 27 5 27 9 HEC errors 20 7 hex values ASCII characters 3 19 ATM programming 19 4 3 16 history reset key 1 2 HP IB see IEEE 488 idle cells header 19 13 payload 19 12 idle code DS1 11 8 12 12 IEE E 488 address 23 8 interface port 23 8 operation 25 8 setup 25 7 in band loop codes 11 14 Ins gt DSO 11 10 DS1 11 6 E1 15 4 STS 1 3 7 STS 3c 3 10 TS 15 6 VT 3 25 VT group 3 28 insert channel see Ins gt insert STS 1 channel numbering see STS 12 numbering scheme Inv PRBS invert PRBSs 23 3 J J0 byte display screen 4 21 4 22 programming 3 18 J1 byte display screen 4 21 4 22 programming 3 18 3 24 jitter hitsmeasurements 4 25 8 16 12 15 16 14 hits threshold 23 3 mask measurements 4 25 8 16 12 15 16 14 measurements 4 25 12 15 16 14 K K1 K2 see APS L laser 3 2 laser state during test setup 23 6 LCD display 1 2 1 4 LEDs ATM indicators 20 2 DS1 E1 indicators 12 2 16 2 DS3 indicators 8 2 dual DS3 mode 7 6 STS N indicators 4 2 VT indicators 4 29 Line SONET span 5 8 5 10 line code see Code gt line FEBE see REI L line overhead bytes 3 15 loop codes DS1 11 8 DS1 results 12 13 user programmable 11 14 M main menu 1 4 measurem
112. 15 2720 1 A 270 1 PRBS 20 stage with feedback taps at 17 and 20 2723 1 A 273 1 PRBS 23 stage with feedback taps at 18 and 23 All 0s All binary zeros pattern All Ones All binary ones pattern Alt 1 0 Alternating binary 1s and 0s pattern 1in8 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0100 0000 2in8 A 25 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0110 0000 3 in 24 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follow s F010001000000000000000100 Progr 1 User defined pattern The most significant bit follows the Progr 6 frame bit for lengths that divide evenly into 192 See User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns page 11 13 AIS Elalarm indication signal This is an unframed all ones signal that overrides the E1 Frm gt setting Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Line Coding Transmit E1 Level Receive E1 Level Termination Mode E1 Insert Channel E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference E1 Setup Parameters E1 Payload Selections continued E1 Data gt Payload Selection Description 55 Octet This is also known as the Daly pattern Framing does not overwrite the pattern The pattern bit sequence is shown in the DS1 payload table see page 11 5 Live No pattern The receiver does not try to synchronize to a pattern The transmitter sends the last selected
113. 19 DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference 11 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 parameters are applicable when the transmitter receiver or payload is set for DS1 or VT1 5 Not all DS1 parameters apply for every test mode but DS1 setup parameters typically appear on the screen similar to the following Transmit Timing DS1 TxClk gt selects the DS1 transmit timing source This parameter Source can be set as follows i Int Timing is from the 156MTS s internal clock Ext Timing is derived from the rear panel DS1 TX CLK IN port Loop Timing is derived from the receive or drop DS1 signal Ref Timing is derived at the rear panel DS1 REF IN Note fDS1 Data gt is set to Ext the transmit timing is derived from the input signal Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Framing DS1 Frm gt selects the transmit and receive DS1 signal framing format Format DS1 Frm gt can be set to as follows SF Superframe format also called D4 ESF Extended superframe format SLC 96 SLC 96 format also called TR8 Not available for VT1 5 byte synchronous modes Unfrm Unframed format Not available for VT1 5 byte synchron
114. 3 2 STS N Setup Parameters 3 3 STS 12 Channel Numbering Scheme 3 4 STS 1 OC 1 Signal Setup Parameters 3 5 STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters 3 7 STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters 3 9 SONET Automatic Protection Switching APS Parameters 3 12 SONET Overhead Parameters 3 14 SONET Datalink Control Parameters 3 20 VT Overhead Parameters 3 22 VT1 5 Setup Parameters 3 25 Error Injection 3 30 SONET Error Injection Types 3 30 SONET AlarmTypes 3 31 VT1 5 Error Injection 3 32 SONET Configuration Reference 3 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference Optical Transmitter Pow er up State Optical Transmitter Power up State You can set whether the optical transmitter OC N TX is on or off when the unit is switched on Warning The optical transmitter installed in the 156M TS contains a Class 1 Laser Product Avoid visual contact with the transmitter Access the Auxiliary Test Setups screen from the Setup System Parameters screen The Pwr Up Optical Tx State parameter can be set as follows Last State The test set repowers with the optical transmitter in the same state as when the unit was switched off On The test set repowers with the optical transmitter active Off The test set repowers with the optical transmitter off Note Press the OC N TX ON OFF key to enable or disable the optical transmitter at any time 3 2 Ar
115. 3 TX DS3 Receiver DS3 RX DS3 Specifications DS3 Interfaces DS3 Interfaces For dual DS3 options installed in the instrument additional DS3 TX and DS3 RX are installed on the rear panel optional connector plate The signal specifications for these connectors are the same as for the front panel Signals DSX 3 Per CB 119 ANSI T1X1 and TR TS Y 000499 0 48 Vpk 1 2 dB LBO 450 ft simulated 728A cable High 0 91 Vpk 1 2 dB LBO none 900 0 33 Vpk 2 0 dB LBO 900 ft simulated 728A cable Low 0 186 Vpk 2 0 dB LBO Flat loss from High level Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 440 Optional WECo 358 or BNC Signals DSX 3 Automatic equalizer for 0 to 900 ft of 728A cable 44 736 M Hz 300 ppm J itter tolerance per Bellcore TR TS Y 000009 High 0 91 Vpk input signal nominal Mon Up to 26 dB flat loss relative to nominal DSX 3 level Low 0 186 Vpk input signal nominal Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 Connector Accepts WECo 440 Optional WECo 358 or BNC 9 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Specifications Data Link Interfaces DS3 Drop Output Signal DSX 3 DS3 dropped from higher rate signal DS3 DROP Per TR TSY 000499 0 48 Vpk 1 2 dB e LBO 450 ft simulated 728A cable Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB C
116. 4 and Shift 4 to set the values for these fields 4 Press 1 again to display the test operation screen and then press 3 4 and Shift as necessary to configure any signal parameters as required for your application 5 Press the 5 key to start the test 6 Press 2 and Shift 2 to view other measurement screens in the top half of the display this corresponds to using the RESULT keys 7 Press Shift 5 to stop the test 25 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Setup for SCPI IEEE 488 Remote Operation Setup for SCPI IEEE 488 Remote Operation This section briefly describes how to set up the 156MTS for SCPI IEEE 488 control For more information see the SCPI I EEE 488 Interface Programmer s Manual Manual Part Number 09 0600 0005 1 Connect the remote cable to a port on the rear of the 156MTS SCPI control can be implemented using either an IEE E 488 or RS 232 interface For pinouts see Printer and Control Ports page 27 2 The terms HP IB GPIB and e If you are using an IEEE 488 interface connect an HP IB cable to IEEE 488 are names for the REMOTE IEEE 488 port essentially the same type of interfate e Ifyou are using an RS 232 interface connect a serial RS 232 cable to the REMOTE RS 232 port 2 Connect the other end of the cable to a port on t
117. 4 bytes can be set from 00 through F Fp e ASCII The cursor moves only in the ASCII display left side of the screen Each byte can be set from A through Z to a blank or to a dash Note that additional ASCII characters are available by programming the corresponding value on the hexadecimal side of the display see table on next page 3 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters Displayed ASCII characters and their Hexadecimal equivalents Hex ASCII Hex ASCII Hex ASCII Hex ASCII Hex ASCII 20 blank 33 3 46 F 59 Y 6C l 21 34 4 47 G 5A Z 6D m 22 35 5 48 H 5B 6E n 23 36 6 49 l 5C 6F 0 24 37 7 4A J 5D 70 p 2 38 8 4B K 5E 71 q 26 amp 39 9 4C L 5F _ 72 r 27 y 3A 4D M 60 i 73 s 28 3B 4E N 61 a 74 t 29 3C lt 4F 0 62 b 75 u 2A x 3D 50 P 63 c 76 v 2B 3E gt 51 Q 64 d 77 w 2G 3F 52 R 65 e 78 x 2D 40 53 5 66 f 79 y 2E 41 A 54 T 67 g 7A Z 2F 42 B 55 U 68 h 7B 30 0 43 56 V 69 i 7C l 31 1 44 D 57 W 6A J 7D 32 2 45 E 58 X 6B k 7E 3 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Selecting Data Link Control from the Control Screens menu displays the Data Link Control screen Note Rear Panel RS 232 Data Link Port N
118. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference Bit Error Measurements Screens 1 2 and 3 DS3 Bit Error Measurements continued Measurement Description EFS Percentage of DS3 error free seconds DS3 EFS expressed as the percentage of the total number of seconds in the test Sync ES DS3 synchronous errored seconds The number of seconds in which atleast one DS3 bit error occurred seconds are counted beginning at the error occurrence SevES DS3 severely errored seconds SES The number of seconds during which the error rate was 10 or greater approximately 44 100 errors per second or more for framed modes 44 700 for unframed Avail Sec DS3 available seconds The number of seconds during the test that were not unavailable see below Unavail Sec DS3 unavailable seconds The DS3 is declared unavailable after ten consecutive seconds of SES or LOP The DS3 is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no SESs or LOPs Thrsh E N DS3 threshold seconds The number of available seconds during which the bit error rate or P bit error rate which ever is larger exceeded the indicated threshold The thresholds correspond to the following values Framed unframed E 3 44 100 44 700 E 4 4 410 4 470 E 5 441 447 E 6 44 44 Dribble DS3 dribbling error seconds The number of seconds in which the error rate does not exceed 10 approximately 1 through 43 errors C
119. Automatic VP VC Scan The ATM VPI VCI Scan operation screen is displayed oe ee a SPE OMI i temr 7 Use FIELD and VALUE to set Function gt to Channel Search and then press the START key The instrument scans the input signal for ATM traffic Active VP VC addresses are displayed in the list on the top half of the display 8 Press STOP to end the scan the scan ends automatically when 40 VP VCs are detected 9 Use VALUE to set Function gt to BW Measurement and press START The instrument checks each active VP VC to determine the percentage of bandwidth used by that channel 10 Press STOP to end the bandwidth measurement the measurement ends when all active channels have been measured 11 Use RESULT to scroll the results screens in the top half of the display There are five screens each screen lists as many as eight channels 12 To select a channel for further testing use FIELD to highlight the Further measurement on item gt field Use VALUE to choose a detected channel to test and then press CONFIG right To perform additional testing on the channel you selected see Run the ATM Test page 18 21 18 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run a Cell Capture Test Run a Cell Capture Test The cell capture sequenceis Use the cell capture test to filter and view a specific cell stream or a not available
120. B1 byte available in OC 12 transmitter modes only Rates Continuous Off 3 30 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference Error Injection B2 Bit Inverts the least significant bit Bit 1 in the B2 byte available in OC 12 transmitter modes only Rates Continuous Off A1 Bit Inverts the least significant bit Bit 1 in the Al framing byte available in OC 12 transmitter modes only Rates Continuous Off H Pointer Transmits an illegal out of range value in the STS 1 H1 and H2 pointer bytes Rates Single 7 9 Consec LOP threshold Continuous Burst Off A1 A2 Frame Inverts the 16 bit frame word formed by the Al and A2 bytes Rates Single 3 5 Consec OOF threshold 23 30 Consec LOF threshold Continuous Burst Off SONET Alarm SONET alarms can be transmitted by activating or deactivating Types transmission of a particular alarm using the Alarm Control screen When you select Alarm Control from the Control Screens menu the following screen is displayed Each alarm type can be set to On continuously transmitted or Off not transmitted Note that VT PYEL has additional selections The following table describes the types of SONET alarms available SONET Alarm Injection Types Alarm Description LOS Loss of signal Simulates a loss of signal by transmitting all zeros LOF Loss of frame synchr
121. Bit Synchronous 111 Future J2 This byte is programmed using the J 2 Path Trace Control screen See J 2 Path Trace Control page 3 24 Byte synchronous modes only Z6 Growth undefined VT byte synchronous modes only Z7 Bit 8 is the VT path remote failure indication RFI V Other Z7 bits are undefined VT byte synchronous modes only Demux Framing Regen gt Byte synchronous mode only This field affects the framing of the DS1 dropped from the VT 1 5 When this field is set to Passthrough default the dropped DS1 data and framing are both derived from the VT1 5 When this field is set to Regenerate the DS1 data and signaling is derived from the VT 1 5 and the DS1 framing is internally generated by the test set Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT Overhead Parameters J2 Path Trace The J 2 Path Trace Control screen allows you to program each byte of Control the 64 byte VT Path Trace string Each byte of the string is transmitted in the J 2 byte of 64 consecutive VTs The J 2 bytes are transmitted left to right top to bottom as shown on the l display See page 3 17 for fill action selection table reference Each J 2 byte is shown twice on the display On the right the two digit hexadecimal value of the byte is displayed On the left the ASCII equivalent of the byte s value is shown in a corresponding character
122. C on the received channel are calculated OAM cells cells with a PT value of 1xx with that address are not counted OAM cells are only included in Total Cell Stream calculations Screen 1 This screen displays measurements relating to the bandwidth of the selected channel Rx BW Hz Avg Average selected receive channel bandwidth in Hertz The average bandwidth of the selected receive channel since the beginning of the test in Hertz Rx BW Avg Average selected receive channel bandwidth percentage The average percentage of total bandwidth used by the selected receive channel since the beginning of the test as a value from 0 through 100 Rx BW Hz Current Current selected receive channel bandwidth in Hertz The average bandwidth of the selected receive channel for the previous 2 25 seconds in Hertz Rx BW Current Current selected receive channel bandwidth percentage The average percentage of total bandwidth used by the selected receive channel in the previous 2 25 seconds as a value from 0 through 100 20 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference Selected VP VC Measurement Screens Screen 2 This screen displays measurements relating to cell counts on the selected channel Cell Count Selected receive channel cell count The total number of cells received since the beginning of the test in scientific n
123. DROP jack 11 6 DS1 El connectors 1 2 DS2 frame format 9 5 measurement screen transmit X bit 23 6 8 20 DS3 alarm and statusLEDs 1 2 C bits 6 7 7 11 configure 6 4 drop andinsert 7 4 dual DS3 setup 6 5 7 5 Elmapping 15 5 error injection 7 17 FEAC 6 7 7 8 FEBE bits 7 4 frame format 7 2 9 5 indicators 8 2 payload 7 3 rx level 7 2 setup parameters 7 1 7 17 testing 6 1 tx DS2 X bit 23 6 tx level 7 2 tx timing 7 4 user pattern X bit 7 4 DS3 C Bit Control screen DS3 connectors 1 2 DS3 FEAC Control screen 7 8 DS3 measurements 8 1 8 21 alarms 8 13 bit error 8 4 BPV 8 10 C bit monitor screen CP bit parity 8 7 DS2 8 20 dual DS3 8 3 FEAC 8 11 FFCV 8 9 frameerror 8 8 jitter 4 25 12 15 16 14 P bit parity 8 6 P bits 8 12 PLCP 20 16 signal 8 15 status screen X bits 8 12 6 9 7 14 7 11 8 12 8 17 Index 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index DS3 overhead bits 9 6 DS3 pulse mask results 8 18 setup 7 12 test 6 11 DS3 DROP jack 7 4 dual DS3 7 5 DS1drop 7 6 LED sharing 7 6 measurements 8 3 setup parameters 7 7 test setup 6 5 block size 23 7 configure 14 4 14 9 drop channel 15 5 DS1 E 1 alarm and status LEDs 1 2 DS3 mapping 15 5 error injection 15 10 FE1 15 9 framing format 15 2 17 5 indicators 12 2 16 2 insert channel 15 4 line code 15 4 payload 15 3 rx level 15 4 setup parameters 15 2 15
124. DS1 E1 RY O O DS3 Alarm amp Status LEDs see pg 8 2 Print amp Display Hold keys DS1 E1 Alarm amp Status LEDs see pg 12 2 and pg 16 2 History Reset key VT Alarm amp Status LEDs see pg 29 STS N Alarm amp Status LEDs see pg 4 2 ATM A __ GL rower Power switch arm amp Status LEDs see pg 20 2 1 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS Ata Glance The Rear Panel Serial printer Serial remote Optional Demodulated STS 1 Tx port control port connector Jitter output Clock input panel GPIB remote AC input and Cooling fan control port fuse PRINTER RS232 REMOTERS232 q A Io REMOTE IEEE 488 DATA LINK RS232 5A 250V Slo Blo 5 AN DS1 E1 SONET DS3 Error out signal orderwire and Tx Clock input output port in connectors Data Link DSO TS VF DSO TS DS1 E1 timing drop and Signaling TTL input output and error Error burst insert ports interface connectors connectors trigger input 1 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156MTS Ata Glance LCD Display Test Operation Screen Final or Elapsed time Test
125. DS1 block size see following table A SEE ends when there are two consecutive error free seconds Severe Error Event SEE Block Error Threshold Values Bloc N number of Block N number of Size block errors Size block errors 2 Kbit 46 6 Kbit 15 3 Kbit 30 7 Kbit 13 4 Kbit 23 8 Kbit 11 5 Kbit 18 CATV UAS Cable TV unavailable seconds count The number of CATV UASs A CATV UAS interval is declared when there are 60 consecutive BE Ss ten consecutive SE Ss or ten consecutive LOP seconds These seconds are included in the unavailable time A CATV UAS interval ends when there are 60 consecutive error free seconds These seconds are not included in the unavailable time 12 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1CRC 6 Error Measurements Screen DS1 CRC 6 Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on CRC 6 errors in ESF formatted DS1 signals Count CRC error count The number of ESF CRC 6 values that are errored Cur Ratio Current CRC error ratio The average CRC error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average CRC error ratio The number of CRC 6 errors over the number of bits received since the beginning of the test ES CRC errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one CRC error occurred EFS CRC error free seconds The number of seconds du
126. DSO and FT1 Network Testing Set up for DS1 Testing 3 Usethe FIELD and VALUE keys to set the transmitter Tx Rate and receiver Rx Rate for your application For Monitor and D amp I tests the transmitter and receiver are set simultaneously Tx Rx Rate e If you are testing a DS1 that is the payload of a higher rate signal set the transmitter and receiver as appropriate for that higher rate 4 Next press the right FIELD key to select the Payload parameter Use VALUE to set the payload as appropriate for your application e To test DSO signals set Payload to DSO this step is optional Remember that one of the transmitter receiver or payload must be set to a DS1 selection 5 Press MENU down The DS1 operation screen is displayed see next section 10 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure the DS1 Signal Configure the DS1 Signal e When you press MENU down from the testing mode setup screen the test operation screen is displayed Note that the screen may appear differently depending on the test mode you selected 1 Usethe FIELD and VALUE keys to set the transmit timing source TxClk the framing format Frm and the line coding Code 2 Nextuse FIELD and VALUE to set the transmit signal level Tx the receive signal level Rx and the termination mode Term 3 Use FIELD and VALUE
127. Data gt field must be set for FE1 See Configure the E1 Signal page 14 4 1 The FE1 parameters are controlled from the Fractional E1 Setup screen Press CONF IG right to call the control screens menu 2 Use FIELD to highlight DSO T S Frac Setup and press CONFIG right twice to display the Fractional T1 Setup screen 3 Next use FIELD and VALUE to select the TS channels of the E1 signal that make up the fractional E1 signal Select Each active timeslot is represented by an asterisk inactive DSOs are represented by a dot 4 Use FIELD and VALUE to select the payload for the FT1 signal Data 5 Press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 14 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Run the E1 Test Run the El Test e After you have configured the E1 signal TS signal and DS3 and any higher rate signal parameters you are ready to begin the test 1 Press START to begin testing On the first line of the display the elapsed time begins to increment 2 If you want to inject an alarm on the E1 signal use FIELD and VALUE to set the Err Type gt and Rate gt as desired Modify Config While Running must be set to Yes see Confi gurati on Lock During Test page 23 2 3 Watch the Trouble Scan display for any errors or use the RESULT keys to view different measurement screens in the top half of the
128. E mesurements VT 4 32 VF measurements 12 19 VP VC address notation 19 4 automatic scan 18 2 background channel configure 18 14 foreground channel 19 13 receive channel 19 13 setup 19 14 VT configure 2 11 error injection indicators 4 29 setup parameters 3 25 VT alarm and status LEDs 1 2 19 21 3 32 VT mapping counting mode 2 11 3 28 23 6 drop channel 3 27 drop VT group 3 28 insert channel 3 25 insert VT group 3 28 Other VTs payload 3 26 VT group mapping 3 29 VT measurements 4 29 4 37 alarms 4 36 code violations 4 31 FEBE 4 32 pointer measurements 4 33 VT overhead bytes 5 13 VT 1 5 format and mapping 5 12 X X bit 7 4 DS2 23 6 X bits display 8 12 Index 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the
129. E1 parameters are applicable when the E1 payload Data gt is set for FE 1 FE1 parameters are accessed by selecting DS0 T S F rac Setup from the Control Screens menu and pressing CONFIG right twice The Fractional E1 Setup screen appears as follows Selected Timeslots Select gt determines which timeslots are used to generate the FE1 signal A channel set to is included in the FE1 signal A channel set to is not included in the FE1 signal Channels that are not selected are transmitted as all ones Note Timeslot 16 is not used when the E1 frame format Frm gt is set to either TS0 16 or TS0 16 CRC FE1 Payload Data gt selects the payload for the FE1 signal The data is distributed across the entire FE1 signal even if the TSs that make up the FE1 are not contiguous The payload choices for Data gt include the following see E1 Payload Selections page 15 3 for a description of each payload e QRSS e PRBSs 2 6 1 and so on All Os or All 1s Alt 1 0 e lin 8 2in8 or 3 in 24 Progr 1 through Progr 6 55 Octet 15 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference Eland TS Error and Alarm Injection Eland TS Error and Alarm Injection The following types of error can be injected in E1 testing modes The rates for the selections include Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Continuous and Off
130. ED is lit when errors are being injected This value sets the error ratio so that 1 x 10 1 out of 10 bits of the selected type are errored For example selecting 1 0E 2 would error 1x10 bits or one bit out of every 10 100 bits X Consec Injects errors for X consecutive frames or occurrences These values are useful for testing alarm detection thresholds and may be set just above or just below the threshold Continuous Errors are injected into every bit or byte of the selected type Injection is toggled on and off using the ERROR INJ ECT key Burst Error injection is active when a logic high level is present at the rear panel BURST ERR IN jack see Error Burst Triggering page 27 3 Off No errors are injected The ERROR INJ ECT key is disabled so that errors are not inadvertently injected 27 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Physical and Electrical Characteristics Physical Size WxHxD 14 5x7 5x16 0 inches 36 8 x 19 0 x 40 6 cm Weight 30 0 pounds 13 8 kg Electrical AC Line 100 to 240 Vac 47 to 63 Hz 200 VA maximum Fuse rating Warning This test set requires different fuses for 115 Vac and 230 Vac operation Refer to the table below Warning Disconnect power before replacing fuse For continued fire protection replace with same type of fuse Fuse Rating 115 Vac Operation 5 Amp Slow Blow 250 Volt 230 Vac
131. EQ Type of FEAC control code sequence activate or deactivate last received FEAC_SEQ_ SEC Number of seconds since last FEAC control code sequence received FEAC_LINE Line affected by most recently received FEAC loopback contro sequence for example DS1 7 For example FETCh DMOD DS3 FEAC_CODE retrieves the last FEAC alarm status code received SOURce DM DS3 FEAC CBIT lt row cbit 0 1 gt sets the specified C bit to a 1 or 0 where row is the M3 subframe 1 7 and cbitis 1 2 or 3 For example SOURce DM DS3 FEAC CBIT 1 3 Oassigns the value 0 to the C3 bit in row 1 the FEAC bit See DS3 C Bit Configuration in Chapter 7 of the user manual for more information about rows and C bits SOURce DM DS3 FEAC CONT_ALM STAT lt ON OFF gt controls whether FEAC codes are sent continuously ON or not off When off the FEAC bit is set by the DS3 C Bit Control screen Row 1 C3 program bit SOURce DM DS3 FEAC BURST_SETTING lt parameter gt A 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Notes selects the type of FEAC code to transmit several times in a row BURST_SIZE specifies how often The codes are transmitted when the ACTION INJ ECT key is pressed Parameter Code Transmitted NONE No codes transmitted ACTIVATE Loop up code for LOOPBACK_LINE DEACTIVATE Lo
132. F events occurred EFS Section percentage of error free sends Section EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference Line Code Violations B2 Screen Line Code Violations B2 Screen This screen displays line CV measurements code violations in the B2 byte Line CV Count Line code violations count Includes BIP 8 errors in the B2 byte as many as eight in each frame for STS 1 24 for OC 3 and 96 for OC 12 CV BER avg Line CV average bit error ratio The number of line CVs over the total number of line bits transmitted excludes section overhead since the beginning of the test CV BER cur Line CV current bit error ratio The number of line CVs over the total number of line bits transmitted excludes section overhead during the previous 2 25 seconds ES Line errored seconds The number of seconds in which one or more line CVs occurred SES Line severely errored seconds A count of seconds in which the number of line CVs met or exceeded the SES threshold The threshold depends on the rate STS 1 12 CVs OC 3 32 CVs OC 12 124 CVs EFS Line error free seconds The number of seconds in which no line CVs occurred EFS Line percentage of error free sends Line EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of se
133. F signal applied at the rear panel VF IN jack e After you finish configuring the E1 and TS parameters you are ready to begin the test 14 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the Timeslot Parameters TS froma This procedure describes how to configure the TS payload when either Subrate El the transmit or receive E1 is mapped to a DS3 1 To enable the TS on the transmit E1 set the E1 Data field to TS 2 From the test operation screen press CONFIG right The Control Screens menu is displayed in the bottom half of the screen 3 Select DSO TS Settings and then press CONFIG right The TS Setup screen is displayed 4 Set the TS payload Data gt You can select a VF tone an external VF signal or a bit pattern 5 SetIns gt and Drop gt to configure the insert and drop TSs You can select L to lock the drop channel to match the insert channel 6 Set Other gt to configure the remaining channels in the E1 signal 7 Next set each ABCD Tx Signaling bit to either binary 1 or 0 8 When you have finished setting the TS parameters press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 14 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the FE1 Signal Configure the FE 1 Signal Note The
134. FC PT and CLP for the idle cell headers if desired 13 Configure the VP VC address for the receive channel Rx Chan VPI and VCI This is the address the test set uses to make selected VP VC measurements 14 Press CONFIG right to return to the test operation display e You are now ready to run the test See Run the ATM Test page 18 21 Note You can go back to the other ATM screens by pressing CONFIG left 18 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run the ATM Test Run the ATM Test After you have configured the ATM foreground and background channel parameters you are ready to begin the test 1 Press START to begin testing On the first line of the display the elapsed time begins to increment 2 If you want to inject ATM errors use FIELD and VALUE to select an ATM error type in the Err Type gt field and to choose an appropriate injection rate Rate gt 3 Press ERROR INJECT to inject the errors 4 Usethe RESULT keys to scroll through different measurements on the upper half of the display 5 To inject bursts of ATM cells access the Foreground Channel Control screen and use the ACTION key to trigger the bursts See Confi gure the ATM Foreground Channd no traffic shaping page 18 11 6 To end the test press STOP 18 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
135. For example if you are testing an E1 signal carrying TS traffic you could select E1 E1 TS 7 Next set Channel Scan Mode to either Single one scan or Continuous repetitive scanning 8 Press START to begin the scan The test set begins checking each timeslot on the E 1 signal for the signaling bit status and displays the results on the appropriate display line 9 Usethe RESULTS keys to scroll through the displays of timeslots and their signaling bit status 10 The scan ends automatically in Single mode press STOP to end the scan in Continuous mode 14 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 15 E1lSetup Parameters 15 2 EltoDS3Mapping 15 5 ElTimeslot TS Setup Parameters 15 6 Fractional E1 Setup Parameters 15 9 ElandTS Error and Alarm Injection 15 10 El and Timeslot Configuration Reference 15 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference E1 Setup Parameters E1 Setup Parameters E1 setup parameters appear on the screen similar to the following the E1 E1 E1 modeis shown Transmit Timing E1 TxClk gt selects the E 1 transmit timing source This parameter can Source be set as follows Int Timing is from the 156MTS s internal clock Ext Timing is derived from the rear panel DS1 TX CLK IN port E1 signal expect
136. G right to display the Background Channel Control screen This screen is not displayed if BW Step Size gt is set to 2 See Configure Global ATM Parameters page 18 10 1 Use FIELD and VALUE to set each of the four background channels 1 4 On or Off 2 Set the Service Type for each background channel to either CBR constant bit rate or VBR variable bit rate 3 Next set the AAL Type for each background channel 4 Setthe OAM parameters Distribution gt must be set to Continuous see step 3 page 18 11 Choose the type alarm and segment 5 Press CONFIG right The Background Payload Data screen is displayed 6 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the payloads of the four background channels 18 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Configure the ATM Background Channels with basic traffic shaping 7 Press CONFIG right The Background Header Setup screen is displayed 8 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the cell headers for the four background channels The fields are the same as for the foreground See Set the Foreground Idle and Rece ve VP VC page 18 14 9 Press CONFIG right when you are finished The Misinserted Cell Error Control screen is displayed see page 18 18 18 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testin
137. Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens Screen 2 This screen displays measurements relating to errors in the header error control field on the entire ATM cell stream NonSTS 12c ATM For ATM on rates other than STS 12c this screen appears as follows During LOCS loss of cell HEC Error Count Header error control field error count The total synchronization conditions number of HEC errors detected individual HEC errors are not F HEC Error Cell Ratio Header error control field error ratio The counted ratio of HEC errors to the total number of cells STS 12c ATM For STS 12c ATM this screen appears as follows S During LOCS loss of cell HCS Error Count correctable Correctable header checksum synchronization conditions error count The total number of correctable header error control individual HEC errors are not HEC field errors A correctable HCS error is defined as a HEC field in counted which a single bit is errored HCS Error Count uncorrectable Uncorrectable header checksum error count The total number of uncorrectable HEC errors An uncorrectable HCS error is defined as a HEC field in which two or more bits are errored Total Error Count The total number of correctable and uncorrectable HEC errors HCS Errors Cell Ratio The ratio of HEC errors to the total number of cells received 20 7 Artisan Tech
138. Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference FT1 Measurement Summary Screens FT1 Measurement Summary Screens This screen displays an overview of fractional T1 FT1 error measurements s Sec Ago shows the time Bit FT1 bit error count The number of errored bits transmitted at elapsed since the last error in one level but received at another seconds Frm FT1 frame error count The number of framing bits received in error CRC FT1CRC error count The number of FT1 CRC fields that are received in error BPV FT1 bipolar violation count The number of FT1 BPVs A BPV is the occurrence of two consecutive pulses of the same polarity 12 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference FT1 Bit Error Measurement Screens FT1 Bit Error Measurement Screens These three screens display results based on FT1 bit error measurements The results displayed on the screens are similar to the DS1 bit error measurements except that they apply to FT1 signal See DS1 Bit Error Measurements page 12 4 12 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 DS1 DSO Interfaces 13 2 Data Link Interfaces 13 4 Jitter Option Specifications 13 5 DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications 13 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrum
139. Line data communication channel DCC S1 Z1 S1 STS 1 1 Synchronization status Z1 Growth MO M0 STS 1 0C 1 signals only bits 5 8 Line FEB E M1 M1 STS 1 of STS N gt 3 signals Line FEBE Z2 Z2 other STS 1s Growth E2 Express orderwire channel jl Path trace B3 Path bit interleaved parity BIP 8 code C2 Path signal label G1 Path status Bits 1 4 path FEBE bits 5 6 path ROI Path Overhead F2 Path user channel H4 VT multiframe phase indicator 23 24 Future growth Z5 Tandem connection error count and data link 5 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Formats STS 3c Frame concatenated SONET signal Transport OH 9 Columns gt lt SPE 261 Columns Rows STS 1 B A A B A R B A HR B H1c H2c Concatenation Indication 1 Hic 10010011 M le H2c 11111111 uo Undefined overhead byte STS Nc Frame rors OH N x3 Columns SPE N x87 Columns Al Al a2 a2 A2 f A2 J0 20 fs uo uo El uo uo uo Fl uo fs uo uo D2 uo uo uo D3 uo fs H1c H1c H2 H2c H2c H2c H3 H3 fs B2 B2 K1 uo uo uo K2 uo fs uo uo D5 uo uo uo D6 uo fs uo uo D8
140. M easurement Reference APS Measurements Screen APS Signal State Code K2 byte bits 1 through 4 K1Bit1 K1Bit2 K1Bit3 K1Bit4 APS State Message Displayed Result 0 0 0 0 No Request 0 0 0 1 Do Not Revert 0 0 1 0 Reverse Request 0 0 1 1 Not Used 0 1 0 0 Exercise 0 1 0 1 Not Used 0 1 1 0 Wait to Restore 0 1 1 1 Not Used 1 0 0 0 Manual Switch 1 0 0 1 Not Used 1 0 1 0 SD signal degraded Low Priority 1 0 1 1 SD High Priority 1 1 0 0 SF signal failure Low Priority 1 1 0 1 SF High Priority 1 1 1 0 Forced Switch 1 1 1 1 Lockout of Protection 4 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference APS Measurements Screen APS Switching M ode Code K2 byte bits 6 through 8 K2Bit6 K2Bit7 K2Bit8 APS Mode Displayed Result 0 0 0 Future 0 0 1 Future 0 1 0 Future 0 1 1 Future 1 0 0 Unidirectional switching 1 0 1 Bidirectional switching 1 1 0 Line FERF 1 1 1 Line AIS 4 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Measurement Reference Transport Overhead Screen 1 and Screen 2 Transport Overhead Screen 1 and Screen 2 These two screens display the transport overhead bytes of the SONET signal For each byte the received value is displayed in hexadec
141. M ode label see About the Basic Testing M odes page 1 12 Memory buffer number Measurement results screen scrolling controlled by RESULT Test configuration screen scrolling controlled by CONFIG LCD Display Main Menu Automatic setup see pg 1 6 Test modes see pg 1 12 Automatic sequences General system setup see pg 23 1 Configuration storage see pg 22 2 1 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS Navigation Keys Navigation Keys Moves up and down through menu levels RESULT Scrolls top half of display lt 4 gt 4 conie p gt Scrolls bottom half of display lt 4 FIELD gt Selects parameters or menu items lt 4 VALUE gt Changes values of selected parameters The Control Screens Menu Test Operation Screen 00 03 09 39 Control Screen Selected M enu Control Screen Modify Modify Confi R t dit Use CONFIG to Use FIELD to select ae gt scroll the display a menu item Use FIELD amp VALUE to make changes on the control screen 1 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS To Perform an Auto Setup Test To Perform an Auto Setup Test Note Auto Setup Test does not set up ATM functionality
142. Measurement Reference Path Measurement Summary Screen Path Measurement Summary Screen This screen displays path code violation measurements CVs BIP 8 errors in the B3 byte In concatenated payload modes the title indicates STS 12c or STS 3c Sec Ago shows time elapsed B3 Path CV Path code violations count Includes BIP 8 errors in the since last FEBE in seconds B3 byte as many as eight in each frame FEBE Path far end block errors The number of path FEBEs reported bits 1 through 4 of the G1 byte 4 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference Path Code Violation B3 Screen Path Code Violation B3 Screen This screen displays path CV results code violations in the B3 byte For concatenated payloads the title indicates STS 12c or STS 3c Path CV Count Path code violations count Includes BIP 8 errors in the B3 byte as many as eight in each frame CV BER avg Path CV average bit error ratio The number of path CVs over the total number of path bits transmitted excludes section and line overhead since the beginning of the test CV BER cur Path CV current bit error ratio The number of path CVs over the total number of path bits transmitted excludes section and line overhead during the previous 2 25 seconds Path UAS Path unavailable seconds The number of seconds th
143. OAM alarms not applicable for STS 12c ATM The alarms are defined in ATM OAM Alarm Status page 20 14 F4 VP AIS The number of seconds during which an F4 AlS alarm was declared F4 VP RDI FERF The number of seconds during which an F4RDI alarm was declared F5 VC AIS The number of seconds during which an F5 AIS alarm was declared F5 VC RDI FERF The number of seconds during which an F5 RDI alarm was declared 20 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only PLCP measurements are based on the physical layer convergence protocol PLCP used to map ATM cells onto DS3 facilities see Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP page 21 5 These measurements are only applicable if the payload is set to ATM PLCP Based Cell Delineation PLCP This screen displays an overview of basic PLCP signal status Measurement Summary Screen Count indicates the number of B1 BIP PLCP BIP error count The number of parity errors indicated errors since the beginning of by the PLCP B1 byte bit interleaved parity BIP check the test Sec Ago indicates the number of seconds elapsed since the previous error occurred FEBE PLCP far end block error count The number of far end block errors as indicated by the PLCP G1 byte Frm amp POI PLCP frame and p
144. ONET Measurement Reference OC N STS N Measurement Summary Screen OC N STS N Measurement Summary Screen For each screen an s This screen displays summaries for OC 12 OC 3 OC 3c and STS 1 indicates Summary results tests The specific OC N or STS N rate that is displayed depends on the level anda d indicates Detail receiver rate and payload for STS 12c and STS 3c level See To Display M ore Measurement Screens page 1 11 Sec Ago shows time elapsed B1 Sect CV B1 byte Section code violations count Includes BIP 8 since last CV in seconds errors in the B1 byte as many as eight in each frame B2 Line CV B2 byte line code violations count Includes BIP 8 errors in the B2 byte as many as eight in each frame for STS 1 24 for OC 3 and 96 for OC 12 OC N Rx Hz Receive Frequency in Hertz The recovered clock frequency of the incoming OC N data pattern STS 1 Drop Hz Drop Frequency in Hertz The recovered clock frequency of the STS 1 data pattern dropped from the OC N Not applicable for STS 1 modes or for STS 12c and STS 3c payload modes BPV Bipolar violation count STS 1 screen only The total number of BPVs detected on the STS 1 during the test STS 12c or STS 3c Patt Sync Pattern Synchronization STS 12c and STS 3c payload modes only Indicates if the test set has synchronized to the receive STS 12c or STS 3c data pattern based on the setting of Data gt see STS Nc Payload Setup Par
145. Panel Operation Use Remote Front Panel Operation General 1 Set up and configure the test set and controller see Setup for Remote Front Pand Operation page 25 4 Make sure the test set is switched on 2 Start remote control from the controller For example launch a terminal emulator on your PC The remote front panel displays on the controller see Remote Front Pand at a Glance page 25 3 e If the display is blank press the r key on the PC keyboard to force a screen redraw 3 Use the number keys along the top of the keyboard not the numeric keypad to mimic the keys on the front panel of the test set The effects of the remote The number key actions are listed in the Key Function display area commands are displayed on Each key has two actions one when you press only that key and one the test set s front panel when you hold Shift and press the key The Shift action is listed in parentheses Note You can still control the test set using the front panel Commands entered are reflected on the remote front panel display Test Example 1 With the Main Menu shown on the controller s display press the 3 key to select the type of test you want to run The 3 key corresponds to pressing the right FIELD key on the test set 2 Press 1 to display the test setup screen the same as pressing MENU down 3 Press 3 and Shift 3 to select the Tx Rate Rx Rate and Payload fields Use
146. Panel RS 422 RS422 gt configures the operation of the rear panel DATA LINK RS 422 Data Link Port interface port in both the transmit and receive directions The available choices are as follows None The RS 422 data link port is disabled Section DCC D1 D3 Section data communication channel D1 D2 and D3 bytes transmit data is derived from input at the RS 422 data link port Received data is transmitted on the port s output Line DCC D4 D12 The transmitted data on the Line data communication channel D4 D12 bytes is derived from input at the rear panel RS 422 data link port Received data is transmitted on the port s output Note The Line DCC and Section DCC choices can be overwritten by the DCC Pass Thru gt setting see SONET DCC Pass Through M ode page 3 21 Rear Panel Handset gt configures the operation of the rear panel Handset interface Handset Interface in both the transmit and receive directions The available choices are None The Handset interface is disabled Section Order Wire E1 The transmitted data on the Section orderwire channel E1 bytes is derived from the VF voice frequency input at the rear panel Handset port Received E 1 data is converted to a VF signal and transmitted on the port s output Line Order Wire E2 The transmitted data on the Line orderwire channel E2 bytes is derived from the VF input at the handset port Received E2 data is converted to a VF signal and transmitted on the p
147. Press MENU down 4 Use FIELD and VALUE to further configure the transmitter and receiver as necessary by setting the parameters in the lower half of the display Use the CONFIG keys to scroll the lower half of the display 5 Press START to begin the test e To pause a test in progress press START The timer is stopped but not reset To continue the test press START again To freeze the display without pausing the test press DISPLAY HOLD Press the key again to resume 6 Press the RESULT keys to view different measurement screens in the top half of the display Select the test Set up the transmitter receiver View results in the top half of the and payload display k E TESTING N Tx Rate 5T51 Re Rate STS1 MODEL 156 MAIN MENU 1x and Rx Rates first then select payload FrmbMi3 Data gt 2 15 1 Txtlk Int FEBE 111 SBit 1 Scramble gt On x Rx al Type gt 0S3 Data Raters Press FIELD to highlight item then Press ENTER to enter test mode Press MEHU to return to Main Menu Press MENU select item Set signal parameters in the bottom of the display Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS To Display More Measurement Screens To Display More Measurement Screens The 156MTS has two results levels summary and detail You can select the level of results that are displayed by following this procedure
148. Results Level can be set to either Summary or Detail Each measurement screen is either a summary or a detail screen Summary screens show higher level information Detail screens show more in depth information When Results Level is set to Summary only summary screens can be viewed When Results Level is set to Detail all screens both summary and detail can be viewed Trouble Scan switches Trouble Scan ON or OFF For more information on using Trouble Scan see To Use Trouble Scan page 1 7 When you press the TROUBLE SCAN key the Trouble Scan feature is automatically set to On 23 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Global Settings Error Squelching Inhibit Errors on Alarm sets whether errors are counted during During Alarms alarm conditions When this parameter is set to Yes errors are not counted during alarm conditions When this parameter is set to No errors are counted during alarm conditions Test Pattern Inv PRBS enables and disables inversion of the transmit PRBS Inversion patterns When this parameter is set to No PRBSs selected in the Data gt field are transmitted normally When this parameter is set to Yes transmitted PRBSs are inverted binary 0s switched to 1s and 1s switched to 0 Jitter Threshold Jitter Hits Thresh sets the jitter hits threshold used for making jitter Configura
149. S N Indicators HIST ALARMS HIST ALARMS STATUS ERRORS O Olos O OLOPP OSTS NSIG OBI1CV O OLOF O OAISP OSTS NFRM OB2CV O OLOCLK O ORDFP OPATHPTR OB3CV O O OAIS L QOLOPAT O CONCAT O RELL iig STS N Alarm and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOS Loss of STS N signal LOF Loss of frame LOCLK Loss of external clock signal AlS L Line Alarm Indication Signal RDI L Line Remote Defect Indication LOP P Path Loss of Pointer AlS P Path Alarm Indication Signal RDI P Path Remote Defect Indication LOPAT Loss of payload pattern synchronization STATUS STS N SIG Valid STS N signal detected STS N FRM Frame synchronization achieved with STS N signal PATH PTR Valid SONET pointer detected CONCAT Concatenated signal detected PAT SYNC Payload pattern synchronization achieved ERRORS STS N errors detected 4 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS N Alarm and Status Indicators continued Indicator Description ERRORS B1CV B1 byte code violation detected B2CV B2 byte code violation detected B3CV B3 byte code violation detected REI L Line Remote Error Indication detected REI P Path Remote Error Indication detected 4 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com S
150. S3 Measurement Reference DS3 CP Bit Parity Measurements Screen DS3 CP Bit Parity Measurements Screen This screen displays a summary of DS3 path parity CP bit results This screen is applicable in C bit parity framing modes only Count DS3 CP bit parity error count The number of CP bit parity errors that occurred since the beginning of the test Cur Ratio DS3 CP bit parity current bit error ratio The number of CP bit errors over the number of bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 Sec Avg Ratio DS3 CP bit parity average bit error ratio The number of CP bit errors over the number of bits transmitted since the beginning of the test ES DS3CP bit parity errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one CP bit parity error occurred EFS DS3CP bit parity error free seconds The number of seconds during which no CP bit errors occurred EFS Percentage of DS3 CP bit parity error free seconds CP bit EFS expressed as the percentage of seconds since the beginning of the test 8 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Frame Measurements Screen DS3 Frame Measurements Screen This screen displays a summary of DS3 framing error measurements Count DS3 framing error count The number of F1 and F 10 bit errors that occurred since the beginning of the test Cur Ratio DS3 framing current bit err
151. SCPI control using a SYST REM command The table lists the local and SCPI retrieval commands SCPI Command Context Command Description Local Query test set for local SCPI mode SYSTEM ERR status SYSTEM STORE 1 name Local Store Configuration to position 1 Local Enter SCPI control leave test set SYSTEM REM mode unchanged SCPI Query the position number last SENS AU STORE stored SCPI Query name of configuration SYSTEM STORE n stored in position n Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Configuration Storage and Retrieval SCPI Command Context Command Description SCPI Erase configuration stored in SYSTEM CLEAR n position n SCPI Exit SCPI mode bring test set to SYSTEM RECALL n stored configuration n 6 Press MENU down e If there is already a configuration stored in the memory location you choose you are prompted to overwrite it press MENU up or leave it press MENU down If you do not want to overwrite the existing configuration select anew memory location see step 5 The configuration is entered in the list on the right side of the display in location you selected The date and time the configuration was stored is shown on the line below Test E E E E E E Cte EF 7 Press MENU up to return to the Main Menu 22 4 Artisan Te
152. SES3 DS3 Consecutively severely errored seconds count The number of SESs for which the previous two seconds were also SESs This count is reset during LOS LOF and LOP Burst ES DS3 burst error seconds The number of seconds in which 100 or more bit errors occurred Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 P Bit Parity Measurements Screen DS3 P Bit Parity Measurements Screen This screen displays asummary of DS3 section parity P bit measurements Count DS3 P bit parity error count The number of P bit parity errors that occurred since the beginning of the test Cur Ratio DS3 P bit parity current bit error ratio The number of P bit errors over the number of bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 sec Avg Ratio DS3P bit parity average bit error ratio The number of P bit errors over the number of bits transmitted since the beginning of the test ES DS3 P bit parity errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one P bit parity error occurred EFS DS3 P bit parity error free seconds The number of seconds during which no P bit errors occurred EFS Percentage of DS3 P bit parity error free seconds DS3 P bit EFS expressed as the percentage of seconds since the beginning of the test Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com D
153. Setup Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping off ATM SETUP traffic shaping on Background channels are not The ATM Transmit Background Header setup screen is accessed by available for STS 12c pressing CONF IG right after configuring the Background Channel Control or Background Payload Data screen ki a a a When traffic shaping is off this is ATM Setup screen 6 when traffic shaping is on this is screen 7 Note Background channel parameter screens are not available when BW Step Size gt is set to 2 with no Bkgnd AALs see Bandwidth Step Size page 19 4 Hdri through Hdr4 These fields determine the cell headers for each of the transmit background channels The header is used when the corresponding background channel is enabled see Background Channa Activation page 19 18 For information on the cell header fields see Cal Header Parameters page 19 14 19 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com When traffic shaping is off this is ATM Setup screen 7 when traffic shaping is on this is screen 8 Misinserted Cell Period Misinserted Cell Payload Injecting Misinserted Cells ATM Configuration Reference Misinserted Cell Error Control Parameters ATM SETUP 7 traffic shaping Misinserted Cell Error Control Parameters ATM SETUP traffic shaping off ATM SETUP 8 traffic shaping on The ATM Misin
154. TM Formats AAL 5 SEAL Cell Implementation AAL 5 SEAL Cell Implementation 53 byte ATM Cell 48 byte Payload of variable length packets 5 byte Cell Header 6 w internal CRC 53 A ATM Test Cell Structure lt 53 byte ATM Cell gt Cell Header gt Time Stamp gt Payload Byte 1 5 6 7 8 9 53 cr ih a A A a A v A y A la A L A A J 5 Byte Header 4 Byte Time Stamp 44 Byte Payload 21 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Formats Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP The DS3 PLCP is based on a 125 us frame within the DS3 payload which provides for the transmission of 12 ATM cells for each PLCP frame There is no fixed relationship between the PLCP frame and the DS3 frame Physical Layer Convergence Protocol DS3 POI bytes POH bytes bytes 53 bytes POI Path overhead indicator bytes 13 or 14 Framing Trailer Pape pe EA Papa pep papa pf Pa a fe a Paap Papa Papa pe a Tae eo Pa ae fe a pa La pe a POH Path overhead bytes nibbles Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Formats 21 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 22
155. URCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS2 Alarm and History Screen DS2 Alarm and History Screen This screen displays DS2 alarms This screen is only shown when the payload is set to DS1 LOS DS2 loss of signal Declared when 192 DS2 bits are received set to 0 This alarm is cleared when a single DS2 bit is received OOF DS2 out of frame Declared when DS2 F sync or M sync is detected Loss of DS2 F sync is declared when three F bits out of 15 are errored Loss of DS2 M sync is declared when 2 M bit sequences out of three are errored This condition is cleared when DS2 F sync or DS2 M sync is reestablished DS2 F sync is established when 15 consecutive error free F bits are received DS2 M sync is established when two consecutive error free M bit sequences are received AIS DS2 Alarm Indication Signal Declared when an all ones unframed DS2 signal is detected the all ones requires a 99 9 ones density 8 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference 8 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Interfaces 9 2 Data Link Interfaces 9 3 Jitter Option Specifications 9 4 DS3 Specifications Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Note DS3 Transmitter DS
156. When using the modem with a CERJ AC test set you must use the special modem cable included The cable has DB 25P connectors at each end and provides the following connections Cable End Cable End A B 0 0 o o Null Mod u oaem S Connector Q O 20 Oar Also see test set interface cables on Page 27 6 25 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control ATM VPI CPI Scan Capability Enhancement With Release 7 0 or higher SCP mode now supports an ATM VPI CPI Virtual Path Identifier Virtual Channel Identifier scan RST Issue the appropriate SCPI commands to the set the desired rate and with an ATM payload Select Standard active and VPI VCI scan screen Perform the VPI CPI scan using the following sequence of commands from the table below ATM VPI VCI Scan Command Table SCPI Command Command Description SYSTEM SCAN MODE CHANNEL Select VPI VCI scan channel search mode SYSTEM SCAN STATUS Retern channel search scan status SYSTEM SCAN START Start the channel search scan observe front panel ABORT Stop scan when all channels are recognized SOUR DM ATMGEN DECILAM Set format of VPI VCI channel results to decimal SOUR DM A TMGEN HEX Set format of VPI VCI channel results to hexa decimal SYSTEM SCAN CHANNEL n Fetch VPI VCI scan results for channel n 25 10 Artisan Technology G
157. a gt is set for a tone Level DSO level The DSO signal tone level in decibels dBm The bar graph to the right gives a graphical display of the signal gt 3dBm Thresh Sec DSO 3 dBm threshold seconds The number of seconds in which the signal level exceeded 3 dBm Freq DSO frequency The frequency of the received tone in Hertz Data DSO payload The current eight bits in binary format 1s or Os ABCD DSO channel signaling bits The binary status of the four signaling bits Bits C and D are only active if the DS1 signal is set for ESF framing 12 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen This screen displays BER results on the selected DSO This screen is only active when the DSO Data gt is set for a pattern Error Count DSO pattern bit errors The number of bit errors detected on the selected DSO since the beginning of the test Average Ratio DSO average pattern bit error ratio The average ratio of errored bits over the total number of bits for the selected DSO since the beginning of the test Current Ratio DSO current pattern bit error ratio The average ratio of errored bits over the total number of bits for the selected DSO during the most recent 2 25 seconds 12 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation
158. able for drop and insert mode D amp I tests Insert Channel The D amp I gt field simultaneously sets the TS insert and drop channels to the same number D amp I gt can be set from 1 through 31 Transmit TS The A gt B gt C gt and D gt fields set the binary status of the transmitted Signaling ABCD signaling bits of the selected insert TS Each bit can be set to either 1 or 0 C gt and D gt are applicable only in TS 16 framing TS Payload Tone TS Tone gt sets the payload for the selected Ins gt timeslot as follows this parameter is only available in E1 E1 TS test mode DRS 1004 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1004 Hertz DRS 1012 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1012 Hertz DRS 1020 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1020 Hertz External VF Transmits the signal applied at the rear panel VF IN port TS Payload The Data gt field on the TS Setup screen sets the TS payload as Data described in the following table TRBS is Pseudo Random and from E1is inverted from DSO El Timeslot Payload Selection Data gt Payload Selection Description 1004Hz These three selections apply a test tone at the indicated 1012Hz frequency in Hertz Not available for monitor test modes 1020Hz The 2010 Hz tone is transmitted at 12 dB 2010Hz Tone Monitor modes only Sets the receiver to expect an input tone on the drop signal Ext VF Transmits a VF signal applied at the rear panel VF IN
159. ackground cells and OAM cells are not available See Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing page 18 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Configure Global ATM Parameters Configure Global ATM Parameters For STS 12c ATM applications e When you press CONFIG right from the ATM Setup menu the ATM see Setup for STS 12c ATM Global Setup screen is displayed Testing page 18 19 1 Use FIELD and VALUE to set cell scrambling Cell Scramble gt and to set the cell address format Circuit Path Notation gt 2 Set traffic shaping on Basic or Off 3 Next set the foreground channel bandwidth step size You can select 2 or 10 increments or select a nominal line rate Note fyou select 2 bandwidth increments or a line rate transmit background channels are disabled and ATM setup screens 5 and 6 are not displayed 4 For DS3 select a Cell Delineation gt Choose either HEC based or PLCP based mapping See DS3 Cell Mapping page 19 5 5 Press CONFIG right when done The Foreground Channel Control screen is displayed see Confi gure the ATM Foreground Channd no traffic shaping page 18 11 18 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Configure the ATM Foreground Channel no traffic shaping Configure the ATM Foreground Channel no tr
160. ad of a higher rate signal Rx gt can be set as follows DSX3 Automatic equalizer for 0 through 900 feet of cable High Nominal 0 91 Vpk input signal Low Nominal 0 186 Vpk input signal Monitor Up to 26 dBdsx flat loss DS3 Frm gt selects the transmit and receive DS3 signal framing format DS3 Frm gt can be set to either M13 C Bit C bit Parity format or Unfrm unframed 7 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Setup Parameters DS3 Payload DS3 Data gt selects the payload for the DS3 signal The choices for DS3 Data gt are described in the following table DS3 Payload Selections DS3 Data gt Payload Selection Description 2715 1 A 21 1 pseudorandom bit sequence PRBS This is a 15 stage PRBS generator with feedback taps at 14 and 15 2 20 1 A 2 1 PRBS 20 stage with feedback taps at 17 and 20 2723 1 A 27 1 PRBS 23 stage with feedback taps at 18 and 23 Progr User defined pattern See User Programmable DS3 Pattern page 7 14 AIS DS3 alarm indication signal Valid framing and parity bits all C bits set to 0 and data bits set to a repeating 1010 pattern All Ones All binary ones pattern Framing depends on DS3 Frm gt Passthru The received DS3 signal is passed through to the transmit DS3 port as is Errors can be injected on the pass through signal except in monitor mode
161. affic shaping Note f you setTraffic Shaping gt to Basic see step 2 page 18 10 proceed to Configure the ATM Foreground Channel with basic traffic shaping page 18 12 For STS 12c ATM applications e From the ATM Global Setup screen press CONFIG right to display see Setup for STS 12c ATM the Foreground Channel Control screen Testing page 18 19 1 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the bandwidth BW used by the foreground channel The bandwidth can be set in increments of 2 or 10 depending on the BW Step Size gt see step 3 page 18 10 For more information about If you set BW Step Size to a line rate see step 3 page 18 10 Line rate bandwidths BW is replaced by Line Increment Choose the Nominal rate see Bandwidth Step Size or adjust the rate up or down in five steps 5 to 5 page 19 4 and 19 5 2 Select Type gt and use VALUE to set either AALO or AAL1 for the foreground channel If you did not select Standard test mode this field is set to Test Cell see step 3 page 18 8 3 Next select a interleave transmission mode Distribution gt If the test mode is not Standard this field is set to Continuous 4 If you selected Single Burst or Periodic Burst for Distribution use FIELD and VALUE to set the number of cells transmitted each burst Cells Per Burst gt and the length of time between bursts Period gt e From this screen only press ACTION to trigger a single burst of foreground
162. age SCR Sustained cell rate SDH Synchronous digital hierarchy section The part of a SONET path between a terminal network element and a regenerator or between two regenerators SEE Severely errored event SF Superframe format DS1 framing format SLC 96 Subscriber loop carrier system 96 An AT amp T T1 framing format SN Sequence number A unique value indicating the transmission order of ATM cells Also called sequence count SONET Synchronous optical network SPE Synchronous payload envelope The part of the STS frame not including the transport overhead STS 1 The basic synchronous transport signal A 125 us frame 51 840 Mbs STS N Synchronous transport signal N where N indicates the number of STS 1s interleaved to generate the signal STS Nc Concatenated STS signal An STS N in which the payloads are grouped to carry a super rate signal sub multiframe A division of a multiframe that also contains multiple frames Also called an M subframe synchronous Synchronized Occurring at the same rate or period sharing common timing with an outside timing source T1 See DS1 timeslot A unique cyclic time interval typically providing a single channel timing See clock traffic profile In ATM the characteristics of a cell stream as defined by its peak cell rate sustained cell rate and maximum burst size transport overhead The portion of STS overhead including section OH and l
163. age 19 4 VCI Virtual Channel Identifier Sets bits 13 through 28 of the cell header The VCI is part of the cell address and can be set from 0000 through FFFF hexadecimal or 00000 through 65535 decimal VCI is not editable for Idle Hdr idle VCI 0000 Note that a VCI value of 0003 or 0004 indicates that the cell isan OAM cell If you use a PRBS or all zeros pattern while transmitting a stream l of OAM cells you can cause inadvertent OAM alarms OAM Operation and PT Payload Type Sets bits 29 through 31 of the cell header The M aintenance cells are usedby payload type field can be set from 000 through 111 binary PT is not the network for management editable for Rx Chan and alarm indication Note that a PT value of 1XX where X is any value indicates that the cell is an OAM cell If you use a PRBS or all zeros pattern while transmitting a stream of OAM cells you can cause inadvertent OAM alarms CLP Cell Loss Priority Sets bit 32 of the cell header CLP can be set to either 1 or 0 binary 1 indicates that the cell can be discarded during heavy cell traffic conditions CLP is not editable for Rx Chan 19 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 19 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
164. age 19 4 Path CircuitNotation See Address Notation page 19 4 TxBW gt See Foreground Channel Bandwidth page 19 6 Enable gt Turns ATM transmission On or Off Active Cell Data gt See Foreground Cell Payload page 19 12 Idle Cell Data gt See Idle Cell Payload page 19 12 32 Bit Pattern See User defined ATM Patterns page 19 12 Tx Hadr Idle Hdr See Cell Header Types page 19 13 and Rx Chan Cell Header Parameters page 19 14 19 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference ATM Error Injection ATM Error Injection ATM errors can be injected when the payload is set for ATM Some error types apply specifically to ATM but other non ATM error types can affect the ATM stream or PLCP frame as well see ATM Affecti ng Error Types page 19 25 l Note For information on injection rates see About Error Injection Rates page 27 8 HCS Byte Causes header error control HEC field errors by inverting the HEC byte of every transmitted cell on every channel Note that this effect causes loss of cell synchronization LOCS Rates Off Continuous STS 3c Single 6 Consec 7 Consec 8 Consec Continuous Off STS 12c HCS Bit Generates bit errors in the ATM cell header checksum field Rates Off Continuous ATM Pyld Generates bit errors in the payload of the ATM cells Rates Single 1 0E 3 1 0E 6 O
165. age 19 4 Background Enable 1 gt through 4 gt controls transmission of each of the four Channel background channels A channel set to On is transmitted a channel set Activation to Off is not transmitted If Type gt is set to Idle traffic shaping off only no background channels are transmitted regardless of their E nable setting Background Service Type 1 gt through 4 gt sets the type of service for each of the Service Type background channels Each can be set to either CBR constant bit rate or VBR variable bit rate Not available when traffic shaping is off 19 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Background Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 5 Background Cell TheType gt or AAL Type gt field sets the ATM adaptation layer protocol Type used by the background channels Type gt can be set as follows For AAL 3 4 and AAL 5 theset AAL3 4 Cells use AAL 3 4 segmenting with cell based CRC transmits a 500 cell packet with appropriate internal crc AALS Cells use AAL 5 segmenting with packet based CRC and so forth Idle Traffic shaping off only Background channels are disabled Only idle cells are transmitted in non foreground bandwidth regardless of the Enable field settings Background Cell When traffic shaping is off the Data gt field is available and sets the Payload payload for all the backgr
166. ality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Alarm Screens E1 Alarm Screens These two screens display alarm results for the E1 receive signal The alarms displayed on the screens are described in the following table E1 Alarm Descriptions Alarm Description LOS E1 loss of signal Declared when there are 175 or more contiguous pulse positions with no positive or negative pulses LOS is cleared when there is a 12 5 or higher ones density on the receive signal OOF E1 out of frame Declared when the frame alignment word is received errored for three consecutive frames AIS El alarm indication signal Declared when an unframed all ones pattern is received all ones is considered to be fewer than three zeros in two consecutive frames LOP E1 loss of pattern Declared when pattern synchronization is not achieved or when the receive pattern does not correspond to the internal reference pattern Pattern synchronization is declared when 64 consecutive pattern matches bits are received Loss of pattern synchronization is declared when 250 out of 1 024 consecutive pattern bits are errored User patterns with less than 25 transition density use 85 errors out of 1 024 bits RAI Remote alarm indication Declared when bit 3 of the received timeslot 0 is set to 1 for three consecutive non FAS frames Dist Distant multiframe alarm Declared when bi
167. ality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS N Setup Parameters STS 12 Channel STS12 Scheme selects how STS 1 channel numbers are displayed for Numbering STS 12 This parameter is on the Auxiliary Test Setups screen accessed from the Setup System Parameters menu and can be set as follows Scheme STS3 STS1 This is the default value The STS 1s are identified by their position in one of the four STS 3s on the STS 12 This feature is only applicable Order of Transmission STS 1s are identified by their place in the if you test set has STS 12 transmission sequence OC 12 STS 12 testing ye capability installed Order at Mux Input STS 1s are identified by their place in the sequence before multiplexing The setting you select is used in the STSN Ins gt Drop gt or D amp I gt fields in OC 12 STS 12 testing modes For order of transmission and order at mux input modes these fields can be set from 1 through 12 For STS3 STS1 mode these fields can be set from 1 1 through 4 3 The following table and the figure below show the correspondence between the different schemes STS3 STS 1 Notation 11 21 31 41 12 2 2 32 42 13 2 3 3 3 4 3 Order of Transmission 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 012 OrderatMux Input 1 4 7 102 5 8 113 6 9 12
168. ality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS 1 itter Measurements STS 1 J itter Measurements Each measurement is This screen displays jitter peak results for the selected receiver rate calculated for both wide band and high band jitter The jitter cut off frequencies for STS 1 at 100 Hz to 400 kHz wide band and 20 kHz to 400 kHz high band Current P to P Current peak to peak jitter The sum of the positive jitter peak and the negative jitter peak for the most recent one second period Displayed in unit intervals The STS 1 jitter mask is 1 5U1 MAX P to P Maximum peak to peak jitter The sum of the highest for wide band and 0 2 0 15 positive jitter peak and the highest negative jitter peak for the entire for high band test duration Displayed in unit intervals MAX Pos Peak Maximum positive jitter peak The greatest positive jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals MAX Neg Peak Maximum negative jitter peak The greatest negative jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals Jitter Hits and This screen displays jitter threshold and mask percentage results for Mask Results the selected receiver rate Screen The measurements on this display are described below Each measurement is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter See J itter Threshold Hits Count Indicates
169. ameters page 3 9 ON indicates the pattern matches Rx Opt dBm Received optical signal strength in decibels Indicates the strength relative to 1 0 milliwatt of the optical signal at the OC N RX port 4 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference Section Code Violations B1 Screen Section Code Violations B1 Screen This screen displays section code violation measurements CVs in the B1 byte Sect CV Count Section code violations count Includes BIP 8 errors in the B1 byte as many as eight in each frame CV BER avg Section CV average bit error ratio The number of section CVs over the total number of section bits transmitted including section and line overhead since the beginning of the test CV BER cur Section CV current bit error ratio The number of section CVs over the total number of section bits transmitted including section and line overhead during the previous 2 25 seconds ES Section errored seconds The number of seconds in which one or more section CVs or OOF events occurred SES Section severely errored seconds A count of seconds in which the number of section CVs met or exceeded the SES threshold or in which an OOF event occurred The threshold depends on the rate STS 1 1CV OC 3 16 CVs OC 12 63 CVs EFS Section error free seconds The number of seconds in which no section CVs or OO
170. and CRC 4 o formatted TS16 Sync Valid CAS multiframe synchronization Declared when a Frm gt TS04TS164CRC all valid MFA signal is detected in timeslot 16 and timeslot 16 of the previous frame does not contain all zeros three indicators will show ON when a valid signal is received CRC4 Syne Valid CRC 4 format frame synchronization Declared when two consecutive valid CRC 4 signals are detected within 12 14 ms after frame synchronization Pattern E1 pattern synchronization Declared when 64 consecutive pattern matches bits are received HDB3 E1 high density bipolar signal present Declared when valid HDB3 three zero substitution codes are detected on the receive E1 signal 16 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Timeslot Measurements Screen E1Timeslot Measurements Screen This screen displays timeslot level frequency data and signaling results for the selected TS drop channel on the E1 signal this screen is only active when the DSO Data gt is set for a tone Level TS level The TS signal RMS power in decibels dBm The bar graph to the right gives a graphical display of the signal gt 3dBm Thresh Sec TS 3 dBm threshold seconds The number of seconds in which the dropped TS signal level exceeded 3 dBm Freq TS frequency The frequency of the dropped tone in Hertz Data TS payload T
171. and Retrieval Note SCPI mode has new Store Recall feature enhancement Release 7 0 and higher software provides support for test set Store and Recall functions In SCPI mode the test set only has a limited number of operational front panel controls Release 7 0 and higher software syntax requires the use of the colon where earlier releases do not The test set configurations are saved when you execute the SCPI command SYSTEM STORE n name The n is a number location between 1 and 10 that specifies the save slot of the configuration data Using the name optional parameter specifies the name tag under which the test set stores the configuration data This replaces the default configuration name the mode title name Note that to store test set modes the unit must be operating in the desired mode via local front panel mode Prior to entering SCPI itis possible to query the status of the test set with SYSTE M ERR The test set will return to the a textual string indicating the status of the local SCPI mode When using earlier released software to recall test set configuration you had to place a test set in non menu mode prior to entering SCPI mode The reason being that the test set cannot exit SCPI mode to enter terminal mode unless the test set was placed in terminal mode prior to entering SCPI control As the Host SW V7 0 the SYSTEM REMOTE command will be rejected if the test setis ina menu Enter
172. and bit error counts are both greater than zero but do not exceed the SES threshold or the number of 60 second intervals during which the available seconds and CRC error counts are both greater than zero but less than 320 The 60 second intervals do not need to be contiguous 16 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Bit Error Measurement Screens E1 Bit Error Measurements continued Measurement Description Thrsh E n F1 threshold seconds The number of available seconds during which the bit error rate or CRC error rate which ever is larger exceeded the indicated E n threshold The thresholds correspond to the following values Bits Unfrm Bits TSO Bits TS16 CRC Errors E 3 2 048 1984 1920 E 4 205 198 192 205 E 5 21 20 19 21 E 6 2 2 2 2 Dribble E1 dribbling error seconds The number of seconds during which the error rate is greater than 1 but does not exceed 10 6 between 1 and 14 errors CSES3 E1 Consecutively severely errored seconds count The number of SESs for which the previous two seconds were also SESs This count is reset during LOS LOF and LOP 16 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Block Error Measurements Screen E1 Block Error Measurements Screen To determi
173. annel at an average rate of approximately ten OAM cells each second This rate is maintained for each active OAM cell type The different types of cells are inserted in the following order 1 F4AlIS 2 F4RDI 3 FH5AIS 4 F5RDI OAM cell insertion will not be less than one OAM cell each second and not more than 1 of the transport capacity 19 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Cell Payload Parameters ATM SETUP 3 Cell Payload Parameters ATM SETUP 8 The setup screen for STS 12c The ATM Cell Payload Data setup screen is accessed by pressing ATM is different See STS 12c CONFIG right from the Foreground Channel Control screen ATM Parameters page 19 23 Foreground Cell F gnd Data gt sets the foreground payload pattern that is sent on the Payload transmit ATM stream and is compared with the receive ATM stream for bit error measurements F gnd Data gt can be set to the following 2 15 1 2 20 1 2 23 1 PRBSs 215 1 is a 21 1 PRBS 1010 A repeating pattern of alternating ones and zeros 1010 1100 Repeating pattern of two ones alternating with two zeros 1100 Live Live traffic pass through All 1s A continuous all ones pattern 1111 All Os A continuous all zeros pattern 0000 32 Bit Prog Repeating pattern set by 32 Bit Fgnd Pattern gt below Idle Cell Payload Idle Cell Data
174. annel output to when it is detected on the receive channel input When the ATM Test Mode gt is set for Cell Inter Arrival Time the measured delay is the difference in the arrival time of adjacent cells at the receive channel input Note For cell inter arrival time measurements the received cells can be any type as long as the VP VC address matches the receive channel Rx Chan Note This screen is not applicable for ATM Standard test mode See The ATM Setup Menu page 19 3 Current Min The shortest delay measured in the previous 2 25 seconds Average Min The average of all Current Min values since the beginning of the test Peak Min The shortest delay measured since the beginning of the test Current Max The longest delay measured in the previous 2 25 seconds Average Max The average of all Current Max values since the beginning of the test Peak Max The longest delay measured since the beginning of the test Typical The average of the Average Min and Average Max values 20 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM OAM Alarm Status ATM OAM Alarm Status This screen displays the current and historical status of ATM OAM alarms not applicable for STS 12c ATM For each alarm the current status Alm and historical status Hist is listed If Alm shows On the alarm condition is present If His
175. ar to the front panel STS N STATUS indicators d SONET Status Conditions Status Condition Description STS N Signal Valid STS N signal present STS N Frame Frame synch no OOF for at least 24 frames Valid Pointer Consistent H1 H2 received for at least three frames STS 12c Patt Sync Valid STS 12c or STS 3c payload pattern received or STS 3c Patt Sync 4 28 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT Indicators VT Indicators VT HIST ALARMS O Oltopv O Oasv O ORD STATUS OVTPTR ERRORS Ovscv O RELV VT Alarm and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOP V Loss of VT pointer AlS V VT1 5 Path Alarm Indication signal RDI V VT1 5 path remote defect indication STATUS VT PTR Valid VT1 5 pointer detected ERRORS V5 CV Indicates V5 byte code violation REI V VT remote error indication 4 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT1 5 Measurement Summary Screen VT 1 5 Measurement Summary Screen This screen displays a summary of VT1 5 test results Sec Ago shows time elapsed V5 VT VC VT code violations count Includes BIP 2 errors in the since last error in seconds V5 byte as many as two per frame VT FEBE VT1 5 far end block
176. ata gt define that pattern as desired See Confi gure the Programmable Patterns page 14 5 For timeslot or fractional E 1 testing set Data gt to TS or FE1 respectively 2 Next configure the E1 mapping to and from the DS3 if applicable Set the insert channel Ins other transmit channels Oths and the drop channel Drop e Ifyou are testing E1 signals mapped to and from a DS3 configure the DS3 and any higher rate signals next See Confi gure the DS3 and Higher rate Si gnals page 14 6 e If you are testing timeslot traffic on the E1 signal you can configure the TS parameters now See Configure the Ti meslot Parameters page 14 7 e If you are testing fractional E 1 signals you can configure the FE1 parameters now See Confi gurethe FE1 Signal page 14 9 14 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the Programmable Patterns Configure the Programmable Patterns The 156MTS has six programmable test patterns for use in DS1 and E1 testing To use the patterns set Data gt to a Progr selection Follow this procedure to configure the six E1 user test patterns 1 From the test operation screen press CONFIG right to display the control screen menu 2 Use FIELD to select DS1 E 1 Patterns and press CONFIG right The Programmable Patterns screen is displayed Each pattern can be 2 through 3 U
177. ate of the received DS3 C Bits A 1 or a 0 is displayed for each C bit on the receive signal e The third C bit in row 1 C3 is the FEAC bit Rows 2 5 6 and 7 are used in various combinations to form different data links For more information see Programmable C Bits page 7 11 DS3 P Bit and X Bit Monitor Screen This screen displays the binary state of the received DS3 P and X bits A 1or a0 is displayed for each X bit message bits and P bit parity bits on the receive signal Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Alarm Screens DS3 Alarm Screens The screens described in this section display alarm results for the DS3 signal The alarms that are displayed on the screens are described in the following table DS3 Alarm Definitions Alarm Description AIS Alarm indication signal Declared when the received signal is a repeating 1010 pattern 1 following the framing bit with valid framing and all C bits set to 0 Signal must be present for three consecutive one second intervals Idle Idle signal Declared when the received signal is a repeating 1100 pattern 11 following the framing bit with valid M frame and M subframe alignment and P bit parity Also the C bits are set to 0 in M subframe 3 and X bits are both set to 1 LOP Loss of pattern synchronization Declared when 240 bit erro
178. atest positive jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals MAX Neg Peak Maximum negative jitter peak The greatest negative jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals This screen displays jitter threshold and mask percentage results for the selected receiver rate The measurements on this display are described below Each measurement is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter Hits Count Indicates the total number of jitter hits jitter hit threshold exceeded since the beginning of the test Total Hits Time Indicates the cumulative total of time in seconds that the jitter hit threshold has been exceeded since the beginning of the test MAX Percent of Mask Indicates the maximum peak to peak jitter for the entire test period expressed as a percentage of the jitter mask 8 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Status Screen DS3 Status Screen This screen displays the status of certain DS3 signal parameters similar to the front panel DS3 STATUS indicators The displayed status parameters are described in the following table SONET Status Conditions Status Condition Description Signal Signal present Indicates ON when an 128 contiguous pulse are received M13 Frm M 13 frame synchronization Indicates ON when F sync and M sync
179. ath overhead error count The number of PLCP framing and path overhead indicator POI errors 20 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only PLCP B1 BIP This screen displays measurements based on the PLCP bit interleaved Measurements parity check BIP The BIP uses the B1 byte and is computed over the Screen entire PLCP frame excluding the A1 A2 P and trailer bits Err Count PLCP BIP error count The number of B1BIP errors detected since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Avg PLCP average BIP error ratio The average ratio of BIP errors to the total number of received bits from which the BIP is computed since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr PLCP current BIP error ratio The ratio of BIP errors detected during the previous 2 25 seconds to the total number of received bits from which the BIP is computed during that same period ES PLCP BIP errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one BIP error occurred since the beginning of the test EFS PLCP BIP error free seconds The number of seconds in which no BIP errors occurred EFS PLCP BIP error free seconds percentage The percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test in which no BIP errors occurred 20 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
180. ation Reference E1 Timeslot TS Setup Parameters E1Timeslot TS Setup Parameters There are two ways that TS parameters are displayed In E1 E1 TS test modes the TS parameters appear similar to the following For other E1 modes Payload set to DS3 E 1 or E 1 the TS parameters are accessed by selecting DSO TS Settings from the Additional Test Controls menu The TS Setup screen appears as follows 2 Orly i ei EE Ins gt selects which TS within an E1 signal is used for the transmit TS Ins gt can be set from 1 through 31 You can select TS 16 and overwrite it with the selected Tone gt even in TS 16 CAS framing modes Other gt sets the payload for the other TSs that are not selected by Ins gt on the E1 transmit signal Other gt can be set as follows Same Fills the TSs with the same payload as the selected Ins gt TS All Ones Sets the TSs to an all ones pattern When TS 16 framing is selected the Other gt setting does not overwrite TS 16 Drop gt selects which TS within an E1 signal is used for the receive TS Drop gt can be set from 1 through 31 On the TS Setup screen Drop gt can also beset to L which locks the drop TS to automatically match the insert TS 15 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference El Timeslot TS Setup Parameters Timeslot Drop amp This parameter is only avail
181. both set to 1 or 0 both set to 0 DS3 Drop amp Insert For DS3 testing on a SONET signal one DS3 signal is mapped to and from an STS 1 signal For STS 1 there is no drop and insert channel to select For STS N the drop and insert is defined by the STS 1 Drop and Ins fields See STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters page 3 7 Note that the DS3 DROP jack provides the DS3 signal dropped from the selected drop STS 1 or from the STS 1 RX jack DS3 Jitter For information on setting the jitter hits thresholds see J itter Thresholds Threshold Confi guration page 23 3 7 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference Dual DS3 Setup Parameters Dual DS3 Setup Parameters Overview There are two dual DS3 options available for the I56MTS Each provides a second independent DS3 interface referred to as DS3 B Full dual DS3 provides both a DS3 transmitter and receiver that allows full DS3 testing on two separate DS3 facilities simultaneously requires Option UQZ Receiver only dual DS3 provides a DS3 receiver with a pass through to the DS3 B transmit port requires Option OY Single DS3 RX TX y Full Dual DS3 Option UQZ ss X gt m RX TX B 7B Dual receiver DS3 Option OY i RX TX g ug p RX ass Through up
182. burst size M frame See multiframe MFA Multiframe alignment See multiframe MHz Megahertz misinserted cell An ATM AAL 1 cell that has a valid sequence number but is received out of order monitor level The signal level at a DSX Monitor point multiframe A set of consecutive frames in which the position of each is defined in relation to a multiframe alignment signal N x 64 N x56 A subrate signal on a DS1 formed by using N number of 64 kbs or 56 kbs channels NDF New data flag NIU Network interface unit nm Nanometer One billionth 107 of a meter NNI Network network interface The demarcation point between two networks O bit DS3 overhead communication channel bits OAM cell Operation and maintenance cell An ATM cell with a payload type value of 1xx OC 1 Optical carrier signal level 1 51 840 Mbs OC N Optical carrier signal level N N number of OC 1s octet Eight bits Typically refers to a group of bits that spans more that one byte Compare byte OH See overhead OOF Outof frame orderwire A voice or data circuit used for maintenance purposes overhead Thebits or bytes in aframe or cell that are not the payload Overhead provides for signal control and monitoring P bit Parity bit The P bit channel of a DS3 comprises the P1 and P2 bits of the M frame and provides parity information for the preceding M frame parity An error checking method that uses extra bits to prov
183. ccess the Event Logging Setups display select Setup System Parameters from the Main Menu and press MENU down 2 Select Event Logging Setups from the Setup menu and press MENU down 3 Use FIELD and VALUE to set the event logging choices in the bottom of the display These settings are used when you run tests 4 Use RESULT to scroll through logged events in the upper half of the display The date and time is displayed for each logged event See Event Logging Setup Parameters page 22 9 for more information on event logging parameters 5 Press MENU up to exit the display 22 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Event Logging Event Logging Setup Parameters Automatic Printingof Event Print switches automatic printing of events on and off When Events this parameter is set to On events are automatically printed as they occur according to the setting of the event type fields see below While the event memory is limited to 50 stored events automatic event printing provides for an unlimited hard copy log of events Logged Events The following table describes the events that can be selected to be Selections logged as shown on the display Error Type DS1 E1 DS3 SONET Bit Bit errors Not applicable Frame Framing errors CRC P BIP Cyclic redundancy check and parity check errors BPV Bipolar violation
184. ce strings and the J 0 section trace string See Chapters Strings 3 and 4 of this manual for information about the screens New fields have been added to the J 1 amp J 2 Path Trace Control and J 0 Section Trace Control screens The Fill on ACTION or Fill on INJ ECT and Format fields define the transmit trace string to transmit when you press the ACTION INJECT button see the table below e Results Display in sets the display mode for the path trace byte and section trace byte values below This field has two options e ASCII the default displays values in ASCII Hex amp ASCII displays values in hex and ASCII Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A Host Softw are Version 6 60 Release Notes Format Fill on Action onActon 1 Byte 16 Byte 64 Byte NULL 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes HEX 0x01 in all bytes 0x41 Ox4F with CRC7 0x41 to 0x7F ASCII A copied 4 times to DEL followed bya carriage return 0x0D and line feed 0x0A ASCII 0x41 in all bytes nnnnnn serial number Agilent Technologies with CRC7 copied 4 times 156M TS Test Set Serial No nnnnnn followed by carriage return 0x0D and line feed 0x0A USER First byte copied to all 64 Calculate and insert CRC7 No action bytes of first 16 bytes copy first 16 bytes 4 times A 25 A
185. chnology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Configuration Storage and Retrieval Retrieve a Test Set Follow this procedure to retrieve a test set configuration that is stored Configuration in memory 1 From the Main Menu use FIELD to select Store and Recall Configurations and press MENU down The Store Recall Configurations screen is displayed 1 Henua 2 Use VALUE to set Action to Recall 3 Press FIELD to select Test and then use VALUE to choose the memory location from which you want to retrieve the configuration 4 Press MENU down The configuration is read from memory and implemented in the test set The display switches to the appropriate test operation screen 5 Begin your test If you inadvertently recalled the wrong configuration or if you want to change the configuration and resave it press MENU up to return to the Store Recall Configurations screen Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Results Storage and Retrieval Results Storage and Retrieval Store Test Results Follow this procedure to store the current test results into the next available memory buffer RESULTS MEMORY STORE RECALL The 156M TS stores as manyas 1 Configure the test set and run your test ten sets of test results in f f nonvolatile inter
186. conds since the beginning of the test 4 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference REI L Measurements Screen REI L Measurements Screen REls were formerly called This screen displays line remote error indications REI L far end block errors FEBE measurements on SONET signals REI L Count REI L count REI L reporting uses bits 2 through 8 of the MO byte for STS 1 OC 1 or the M1 byte of STS 1 8 for STS N REI L BER avg REI L average bit error ratio The number of BIP 8 errors over the total number of line bits transmitted excludes section overhead since the beginning of the test REI L BER cur REI L current bit error ratio The number of BIP 8 errors over the total number of line bits transmitted excludes section overhead during the previous 2 25 seconds ES REI L errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one REI L was reported SES REI L severely errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least 27 REI Ls were reported EFS REI L error free seconds The number of seconds in which no REI Ls were reported EFS Percentage of REI L error free seconds REI L is EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET
187. creen This screen displays measurements based on the detected of the DS1 Idle CDI code The Idle CDI customer defect indicator is often transmitted by DS1 NIUs upon detection of a customer side loss of signal The Idle CDI code is defined as the repeating pattern 0001 0111 in all 24 timeslot son the DS1 In ESF format a Yellow alarm is also transmitted in the facility datalink Current State Indicates whether the Idle CDI code is currently being detected on the selected receive DS1 signal ON indicates the code is present History Indicates whether the Idle CDI code was previously detected since the beginning of the test Received Sec The number of seconds during which the Idle CDI code was detected since the beginning of the test Seconds Ago The number of second since the last Idle CDI code was detected 12 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 ESF Datalink Display Screen DS1 ESF Datalink Display Screen This screen displays the received DS1 Extended Superframe ESF facility datalink FDL The received signal must be ESF framed Binary Shows the current 16 bit FDL sequence Message Shows the corresponding text message of the received FDL code if applicable Received Sec Displays how long the current code has been received DS1 Loop Code Display Screen This screen displays the status of
188. cts may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use 4 Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by Agilent c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance 5 Agilent warrants that the Agilent Product described above will be able to accurately process date data including but not limited to calculating comparing and sequencing from into and between the twentieth and twenty first centuries and the years 1999 and 2000 including leap year calculations when used in accordance with the Product documentation provided by Agilent including any instructions for installing patches or upgrades provided that all other products e g hardware software firmware used in Warranty amp Service 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com combination with such Agilent Product s properly exchange date data with it If the Specifications require that specific Agilent Products must perform as a system in accordance with the foregoing warranty then that warranty will apply to those Agilent Products as a system and Customer retains sole responsibility to ensure the Year 200
189. d Channel Type Type gt is not applicable for STS 12c ATM the foreground is fixed at AAL 0 See STS 12c ATM Parameters page 19 23 Foreground Distribution Not applicable for STS 12c ATM distribution is Continuous See STS 12c ATM Parameters page 19 23 Note ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 The Type gt or AAL Type gt field selects the ATM adaptation layer AAL protocol used for the foreground channel Type gt can be set to the following AALO A constant bit rate CBR cell with a standard header and 48 bytes of user definable payload This type is only available when Test Mode gt is set to Standard AAL1 A CBR cell with standard header one byte for sequence check SC and 47 bytes of user definable payload This type is only available when Test Mode gt is set to Standard Test Cell A special CBR cell with a standard header a 32 bit time stamp and 44 bytes of user definable payload see Test Cell Structure page 19 16 This type is used for cell delay testing Type gt is automatically set to Test Cell for Cell Transfer Delay or Cell Inter Arrival Time test modes see The ATM Setup Menu page 19 3 Distribution gt sets the cell interleaving mode for the foreground channel This parameter can be set as follows Continuous The foreground channel is transmitted continuously interleaved at the selected bandwidth BW gt See Foreground Channd
190. d Auto Setup capability was added for modes that support DS3 DS1 amp E 1 payloads The new software adds a new menu layer Now after choosing DS3 structured STS1 the test set displays 28 DS1 or 21 E1 channels respectively In terminal mode the operator can pick a DS1 E1 channel to test The insert fields were also modified to match the drops Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 7 Release Notes A tributary frame scan function was added This function allows the test set to scan each DS1 channel to identify the framing of each DS1 or E1 channel The Auto Setup feature was also enhanced by the addition of a data pattern scan capability along with the framing scan function Now the operator can choose a channel in the low level tributary menu perform a frame scan or a data scan sequence The Auto Setup function was changed to force the test set to search for signals in descending order from the highest optical rates OC3 down to the slower electrical rates STS1 Additional Auto Setup features and improvements include A frame that scan can now be performed at each of the DS1 E1 and VT Auto Setup menu screens The scan can be aborted by pressing the MENU key once The operator can then choose to rescan pick a channel or go back to the main menu Trouble Scan Trouble Scan performance has been improved reducing total Improvements scan time from 4 5 to 1 0 seconds An ability to filter errors and alarms issued t
191. d FT1 Configuration Reference DSO Setup Parameters DSO Payload Selection Data gt continued Selection Payload Description Alt 1 0 Alternating binary 1s and 0s pattern 1in8 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0100 0000 2in8 A 25 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0110 0000 3in 24 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0100 0100 0000 0000 0000 0100 Prog l User programmable patterns Transmits the corresponding Prog user pattern see User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns page 11 13 55 Oct Transmits a specific repeating 55 byte pattern also known as the Daly Pattern DATA LINK Transmits the data applied at the rear panel RS232 DATALINK RS 232 port On the test configuration screen for direct DS1 signals DSO Tone gt sets the DSO payload as follows DRS 1004 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1004 Hertz DRS 1012 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1012 Hertz DRS 1020 Hz Transmits a Digital Reference Signal of 1020 Hertz External VF Transmits the signal applied at the rear panel VF IN port The Tx Signaling fields on the DSO Setup screen set the binary status of the transmitted ABCD signaling bits of the selected insert DSO Each bit A gt B gt C gt and D gt can be set to either 1 or 0 C gt and D gt are applicable only in ESF format 11 12 Artisan Technology Group
192. de 4 Proceed with the ATM parameter setup See Confi gure Global ATM Parameters page 18 10 18 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Choose an ATM Test Mode How to select an 1 Find the ATM measurements you want to make in the table below ATM test mode 2 Note the ATM test modethat meets your needs and check the requirements and restrictions associated with it You will probably use Standard mode unless you are making cell delay measurements 3 Select the corresponding mode on the ATM Setup menu see page 18 8 If you wantto measure Bandwidth Cell Count HEC errors BER Misinsert PLCP Alarm OAM ws Plus AAL 1 cellloss CRC Cell Transfer Delay Inter cell Arrival Delay round trip delay Selectthis TestMode Standard Cell Transfer Delay Cell Inter Arrival Delay Traffic Shaping Yes 2 or 10 BW No No step only BW Step Size 2 no bkgrnd 10 2 2 Line rates 5 Fgnd Cell Type AAL 0 AAL 1 Test Cell Test Cell Fgnd Distribution Continuous Continuous Continuous Burst no OAM Fgnd OAM Yes Continuous No No fi distribution Rx Chan Cell Type AAL 0 AAL 1 Test Cell Test Cell AAL 3 4 AAL 5 Bkgnd Cells OAM Yes 10 BW step No No only Note There is only one ATM test mode for STS 12c STS 12c ATM testing features 5 bandwidth step size AAL 0 cell type and continuous distribution B
193. deband Mask Highband Mask Percent of Mask 5 0 UI 0 1 Ul Demodulated DMOD JITTER OUT jack 50 ohm BNC connector Jitter Output Scale 100 mV UI range 0 to 6 Vdc 9 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Specifications DS3 44 736 M bs and DS2 Signal Formats DS3 44 736 Mbs and DS2 Signal Formats M subframe 49 bit Block o 48 bits Cur Fo C12 C13 Fi 1 Subframe 1 C21 Fo Cx C23 Fi 2 Subframe DS2 M frame 0 C31 Fo C32 C33 Fi 3 Subframe 4 0 Cat Fo Caz C43 Fi 4 Subframe M subframe 85 bit Block A X1 84 bits Fi Cu Fo C Fo C3 Fi AIC N FEAC X2 Fi C21 Fo C2 Fo C23 Fi DL DL DL Pi Fi C31 Fo C32 Fo C33 Fi cP cP cP DS3 fp Fi Cai Fo Ca Fo Cas Fi M frame FEBE FEBE FEBE Mo Fi C51 Fo Cs2 Fo Cs3 Fi DL DL DL M Fi Cer Fo C62 Fo Ce3 Fi DL DL DL Mo Fi Cn Fo Cn Fo Ca Fi DL DL DL Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Specifications DS3 44 736 M bs and DS2 Signal Formats DS3 Overhead Bits Bit M 13 Format Function C Bit Parity Format Function X1 X2 Message bits Remote alarm indication F1 FO Frame bits F1 1 FO 0 Frame bits F1 1 FO 0 P1 P2 Parity bits Parity bits MO M1 M ultiframe bits M 0 0 M 1 1 M ultiframe bit
194. dit the pattern bit sequence to meet your needs Follow this procedure to configure the DS3 user test patterns 1 From the test operation screen press CONFIG right The control screens menu is displayed 2 Select DS3 Prog Pattern and press CONFIG right The DS3 Prog Pattern screen is displayed 3 Use FIELD and VALUE to select the bits in the DS3 loop code and set them to binary 1 or 0 4 When you have finished programming the pattern press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 6 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Run the DS3 Test Run the DS3 Test After you have configured the DS3 signal DS3 overhead and SONET signal parameters you are ready to begin the test 1 Connect the signals to be tested If you are performing a dual DS3 test connect the DS3 B transmit and receive signals to the appropriate jacks on the rear optional connector panel 2 Press START to begin testing On the first line of the display the elapsed time begins to increment 3 If you want to inject errors on the DS3 signal use FIELD and VALUE to set the appropriate Err Type and Rate Press ERROR INJECTION to activate and deactivate error injection Note For dual DS3 tests you must be on the DS3 A or DS3 B configuration screen in the lower half of the display to inject errors on that signal 4 Usethe RESULT keys
195. e e VP RDI OVC AIS VC RDI LOPAT DS1 Alarm and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOCS Loss of cell synchronization SCNR Selected cell not received PLCP LOF Loss of PLCP frame synchronization PLCP YEL PLCP Yellow alarm VP AIS Virtual Path alarm indication signal F4 OAM VP RDI Virtual Path remote defect indication F4 OAM VC AIS Virtual Circuit alarm indication signal F5 OAM VC RDI Virtual Circuit remote defect indication F5 OAM LOPAT Loss of cell payload pattern synchronization STATUS CELL SYNC Cell synchronization achieved CHNL MTCH Selected Rx Chan cell type received PAT SYNC Cell payload pattern synchronization achieved PLCP SYNC PLCP frame synchronization achieved ERRORS ATM errors detected 20 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM Measurement Summary Screen ATM Measurement Summary Screen For each screen an s This screen displays an overview of ATM signal status and indicates Summary results bandwidth level and a d indicates Detail level See To Display M ore M easurement Screens page 1 11 S PLCP is Physical Layer Valid Cell Delineation or Valid PLCP Sync ATM signal status Convergence Protocol a Displays On when a valid ATM signal is being received method for mappin
196. e J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 ASCII Default Screens 4 21 STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 ASCII amp HEX Format Screens 4 22 STS 1 itter Measurements 4 25 STS N Alarm Screens 4 26 STS N Status Screen 4 28 VT Indicators 4 29 VT1 5 Measurement Summary Screen 4 30 VT1 5 Code Violations Screen 4 31 VT1 5 REI V FEBE Measurements Screen 4 32 VT1 5 Pointer Measurements Screen 4 33 viii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents VT1 5 Path Overhead Screen 4 33 VT1 5 Path Trace Byte J2 Values 4 34 VT Alarm Screens 4 36 5 SONET Specifications 5 1 SONET Electrical Interfaces 5 2 OC N Optical Interfaces 5 5 STS N Timing 5 6 STS 1 Jitter Option Specifications 5 7 SONET Formats 5 8 VT1 5 Format and Mapping 5 12 6 DS3 Network Testing 6 1 Set up for DS3 Testing 6 2 Configure the DS3 Signal 6 4 Configure the DS3 B Signal Dual DS3 only 6 5 Configure Other Signal Parameters 6 6 Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters 6 7 Configure the DS3 User Test Pattern 6 9 Run the DS3 Test 6 10 Perform a DS3 Pulse Mask Test 6 11 7 DS3 Configuration Reference 7 1 DS3 Setup Parameters 7 2 Dual DS3 Setup Parameters 7 5 DS3FEAC Channel Parameters 7 8 DS3C Bit Configuration 7 11 DS3 Pulse Mask Configuration 7 12 User Programmable DS3 Pattern 7 14 DS3 Datalink Parameters 7 15 DS2 X Bit Control
197. e The configuration that was last set up for the selected mode the background mode is used for the test sequence The modes are listed in the following table The modes available depend on the configuration of your test set DS1 Drop Scan Sequences Configurations From Selections DS3 M ON DS 1 DS3 DS3 DS1 STS1 M ON DS3 1 0C3 0C3 DS3 1 0C3 M ON DS3 1 0C12 0C12 DS 3 1 0C12 M ON DS3 1 Scan Mode Channel Scan Mode gt selects the method used to control the DS1 scan Single The 28 DS1s are scanned and then the sequence ends Continuous After each scan of the 28 DS1s is performed the scan is repeated 11 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Drop Scan Sequence Drop Scan Results The results of the DS1 drop scan are displayed on the top half of the display Each channel is listed along with its detected status The RESULT keys scroll through the channel list screens After each DS1 is analyzed one of the following is displayed for that channel No Signal No detectable signal Either no DS3 or no DS1 traffic present on the DS3 AIS Alarm indication signal detected on the DS1 No Frame The framing format as set in the background mode was not detected on the DS1 Frame The DS1 framing format as set in the background mode was detected but without pattern synchronization
198. e VT Alarm Screens RDI V VT remote defect indication Displays the values of bits 4 and 8 of the V5 byte and indicates the corresponding alarm to which the remote device is responding Bits4and8 RDI Description 01 AlS V or LOP V VT alarm indication signal or loss of pattern also indicated as PYEL 10 PLM V VT payload label mismatch 11 UNEQ V VT unequipped 00 no alarm RFI V VT remote failure indication Declared when bit 8 of the Z7 byte is received as 1 PDI V VT payload defect indication Declared when the received V5 signal label bits Bits 5 7 are 110 PO P1 VT byte synchronization phase bit alignment alarm Declared when VT byte synchronous signaling framing is lost Not valid for VT asynchronous modes 4 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT Alarm Screens 4 38 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Electrical Interfaces 5 2 OC N Optical Interfaces 5 5 STS N Timing 5 6 STS 1 Jitter Option Specifications 5 7 SONET Formats 5 8 VT1 5 Format and Mapping 5 12 SONET Specifications 5 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Electrical Interfaces SONET Electrical Interfaces STS 1 Transmitt
199. e active mode is the mode that was last selected from this menu Each mode is described below for information selecting the test mode see Choose an ATM Test Mode page 18 8 Standard This mode is for performing BERT or cell loss measurements Background channels are enabled in this mode see Bandwidth Step Size page 19 4 Cell transfer delay is also Transfer Delay This mode is for performing cell transfer delay called round trip delay measurements The foreground channel uses only test cells see Foreground Channd Type page 19 8 OAMs and background channels are disabled Inter Arrival Time This mode is for performing inter cell arrival time measurements The foreground channel uses only test cells see Foreground Channd Type page 19 8 OAMs and background channels are disabled For information on using the VPI VCI Scan see Run an Automatic VP VC Scan page 18 2 For information on using Cell Capture see Run a Cel Capture Test page 18 4 19 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Cell Scrambling Address Notation Traffic Shaping Bandwidth Step Size ATM Configuration Reference Global ATM Parameters ATM SETUP 1 Global ATM Parameters ATM SETUP 1 The ATM Global Setup screen is accessed by selecting an ATM test mode from the ATM Setup menu Cell Scramble gt switches the ATM cell payload scrambler On or O
200. e FEAC Burst specifies the code to send e Burst of specifies how many times to send it When FEAC Burst is set to Loopback Activate or Loopback Deactivate the test set sends loopback codes loop up or loop down to the line specified in Loopback Line as follows The loopback code is sent the number of times specified by Burst of e The value of Loopback Line is sent the number of times specified by Burst of When FEAC Burst is set to Alarm Status the FEAC code specified by the Alarm Status field is sent Burst of number of times See the following section for information about how to control DS3 FEAC codes through the SCPI interface Host version 6 50 introduces several commands for controlling DS3 FEAC codes through the SCPI interface Currently the commands are available only for FEAC codes received on the DS3 A input Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Notes For more information about FEAC codes and their functionality ANSI T1 107 section 9 3 3 1995 FETCh DMOD DS3 lt parameter gt retrieves information about the FEAC codes received by the test set The following table lists command parameters Parameter Retrieved Value FEAC_CODE Last received FEAC alarm status code text and six bit sequence FEAC_CODE_SEC Number of seconds since last FEAC code received FEAC_S
201. e features you desire Call 1 800 9 CERJ AC or contact your HP representative 26 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Downloading Operating Software Download Procedure Download Procedure The following procedure describes how to download Host or feature specific software such as ATM to the test set Be sure to read any release notes that came with the software distribution diskette Note Be sure to check the distribution diskette for any readme txt files which may contain additional information and instructions about the download procedure Caution The download procedure clears all stored data and test set configurations Caution This procedure creates a directory called UPGRD on your C hard drive If your PC already has an UPGRD directory the installation will delete its contents M ake sure you move any important files to another directory before you begin this procedure 1 Insert the software distribution diskette in your PC s disk drive This procedure assumes you 2 Install the download program and test set software files on your are using Windows on your PC hard drive by doing one of the following to perform the download 2a From Windows e Select Run from the Start or File menu e Inthe Command Line box type A INSTALL and click OK 2b From DOS e Type the letter of the distribution disk s drive for examp
202. e occurrence of a pulse that breaks the alternating polarity rule BW See bandwidth byte Eight bits Usually refers to a particular location in a frame C bit The third fifth and seventh overhead bits in a DS3 signal s M subframes C bit parity format A DS3 framing format CAS Channel associated signaling Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Glossary 1 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Glossary CBR Constant bit rate A type of service in an ATM network for steady rate voice or synchronous data CCITT Consultative Committee on International Telegraph and Telephone cell Basic unitin ATM transmission A 53 byte ATM cell comprises a 5 byte header and 48 bytes of information cell header The first five bytes of an ATM cell cell loss priority bit Bit 32 of an ATM cell header bit 8 of byte 4 clock The timing of or timing source for digital telecom equipment CLP See cdl loss priority bit CMI Code mark inversion A line coding scheme COFA Change of frame alignment A shift in the alignment of a signal s framing bits concatenation The grouping of SONET STS payloads to form one large payload CP bit The third fifth and seventh overhead bits in the third M subframe of a C bit parity formatted DS3 signal CRC Cyclic redundancy checksum A basic error checking technique CSES Consecutively severely errored second CV Code violation D4
203. e path was unavailable The path is unavailable after ten consecutive path SESs The path is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no path SESs The Path UAS measurement includes the first ten seconds but not the last ten seconds The path is also unavailable during path AIS and path LOP conditions ES Path errored seconds The number of seconds in which one or more path CVs occurred SES Path severely errored seconds A count of seconds in which the number of path CVs was nine or more EFS Path error free seconds The number of seconds in which no path CVs occurred EFS Path percentage of error free sends Path EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com For STS 12c modes this screen displays STS 12c in the title REIs were formerly called far end block errors FEBE SONET M easurement Reference REI P Measurements REI P Measurements This screen displays path remote error indication REI P measurements REI P measurements are block code violations reported from the far end using bits 1 through 4 of the G1 byte REI P Count REI P count The number of REI Ps reported CV BER avg REI P average bit error ratio The number of BIP 8 errors over the total number of path bits transmitted excludes section
204. e stopped before the duration ends by pressing STOP Timer Restart Tests begin when START is pressed run for aspecified duration and then repeat automatically Each test s duration is determined by the Timer Duration field Tests can be stopped before they end by pressing STOP Timed Test Length Timer Duration sets the duration used for Timer and Timer Restart duration modes and can be set in the format hh mm ss from 00 00 00 through 99 59 59 where hh is hours mm is minutes and ss is seconds Note f you set Timer Duration to 00 00 00 and select a timer test duration mode the test set will run Continuous duration mode tests 23 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters Automatic Auto Print Mode selects the mode for the automatic printing of test Printing results as follows Off Test results are not automatically printed Timed Test End Test results are automatically printed at the end of every timed test On Error Test results are printed during a test when an error is detected Every 15 Minutes Test results are automatically printed every 15 minutes when a test is running Every 2 Hours Test Results are automatically printed every two hours when a test is running Automatic Result Auto Store Mode selects the mode for the automatic storage of test Storage re
205. e zeros count The number of consecutive zero strings greater than 15 for AMI or greater than 7 for B8ZS Each string is considered a single event 12 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference J itter Measurements Jitter Measurements Jitter Peak Results Each result is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter For DS1 the wide band jitter Current P to P Current peak to peak jitter The sum of the positive cutoff frequency is 10 Hz to jitter peak and the negative jitter peak for the most recent one second 40 kHz and the high band period Displayed in unit intervals cutoff frequency is 8 kHz to r 40 kHz MAX P to P Maximum peak to peak jitter The sum of the highest positive jitter peak and the highest negative jitter peak for the entire test duration Displayed in unit intervals MAX Pos Peak Maximum positive jitter peak The greatest positive jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals MAX Neg Peak Maximum negative jitter peak The greatest negative jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals Jitter Hits and Mask Results See DS1J itter Hits Threshold Each result is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter page 11 7 Hits Count Indicates the total number of jitter hits jitter hit threshold exceeded since the b
206. ead Parameters The 156MTS provides control of VT overhead configuration and VT path trace configuration Your test set must have Option UQA to take advantage of these features VT overhead control is accessed through the Additional Test Controls menu These parameters are available when the instrument is configured for VT1 5 payloads When you select SONET OH Control from the Additional Test Controls menu and press CONFIG right a series of five screens is presented The first three screens give you access to SONET overhead parameters see SONET Overhead Parameters page 3 14 The last two screens provide access to the following VT 1 5 overhead parameters e VT path overhead bytes j2 path trace string byte synchronous modes only 3 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT Overhead Parameters VT Path Overhead The VT1 5 Path Overhead Control screen allows you to program the VT Control overhead byte values Bytes shown as xx cannot be edited on this screen VT Path Overhead Bytes Each byte can be set as described below User programmable VT Path Overhead Bytes Byte Description V5 Signal VT path signal label Bits 5 7 of the V5 byte are the path Label signal label The VALUE keys cycle through the settings 000 Unequipped 100 Byte Synchronous 001 Equip Non specif 101 Future 010 Asynchronous 110 PDI V 011
207. easurements Measurement Description Error Count The total number of E1 bit errors detected Current ratio Current E1 BER The number of E1 bit errors over the number of E1 bits received in the previous 2 25 seconds Average Ratio Average E1 BER The number of E1 bit errors over the total number of E1 bits received since the beginning of the test ES El errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one E1 bit error occurred seconds are counted from test start EFS E1 error free seconds The number of seconds during which no E1 bit errors occurred EFS E1 error free seconds percentage E1 EFS expressed as the percentage of the total number of seconds in the test Sev ES E1 severely errored seconds SES The number of seconds during which the error rate was 10 or greater and during which no loss of pattern occurred Sync ES E1 synchronous errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one E1 bit error occurred seconds are counted beginning at the error occurrence Avail Sec E1 available seconds The number of seconds during the test that were not unavailable see below Unavail Sec E1 unavailable seconds The E1 is declared unavailable after ten consecutive seconds of SES or LOP The E1 is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no SESs or LOPS Degrad Min E1 degraded minutes The number of 60 second intervals during which available seconds
208. echnology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Bit Error Measurement Screens DS1 Bit Error Measurements continued Measurement Description Sev ES DS1 severely errored seconds SES The number of seconds during which the error ratio was 10 or greater Sync ES DS1 synchronous errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one DS1 bit error occurred seconds are counted beginning at the error occurrence Avail Sec DS1 available seconds The number of seconds during the test that were not unavailable see below Unavail Sec DS1 unavailable seconds The DS1 is declared unavailable after ten consecutive seconds of SES or LOP The DS1 is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no SESs or LOPs Degrad Min DS1 degraded minutes The number of 60 second intervals during which the available seconds and bit error counts are both greater than zero but do not exceed the SES threshold or the number of 60 second intervals during which the available seconds and CRC error counts are both greater than zero but less than 320 The 60 second intervals do not need to be contiguous Thrsh E n DS1 threshold seconds Number of available seconds during which the bit or CRC error rate whichever is larger exceeded the threshold Thresholds correspond to the following values framed unframed E 3 1 536 1 544 E 4 154 154
209. ecimal value is shown on the left portion of the l screen and the ASCII equivalent value is shown on the right 4 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT Alarm Screens VT Alarm Screens These two screens display counts of VT alarm seconds and current status An alarm second is a second during which a particular type of alarm is active An alarm s current status is displayed as ON if that alarm condition is present PAIS VT path alarm indication signal Declared when all ones is received in the V1 and V2 bytes for three consecutive frames The alarm is cleared when all ones is not received in the V1 and V2 bytes for three consecutive frames PYEL VT path yellow Declared when bits 4 and 8 of the V5 byte are set to 01 for ten consecutive VT supeframes The alarm is cleared when the bits are not 01 for ten consecutive VT superframes LOPNTR VT loss of pointer Declared when a valid VT pointer is not received for eight consecutive frames The alarm is cleared when a consistent valid pointer value is received for three consecutive frames FEBE VT far end block errors Declared when bit 3 of the V5 byte is received set to 1 This alarm is cleared when bit 3 is received set to 0 4 36 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Referenc
210. econd intervals with exactly one far end FFCV and no far end OOF or AIS events NE ES B Near end errored seconds type B The number of one second intervals during which 2 through 44 near end FFCVs occurred and no near end OOF or AIS events occurred FE ES B Far end errored seconds type B The number of one second intervals during which 2 through 44 far end FF CVs occurred and no far end OOF or AIS events occurred NE ES C Near end errored seconds type C The number of one second intervals during which more than 44 near end FFCVs occurred or at least one near end OOF or AIS events occurred FE ES C Far end errored seconds type C The number of one second intervals during which more than 44 far end FF CVs occurred or at least one far end OOF or AIS events occurred Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 BPV Measurements Screen DS3 BPV Measurements Screen This screen displays DS3 bipolar violation BPV measurements Count DS3BPV count The number of bipolar violations that occurred since the beginning of the test Cur Ratio DS3 BPV current bit error ratio The number of BPVs over the number of bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 sec Avg Ratio DS3 BPV average bit error ratio The number of BPVs over the number of bits transmitted since the beginning of the test ES DS3 BPV errored seconds The number o
211. ed Loop Timing is derived from the receive E1 signal E1 Framing E1 Frm gt selects the transmit and receive E1 signal framing format Format E1 Frm gt can be set to as follows TSO E1Timeslot 0 format 31 channel non CAS No CRC TSO CRC E1 Timeslot 0 format with CRC 4 TS0O TS16 E1 Channel Associated Signaling format CAS 30 channel Uses timeslot 0 and 16 framing TS0 TS16 CRC E1CAS format with CRC 4 Unfrm Unframed E1 signal Note fE1 Data gt is set to AIS the framing format is forced to unframed regardless of the Frm gt setting 15 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference E1 Setup Parameters E1 Payload E1 Data gt selects the payload for the E1 signal The choices for E1 Data gt are described in the following table This parameter is not applicable for E1 TS mode TRBS is Pseudo Random and from E Lis inverted from DSO E1 Payload Selections E1 Data gt Payload Selection Description QRSS A quasirandom signal source comprising a 29 1 pattern with a 14 zero constraint 26 1 A 25 1 pseudorandom bit sequence PRBS A six stage PRBS generator with feedback taps at stages 5 and 6 279 1 A 29 1 PRBS Nine stage with feedback taps at 5 and 9 2711 1 A 2 1 PRBS 11 stage with feedback taps at 9 and 11 2715 1 A 21 1 PRBS 15 stage with feedback taps at 14 and
212. ed bits transmitted at elapsed since last error in one level but received at another seconds Frm DS3 frame error count The number of errored F1 and F10 bits C Bit DS3 C bit parity error count The number of CP bit errors not applicable in M13 format P Bit DS3 P bit parity error count The number of P bit errors BPV DS3 bipolar violation count The number of DS3 BPVs detected 8 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference Bit Error Measurements Screens 1 2 and 3 Bit Error Measurements Screens 1 2 and 3 These three screens display DS3 bit error measurement results in DS1 payload modes only a variation of screen 8 is shown DS3 Bit Error Measurements Measurement Description Error Count The total number of DS3 bit errors detected Average Ratio Average DS3BER The number of DS3 bit errors over the total DS3 bits transmitted since the start of the test Current Ratio Current DS3 BER The number of DS3 bit errors over the number of DS3 bits transmitted in the previous 2 25 sec ES DS3 errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one DS3 bit error occurred seconds are counted beginning at test start EFS DS3 error free seconds The number of seconds during which no DS3 bit errors occurred 8 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
213. eens display the 64 byte path trace message which is carried in the J 1 byte For OC 12 the Section Trace message is displayed on two similar screens with display values Hex and ASCII Eight bytes are displayed on each line For example the 1 line shows J Lor J 0 bytes 1 through 8 The 9 line shows bytes 9 through 16 and so forth For each byte the hexadecimal value is shown on the left portion of the screen and the ASCII equivalent value is shown on the right See Path and Section Trace settings on page 4 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS N Path Trace Byte J 1 Values Screens and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 Path and Section Trace Strings Host version 6 60 lets you display and edit the 1 and J 2 path trace strings and the J 0 section trace string See Chapters 3 and 4 of the 1I56MTS 31XE Programmer s Manual version 4 1 for information about the screens New fields have been added to the J 1 amp J 2 Path Trace Control and J 0 Section Trace Control screens The Fill on ACTION or Fill on INJ ECT and Format fields define the transmit trace string to transmit when you press the ACTION INJECT button see the table below e Results Display in sets the display mode for the path trace byte and section trace byte values below This field has two options ASCII the default displays values in ASCII
214. eginning of the test For DS1 the wide band mask Total Hits Time Indicates the cumulative total of time in seconds is 5 0 Ul and the high band that the jitter hit threshold has been exceeded since the beginning of mask is 0 1 Ul the test MAX Percent of Mask Indicates the maximum peak to peak jitter for the entire test period expressed as a percentage of the jitter mask 12 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Alarm Screens DS1 Alarm Screens These screens display alarm results for the DS1 receive signal The alarms displayed on the screens are described in the following table DS1 Alarms Alarm Description LOS DS1 loss of signal Declared when there are 175 or more contiguous pulse positions with no pulses LOS is cleared when there is a 12 5 or higher ones density on the receive signal LOP DS1 loss of pattern Declared when pattern synchronization is not achieved or when the receive pattern does not correspond to the internal reference pattern Pattern synchronization is declared when 64 consecutive pattern matches bits are received Loss of pattern synchronization is declared when 224 out of 1 024 consecutive pattern bits are errored User patterns with less than 25 transition density use 85 errors out of 1 024 bits The 1 024 bit blocks are counted from the beginning of pattern synchronizat
215. eight bit timeslots 1 framing bit 193 bits fit ISI T T T Ta SF Format Framing W ord F bit sequence 100011011100 CEEA ee A Fei ignaling bits A Thit Bof frame 6 B bit 8 of frame 12 1 Superframe 12 Frames 1 Extended Superframe 2 Superframes 24 Frames U2 1314 ls ieil iiel lojiri ffs frea te ft9 20 21 2 23 24 ESF Format Framing Word F bits of frames 4 8 12 16 20 24 001011 CRC 6 Bits F bits of frames 2 6 10 14 18 22 Facility Data Link FDL 4 kbs F bits of odd numbered frames Signaling bits A bit 8 of frame 6 B bit 8 of frame 12 C bit 8 of frame 18 D bit 8 of frame 24 13 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 14 Set up for E1 Testing 14 2 Configure the E1 Signal 14 4 Configure the Programmable Patterns 14 5 Configure the Timeslot Parameters 14 7 Run theE1Test 14 10 Run an Automatic E 1 Timeslot Signaling Scan 14 11 El and Timeslot Network Testing 14 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Set up for E1 Testing Set up for E1 Testing Example E1 Application CER AC Test Set E1 testing is available when the payload is set for DS3 E 1 E1 or TS 1 From the Main Menu use FIELD to pick a test mode and press MENU down The testing setup screen f
216. elected is displayed this example shows Terminal testing mode 6 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Set up for DS3 Testing 3 Usethe FIELD and VALUE keys to set the transmitter Tx Rate and receiver Rx Rate For Monitor and D amp I mode tests the transmitter and receiver are set together Tx Rx Rate For test sets with receiver only For a dual DS3 test set one or both of TX Rate and RX Rate to dual DS3 only Rx Rate can Dual DS3 If different the other rate must be set to DS3 or DS1 be set to Dual DS3 e If you are testing a DS3 that is the payload of a higher rate signal set the transmitter and receiver as appropriate for that higher rate 4 Next press the right FIELD key to select the Payload parameter Use VALUE to set the payload as appropriate for your application e Remember that one of the transmitter receiver or payload must be set to a DS3 selection 5 Press MENU down The DS3 operation screen is displayed see next section 6 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Configure the DS3 Signal Configure the DS3 Signal Note that the screen may appear differently depending on the test mode you selected Note For dual DS3 testing the parameters on this screen configure the DS3 A signal 1 Use
217. ements on the receive channel not applicable for STS 12c ATM Note This screen is only applicable when the receive channel type is set to AAL1 See Receive Cell Type page 19 17 Count ATM AAL 1 cell loss count The number of cells lost based on missing sequence numbers on the received AAL 1 cells Sec Ago displays the elapsed time since the previous cell loss Err Ratio Avg Average cell loss ratio The number of cells lost over the total expected number of receive cells cells actually received plus cells lost since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr Current cell loss ratio The average cell loss ratio for the previous 2 25 seconds ES Cell loss errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one cell loss occurred EFS Cell loss error free seconds The number of seconds during which no cell losses occurred EFS Cell loss error free seconds percentage The percentage of all seconds since the beginning of the test during which no cell losses occurred Note To perform cell loss measurements in a loop test both the foreground channel and the receive channel must be set to AAL 1 20 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM AAL 1SN CRC Par Error Measurements Screen ATM AAL 1 SN CRC Par Error Measurements Screen This screen displays results based on CRC 3 and parity errors in the sequence
218. entage of STS frame error free seconds STS frame EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test Severely Err Frm Sec STS frame severely error seconds The number of seconds in which at least one STS OOF occurred 4 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS 1 BPV Measurements Screen STS 1 BPV Measurements Screen This screen displays bipolar violation measurements in the STS 1 signal BPV Count STS 1 bipolar violation count BPV BER cur STS 1 BPV average bit error ratio The number of BPVs over the total number of transmitted bits since the beginning of the test BPV BER avg STS 1 BPV current bit error ratio The number of BPVs over the total number of transmitted bits during the previous 2 25 seconds LCVR Sec STS 1 line code violation rate seconds The number of seconds in which the LCVR state occurred The LCVR state is declared when the BPV rate exceeds 44 BPVs per second for one second The LCVR state continues until the BPV rate is less than 4 BPVs per second for one second ES STS 1 BPV errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one BPV occurred EFS STS 1 BPV error free seconds The number of seconds in which no BPVs occurred EFS Percentage of STS 1 BPV error free seconds STS 1 BPV EFS expressed as the percentage of total seconds since
219. entation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Transmitter DS1TX DS1 Receiver DS1 RX DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications DS1 DS0 Interfaces DS1 DS0 Interfaces Signal DSX 1 DSX 1 signal with selectable LBOs e Per CB119 ANSI T1X1 and TR TSY 000499 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx Supports Simplex power e LBO 7 5 15 0 or 22 0 dBdsx Line Code AMI or B8ZS Impedance 100 ohm 5 balanced return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 310 Optional Bantam Signals DSX 1 Per CB119 ANSI T1X1 and TR TS Y 000499 3 0 Vok 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx 1 544 M Hz 1000 ppm Sensitivity 26 dB below 0 dB dsx J itter tolerance per Bellcore TR TS Y 000009 ALBO Automatic LBO equalized for 400 to 4000 ft of 22 AWG pulp insulated cable Mon 10 to 25 dB flat loss relative 0 dBdsx Line Code AMI or B8ZS Impedance e Term 100 ohms 5 return loss gt 20 dB Bridge gt 1000 ohms Connector Accepts WECo 310 plug Optional Bantam Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications DS1 DS0 Interfaces DS1Drop Output Signal DSX 1 DS1 dropped from higher rate signal DS1 DROP Per ANSI T1X1 and TR TSY 000499 e 3 0 Vpk 1 0 dB 0 dBdsx Line Code AMI or B8ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 310 plug Optional Bantam DS1 Timing Internal 1 544 MHz 20 ppm DS1 TX CLK IN jac
220. entation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Glossary F50AM AnATM OAM cell witha PT of 4o0r5 decimal used for VP OAM See also OAM cal FAS FEAC Far end alarm and control The FEAC channel uses the third C bit to carry alarm and control information Frame alignment signal FEBE Far end block error FERF Far end receive failure FFCV Frame format coding violation FFM Frame format mismatch foreground channel The primary ATM channel used for ATM BER testing etc frame A group of bits timeslots or bytes whose unique positions can be identified relative an alignment signal or pointer FT1 Fractional T1 A subrate signal on a DS1 comprising N number of DSO channels See also N x64 GFC Generic Flow Control The first four bits of byte lin an ATM cell header GPIB HP IB General purpose interface buss See HCS Header check sequence See HEC header See cell header HEC Header error control A CRC field in the ATM cell header byte 5 hexadecimal A base 16 numbering system in which the digits range from 0 through F A hexadecimal value is noted with a subscript h for example 2A0F p HDB3 High density bipolar with three zero substitution A line coding scheme HP IB Hewlett Packard interface bus A control bus for instruments Hz Hertz idle cell An ATM cell with a VP VC address of 000 0000 PT of 000 and CLP of 1 Compare with unassigned
221. ents pulse mask 8 18 memory keys 1 2 misinserted cell results 20 12 mode see test mode Modify Global Configurations screen 23 2 monitor mode 1 13 N navigation keys 1 2 Nx gt base rate 11 9 11 11 0 OAM cells 19 14 OC 1 rx source 3 6 setup parameters 3 5 tx timing 3 5 OC 12 rx source 3 3 OC 3 rx source 3 3 optical signal connectors 1 2 optical transmitter 3 2 Option 231 27 5 27 9 order at mux input STS 12 23 6 order of transmission STS 12 23 6 orderwire 1 3 Index 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index Other gt DSO 11 10 DS1 11 6 STS 1 3 7 STS 3c 3 10 TS 15 6 VT 3 26 VT group 3 28 Other gt E1 15 5 Oths gt E1 15 5 Oths gt see Other gt DS1 out of band loop codes 11 14 overhead bytes 3 15 overhead configuration 2 5 P passthru DS1 11 5 DS3 7 3 Path SONET span path overhead bytes 3 16 results screen 4 20 Path Overhead Control screen 3 16 5 8 5 10 patterns 55 octet 11 5 PRBS inversion 23 3 user programmable 7 14 10 6 11 13 19 12 patterns see also Data gt payloadtype 19 14 payload see Data gt P bits display 8 12 PLCP errorinjection 19 24 measurements 20 16 structure 21 5 pointer automatic sequence 2 9 error injection 3 31 STS 12c measurements 4 15 pointer measurements 4 14 power up optical transmitter state 3 2 PRBS inversion 23 3 printkey 1 2 pri
222. epresentative or call 1 800 9 CERJ AC Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Setup Parameters 7 2 Dual DS3 Setup Parameters 7 5 DS3FEAC Channel Parameters 7 8 DS3C Bit Configuration 7 11 DS3 Pulse Mask Configuration 7 12 User Programmable DS3 Pattern 7 14 DS3 Datalink Parameters 7 15 DS2 X Bit Control 7 16 DS3 and DS2 Error Injection 7 17 DS3 Configuration Reference 7 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Transmit DS3 Level Receive DS3 Level DS3 Framing Format DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Setup Parameters DS3 Setup Parameters DS3 parameters are applicable when the transmitter receiver or payload is set for DS3 Not all DS3 parameters apply for every test mode but DS3 setup parameters typically appear on the screen similar to the following DS3 Tx gt sets the DS3 transmit signal level at the DS3 TX jack This parameter is not available when the DS3 signal is the payload of a higher rate signal Tx gt can be set as follows DSX3 DS3 cross connect level LBO of 450 feet simulated cable High High level signal No LBO Low Low level signal Flat loss from High level 900 LBO added simulating 900 feet of cable DS3 Rx gt selects the input level for the receive DS3 signal This parameter is not available when the DS3 signal is the paylo
223. er Signals STS 1 TX STSX 1 Per TR NWT 000253 Section 4 4 0 53 Vpk 41 2 dB LBO 450 ft simulated 728A cable High 1 01 Vpk 1 2 dB LBO none 900 0 35 Vpk 2 0 dB LBO 900 ft simulated 728A cable Low 0 206 Vpk 2 0 dB LBO Flat loss from High level Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WECo 440 Optional WECo 358 or BNC STS 1 Receiver Signals STS 1 RX STSX 1 Automatic equalizer for 0 to 900 ft of 728A cable High 1 01 Vpk input signal nominal Mon Up to 26 dB flat loss relative to nominal STSX 1 level Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 Connector Accepts WECo 440 Optional WECo 358 or BNC 5 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com STS 1 Drop Output STS 1 DROP STS 12 and STS 3 I O Output Termination Note SONET Specifications SONET Electrical Interfaces Signal STSX 1 Per TR NWT 000253 Section 4 4 0 53 Vpk 1 2 dB LBO 450 ft simulated 728A cable Provides STS 1 dropped from higher rate signal Line Code B3ZS Impedance 75 ohm 5 return loss gt 20 dB Connector Accepts WE Co 440 Optional WE Co 358 or BNC These are the specifications for the optional rear panel SONET electrical connectors Option 205 is required for STS 12 Option US2 is required for STS 3 Signals provided Rx Data input Tx Data output e Tx Clock out
224. er you want to measure positive pulses negative pulses or both 6 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Perform a DS3 Pulse Mask Test Run the Pulse Pulse mask testing can only be performed while the DS3 Pulse Mask Mask Test Control screen is displayed 1 Check the results level to make sure that you will be able to view the measurement screens you want See To Display More Measurement Screens page 1 11 2 Make sure the DS3 Pulse Mask Control screen is displayed 3 Press START to begin a DS3 test 4 Usethe RESULT keys to scroll the top half of the display to show the Positive or Negative Pulse Mask results screen 5 Press ACTION to begin the pulse mask test The bottom line of the results screen changes to show the status of the pulse mask test for example Acquiring Positive One Data Calculating Results and so forth You can obtain a graphical 6 When the test is complete observe the data on the results screen display of DS3 pulses using the Pulse mask parameters are displayed as Pass meets mask CER AC Pulse M ask Graphic specifications or Fail does not meet specifications or as their software for Windows and a numerical values PC Refer to the Pulse M ask 3 Graphic User s M anual For more information on pulse mask measurements see DS3 Pulse contact your HP Mask Screens page 8 18 r
225. ern 2 Use FIELD to select Dual DS3 Control and then press CONF IG right The Dual DS3 Control screen is displayed 3 Use VALUE to select from which DS3 signal the test set drops and inserts DS1 channels DS1 From DS3 4 Press FIELD and then use VALUE to set the operation of the front panel DS3 LED indicators 5 Next use FIELD and VALUE to set the signal parameters for DS3 B as you did for DS3 A see Configure the DS3 Si gnal page 6 4 Note For testsets with receiver only dual DS3 the DS3 B parameters apply only to the receiver The DS3 B transmit signal is a passthrough of the receive signal e After you finish configuring both DS3 signals you are ready to begin the test See Run the DS3 Test page 6 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Note You can change the STS 12 numbering scheme See STS 12 Channel Numbering Scheme page 3 4 DS3 Network Testing Configure Other Signal Parameters Configure Other Signal Parameters If you are testing a DS3 signal that is dropped and inserted from a SONET signal the DS3 signal is mapped to an STS 1 signal If necessary the STS 1 is mapped into a higher rate SONET signal You must configure the SONET signal parameters to match your application 1 Onthetest operation screen use FIELD and VALUE to set the signal and STS 1 parameters This example shows the DS3 carried in an STS 1 whic
226. es Note that VTs are always mapped using the group scheme SONET Configuration Reference VT1 5 Setup Parameters VTGrp Ins gt selects which of the seven VT groups is selected to transmit the four VTs defined by VT1 5 Ins gt and Other VTs gt Ins gt can be set from 1 through 7 see VT1 5 Channd Setup Mode below VTGrp Other Grps gt sets the remaining VT groups not selected by VTGrp Ins gt Other Grps gt can be set to one of the following Same Sets the remaining six VT groups as identical to the Ins gt group VT PAIS Transmits VT path AIS on the remaining groups Unequ Sets the remaining VT groups as unequipped path overhead and payload set to all zeros VTGrp Drop gt selects which VT group is dropped from the receive STS 1 and from which the VT 1 5 Drop gt channel is selected Drop gt can be set from 1 through 7 and to L locked to the same channel number as VT Grp Ins gt There are two ways to specifying VT drop and insert channels ona SONET signal The VT numbering scheme is set on the Auxiliary Test Setups screen Select Setup System Parameters from the Main Menu and then select Auxiliary Test Setups Autoa VT Counting Mode sets the method for specifying VT channels This parameter can be set as follows VT Group VT channels are specified in groups of seven each comprising four VTs A channel is specified as VT 1 through 4in VT group 1 through 7 1 through 28 VT channels are speci
227. esting Set up for ATM Testing ATM testing features are available when the payload is set for ATM 1 From the Main Menu press FIELD to select a testing mode 2 Press MENU down The testing setup screen for the mode you select is displayed this example shows Terminal testing mode 3 Use FIELD and VALUE to set the transmitter Tx Rate and receiver Rx Rate For Monitor and D amp I modes the transmitter and receiver are set simultaneously Tx Rx Rate 4 Next press the right FIELD key to select the Payload parameter Use VALUE to set the payload to an ATM selection For OC 12 select 12c ATM or 3c ATM for OC 3 select 3c ATM For STS 1 and OC 1 select STS1 ATM For DS3 DS1 or El select DS3 DS3 DS1 DS3 E1 DS1 or E1 as appropriate for your test 5 Press MENU down The test operation screen is displayed Before you configure the ATM parameters you should decide which ATM test mode to use See Choose an ATM Test Mode page 18 8 18 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Choose an ATM Test Mode Choose an ATM Test Mode 1 From the test operation screen press CONF IG right to display the Control Screen menu 2 Select ATM Setup and press CONFIG right to display the ATM Setup menu 3 Select the ATM test mode that you want to use Refer to the table on page 18 9 for help selecting an ATM test mo
228. esting Modes 1 13 2 Testing SONET Networks 2 1 To Set up for SONET Testing 2 2 To Configure the APS functions K1 K2 bytes 2 4 To Configure SONET Overhead Parameters 2 5 To Configure SONET Datalinks 2 7 To Inject SONET Alarms 2 8 To Run Pointer Adjustment Sequences 2 9 To Runa VT1 5Test 2 11 3 SONET Configuration Reference 3 1 Optical Transmitter Power up State 3 2 STS N Setup Parameters 3 3 STS 1 OC 1 Signal Setup Parameters 3 5 vii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters 3 7 STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters 3 9 SONET Automatic Protection Switching APS Parameters 3 12 SONET Overhead Parameters 3 14 SONET Datalink Control Parameters 3 20 VT Overhead Parameters 3 22 VT1 5 Setup Parameters 3 25 Error Injection 3 30 4 SONET Measurement Reference 4 1 OC N STS N Measurement Summary Screen 4 4 Section Code Violations B1 Screen 4 5 Line Code Violations B2 Screen 4 6 REI L Measurements Screen 4 7 Path Measurement Summary Screen 4 8 Path Code Violation B3 Screen 4 9 REI P Measurements 4 10 STS 12c and STS 3c Bit Error Measurements 4 11 STS Frame Measurements A1 A2 Screen 4 12 STS 1 BPV Measurements Screen 4 13 STS N Pointer Measurements Screen 4 14 STS 12c Pointer Bytes Screen 4 15 APS Measurements Screen 4 15 Transport Overhead Screen 1 and Screen 2 4 19 Path Overhead Screen 4 20 STS N Path Trace Byt
229. evel of the OC 1 signal present at the OC N TX connector depends on the laser installed in your test set Receive STS 1 Rx gt selects the input source and level for the receive STS 1 or OC N Level signal STS1 Rx gt can be set to one of the following STSX1 STS 1 signal is received at the front panel electrical input port STS 1 RX Automatic equalizer for 0 through 900 feet of cable l High STS 1 signal is received at STS 1 RX Nominal 1 01 Vpk input signal Low STS 1 signal is received at STS 1 RX Nominal 0 206 Vpk input signal Monitor STS 1 signal is received at STS 1 RX Up to 26 dB flat loss from an STSX 1 signal Aux STS 1 signal is received at the rear panel STS 1 NRZ input Optical OC N signal is received at the optical input port OC N RX STS 1 J itter For information on setting the jitter hits thresholds see J itter Thresholds Threshold Confi guration page 23 3 3 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters STS 1 payload parameters are applicable when the tested STS 1 is a subrate channel mapped into a higher rate STS N signal The STS 1 payload setup parameters appears on the screen similar to the following Insert STS 1 Ins gt selects which STS 1 within an OC 3 or OC 12 signal is used for the Channel transmit STS 1 For OC 3 I
230. ext set the number of codes sent in a burst Burst of 4 Select the Alarm Status parameter and use VALUE to select the FEAC code to be transmitted 5 Select Loopback line to select the signal to be affected when a FEAC loop up or loop down code is transmitted 6 Press ACTION to activate the FEAC burst 6 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters Configure C Bit To access the C bit control functions select DS3 C Bit Control from Transmission the Control Screens menu and press CONFIG right The DS3 C Bit Control screen is displayed 1 UseFIELD to select the individual C bits and then use VALUE to set them to either 1 or 0 e C bits displayed with an x are not user editable e C bits displayed with an are not editable from the DS3 C Bit Control screen but can be controlled using the FEBE parameter on the DS3 test operation screen 2 When you have finished editing the C bits press CONFIG right to return to the test operation display 6 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Configure the DS3 User Test Pattern Configure the DS3 User Test Pattern The 156M TS has a To use the DS3 user pattern set the Data gt field to Progr on the test programmable DS3 test operation screen pattern You can e
231. f errored bits over the total number of bits since the beginning of the test Current Ratio STS 12c 3c current bit error ratio The number of errored bits over the total number of bits during the previous 2 25 seconds Patt Sync Indicates ON when a valid STS 12c 3c payload pattern is received ES STS 12c 3c errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one STS 3c bit error occurred SES STS 12c 3c severely errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least 27 STS 3c bit errors occurred EFS STS 12c 3c error free seconds The number of seconds in which no STS 3c bit errors occurred EFS Percentage of STS 12c 3c error free seconds STS 12c 3c EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS Frame Measurements A1 A2 Screen STS Frame Measurements A1 A2 Screen This screen displays frame error measurements in the A1 A2 bytes of the STS frame An LOF was formerly called an LOF OOF Events STS loss of frame events count An LOF event is OOF out of frame event declared when four or more consecutive errored framing patterns are detected This measurement is not available in OC 12 receiver modes EFS STS frame error free seconds count The number of seconds in which no OOF events occurred EFS Perc
232. f cell synchronization seconds The number of seconds in which aLOCS alarm was present SCNR Selected cell not received alarm seconds The number of seconds in which an SCNR alarm was present Pyld LOP Payload loss of pattern The number of seconds in which an LOP alarm was present DS3 PLCP This screen displays alarm seconds counts of ATM and PLCP alarms The alarms are defined in ATM Alarm Status page 20 20 PLCP LOF PLCP loss of frame seconds The number of seconds in which aLOF alarm was present PLCP YEL PLCP Yellow alarm or RAI seconds The number of seconds in which a Yellow or RAI alarm was present SCNR Selected cell not received alarm seconds The number of seconds in which an SCNR alarm was present Pyld LOP Payload loss of pattern The number of seconds in which an LOP alarm was present 20 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference 20 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 21 Basic Cell Structure 21 2 AAL 0 Cell Implementation 21 2 AAL 1 Cell Implementation 21 3 AAL 3 4 Cell Implementation 21 3 AAL 5 SEAL Cell Implementation 21 4 ATM Test Cell Structure 21 4 Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP 21 5 ATM Formats 21 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www a
233. f seconds during which at least one BPV occurred EFS DS3 BPV error free seconds The number of seconds during which no BPVs occurred EFS Percentage of DS3 BPV error free seconds DS3 BPV EFS expressed as the percentage of seconds since the beginning of the test Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 FEAC Monitor Screen DS3 FEAC Monitor Screen This screen displays the received DS3 far end alarm and control FEAC codes Last Rx Code Last received FEAC alarm status code Displays the text and six bit sequence for the most recently received FEAC alarm or status code Does not display loopback control sequences Seconds Ago displays the elapsed time since the code was received in seconds Rx Sequence Last received FEAC loopback control sequence Displays the type of FEAC loopback code Activate or Deactivate most recently received Seconds Ago displays the elapsed time since the sequence was received in seconds Line Last line affected by loopback control sequence Indicates which line was affected by the most recently received FEAC loopback sequence for example DS1 7 and so forth 8 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 C Bit Monitor Screen DS3 C Bit Monitor Screen This screen displays the binary st
234. f the peak amplitude see figure 6 The selected mask specification is offset 6 percent of the peak amplitude see figure Pulse Mask Tolerance Adjustment X of peak amplitude Capture Pulse Polarity gt determines whether the test set evaluates a received positive Polarity voltage pulse Positive negative voltage pulse Negative or both Pos Neg For mask imbalance measurements both positive and negative pulses must be evaluated 7 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference User Programmable DS3 Pattern User Programmable DS3 Pattern The user programmable data pattern is accessed by selecting DS3 Prog Pattern from the Control Screens menu The DS3 programmable pattern configuration screen appears as follows The DS3 Prog Pat fields represent the bits the DS3 user pattern Each bit can be set to 1 0 or to adot A dot represents an unused bit position and is not transmitted The pattern length can be from two through eight bits and is defined by the number of bits set to 1 or 0 The pattern is transmitted with the most significant bit following the frame bit for pattern lengths that divide evenly into 84 7 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Datalink Parameters DS3 Datalink Parameters
235. f the transmitted idle cells 3 Next use FIELD and VALUE to enter a value for the 32 bit foreground pattern The value is entered in hexadecimal 4 Inthe same manner use FIELD and VALUE to enter a value for the 32 bit background pattern Note The background pattern is only available when traffic shaping is off and the bandwidth step size is set to 10 increments 5 Press CONFIG right when you are finished The fourth ATM setup screen is displayed see Set the Foreground Idle and Recea ve VP VC page 18 14 18 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Set the Foreground Idle and Receive VP VC Set the Foreground Idle and Receive VP VC For STS 12c ATM applications This procedure sets the cell header fields for the foreground channel see Setup for STS 12c ATM idle cells and receive channel It also sets the receive channel cell type Testing page 18 19 e From the Cell Payload Data screen press CONFIG right to display the fourth ATM screen Fi Pi M i M 1 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the generic flow control bits GFC virtual path identifier byte VPI virtual circuit identifier bytes VCI payload type bits PT and cell loss priority bit CLP for the foreground channel cell headers F gnd Hdr 2 Next set the GFC PT and CLP for the transmitted idle cells Idle Hdr The idle VP VC address is
236. f you are testing an STS 1 signal carrying channelized DS3 traffic you could select STS1 MON DS3 1 7 Next set Channel Scan Mode to either Single one scan or Continuous repetitive scanning 8 Press START to begin the scan The test set begins checking each DS1 on the DS3 signal for framing format and pattern and displays the results on the appropriate display line 9 Thescan ends automatically in Single mode press STOP to end the scan in Continuous mode 10 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Run an Automatic DSO Signaling Scan Run an Automatic DSO Signaling Scan The 156MTS features an automatic test sequence that scans a DS1 signal analyzes each of the DSO channels and displays the status of the signaling bits for each channel The DS1 signal can be dropped from a DS3 signal 1 Connect the signal to be tested The signal must be aDS1 signal or a DS3 signal carrying DS1 traffic 2 Setup the background mode by configuring the test set as if you were going to run a manual test For example set up an DS1 terminal mode test with a DSO payload see Set up for DS1 Testing page 10 2 3 Fromthe Main Menu use FIELD to select DS3 DS1 ATM Scans amp Pointer Sequences 10 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT
237. failure seconds The number of seconds in which one or more APS byte failure events occurred An APS byte failure is declared when eight consecutive frames are received in which there are not at least three consecutive frames with identical APS bytes Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference APS Measurements Screen Channel 0 is the null channel Request Chan APS requested channel The number of the channel channel 15 is the extra traffic 0 15 to which the received condition message applies This code is channel Channels 1 14 are received in bits 5 through 8 of the K1 byte the working channels Bridge Chan APS bridged channel The number of the channel 1 15 currently bridged onto the protection line at the far end This code is bits 1 through 4 of the K2 byte APS State APS signal state message Indicates the received message based on bits 1 through 4 of the K1 byte The table below lists the displayed messages and their corresponding 4 bit codes Type APS architecture type at the far end The result indicates either 1 1 K2 bit 5 set to 0 or 1 n K2 bit 5 set to 1 Mode APS switching mode at the far end Indicates one of the modes listed in the table on page 18 The mode is received on bits 6 8 of K2 4 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET
238. ference Global ATM Parameters ATM SETUP 1 The Line Rate selections are DSO TS 56k Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a not available when traffic nominal rate of about 63 KHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of shaping is on about 56 kHz plus associated overhead DSO TS 64k Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate of about 72 kHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 64 kHz plus associated overhead DS1 Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate of about 1 53 MHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 1 54 MHz minus the associated overhead E1 TS0 16 Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate of about 1 92 MHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 2 04 MHz minus the associated TS0 16 overhead The Line Rate bandwidths 1TSOLine Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate can be adjusted using the Line of 1 98 MHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 2 04 MHz Increment field on Screen 2 minus the associated TSO overhead see page 19 6 DS3 HEC Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate of 44 08 MHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 44 73 MHz minus the associated overhead STS1 Line Rate Sets the foreground bandwidth to a nominal rate of 48 20 MHz This corresponds to an ATM data rate of about 51 84 MHz minus the associated overhead DS3 Cell Mapping Available
239. ff Cell scrambling is used to guard against the payload information mimicking the SONET scrambling sequence which could result in an excess zeros condition Circuit Path Notation gt selects the display notation for the VP VC address information on the ATM setup screens Hex sets hexadecimal notation Decimal sets decimal notation Not available for STS 12c Traffic Shaping gt switches the traffic shaping feature on and off Off Traffic shaping is not used Foreground channel is CBR Basic Traffic shaping is active The foreground channel can be set to VBR and the PCR SCR and MBS parameters are used to define the leaky bucket algorithm See Leaky Bucket Algorithm page 19 7 Not available for STS 12c BW Step Size gt selects how the bandwidth is defined for the foreground channel see Foreground Channd Bandwidth page 19 6 BW Step Size gt can be set as follows 10 with Bkgnd AALs The foreground bandwidth is set in increments of 10 percent Background ATM channels are enabled in this mode only available when Test Mode is set to Standard 2 with no Bkgnd AALs The foreground bandwidth is set in increments of 2 percent however background ATM channels are disabled This is the only selection when Test Mode is set to Cell Transfer Delay or Cell Inter Arrival Time see next page 19 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Re
240. ff non STS 12c modes Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off STS 12c Loss of Cell AAL 1 only Generates loss of cell condition Rates Off Single SN CRC Par AAL 1 only Generates sequence number CRC parity error Rates Off Single Misins Cell AAL 1 only Generates misinserted cells Rates Off Single Periodic PLCP B1 Bit PLCP only Generates bit errors in the PLCP frame s B1 byte Rates Off Continuous PLCP FEBE Bit PLCP only Generates bit errors in the PLCP frame s FEBE field bits 1 4 of the G1 byte Rates Off Continuous PLCP A1 A2 Bit PLCP only Generates bit errors in the PLCP frame s Al and A2 framing bytes Rates Off Continuous PLCP POI PLCP only Generates errors in the Path Overhead Indicator P bytes of the PLCP frame Rates Off Continuous 19 24 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference ATM Error Injection ATM Affecting The following table lists error injection types for ATM modes and Error Types indicates which types affect the ATM cell stream or PLCP frame ATM affecting Error Types Affects ATM or PLCP ATM Error Type Specific Yes No HCS Byte 3 n HCS Bit 3 n ATM Pyld 3 n Loss of Cell 3 n SN CRC Par 3 n Misins Cell 3 n REI P or REI L FEBE n Section BER Line BER or Path BER n B1Byte B2 Byte or
241. fic is carried in a DS1 signal connected directly to the test set the DSO parameters appear similar to the following When the DSO traffic is carried in a DS1 that is the payload of a higher rate signal the DSO parameters are accessed by selecting DSO Control from the Control Screens menu The DSO Setup screen appears as follows DSO Ins gt selects which DSO within a DS1 signal is used for the transmit DSO DSO Ins gt can be set from 1 through 24 DSO Other gt sets the payload for the other DSOs that are not selected by Ins gt on the DS1 transmit signal Other gt can be set as follows Same Fills the DSOs with the same payload as the selected Ins gt DSO All Ones Sets the DSOs to an all ones pattern Passthru The DSO payloads are retransmitted as received 11 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DSO Setup Parameters Drop DSO Channel DSO Drop gt selects which DSO within a DS1 signal is used for the receive DSO DSO Drop gt can be set from 1 through 24 On the DSO Setup screen Drop gt can also be set to L which locks the drop DSO to match the insert DSO L is not available for monitor mode tests DSO Drop amp Insert This parameter is only available for drop and insert mode D amp I tests Channel The D amp I gt field simultaneously sets the DSO insert and drop channels to the same number D
242. fied by their position in the overall STS 1 signal from 1 through 28 3 28 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT1 5 Setup Parameters The following table lists the correlation between individual VT channels 1 through 28 and their positions when VT Group counting mode is used The VT group number is listed across the top 1 through 7 the VT positions within each group are listed down the left 1 through 4 VT1 5 Channels 1 28 Locations in VT Groups 1 7 VT Group Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VT15 Position in 2 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 VT Group 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 VTs 1 28 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference Error Injection SONET Error The following error types can be injected when the transmitter is set for Injection Types a SONET rate Note For information on injection rates see About Error Injection Rates page 27 8 STS3c Data Generates bit errors in the STS 3c payload data pattern Rates Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off RE I P path FEBE Generates Path Remote Event Indications path FEBEs on the G1 byte Rates Single 1 0E 4 through 1 0E 8 Path BER Generates errors in the payload and the path overhead bytes except for the B3 par
243. g Configure Misinserted Cell Errors Configure Misinserted Cell Errors For STS 12c ATM applications This procedure measures the misinserted cell injection capability see Setup for STS 12c ATM Misinserted cells can be injected during ATM testing by setting the error Testing page 18 19 type Err Type gt to Misins Cell e From the Background Header Setup screen press CONFIG right to display the Misinserted Cell Error Control Screen 1 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the Period This is the amount of time between cell misinsertions when the error injection Rate is set to Periodic 2 UseFIELD to select the Data field and use VALUE to set the payload pattern for the misiniserted cells 3 Nextuse FIELD and VALUE to configure the value of the 32 bit user pattern in hexadecimal 32 bit Prog The pattern is used when Data is set to 32 Bit Prog 4 When you are finished press CONFIG right to return to the test operation display 18 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing For more information on This procedure configures the unit for ATM testing on STS 12c signals STS 12c ATM parameters see STS 12c ATM Parameters 1 TO configure the test set for STS 12c ATM testing set the page 19 23 transmitter and receiver for OC 12 and set the payload for 12c ATM
244. g ATM cells i E onto a DS3 facility See PLCP For HEC delineated ATM the item is Valid Cell Delineation Measurement Screens DS3 e For PLCP ATM DS3 only the item is Valid PLCP Sync valid only page 20 16 PLCP signal synchronization Selected VP VC Cell Rcv d Selected ATM channel status Displays On when ATM cells are detected that match the VPI VCI address set for the received channel See Rx Chan page 19 13 Total Active BW Hz Avg Average total active ATM bandwidth The total average bandwidth used by all ATM traffic on the received signal in Hertz Rx VP VC BW Hz Avg Average selected ATM channel bandwidth The average bandwidth in Hertz used by the input ATM channel that matches the VP VC setting for the received channel See Rx Chan page 19 13 Note F50AM cells cells with a payload type value of 1xx with a VP VC address that matches the Rx Chan are not counted for Selected VP VC measurements OAM cells are only counted for Total Cell Stream measurements 20 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference Selected VP VC Measurement Screens Selected VP VC Measurement Screens These two screens display measurements based on the selected receive channel cells with VP VC address matching the receive channel setting See Rx Chan page 19 13 Note When results relating to the selected VP V
245. g software for your enhance and improve the operation of our products Some product set contact your Agilent enhancements do not require new hardware in the test set but reside in representative or call the instrument s operating software You can upgrade the test set s 1 800 9 CER AC operating software without opening the case or making any internal modifications to the test set Simply download new operating software using a PC and a CERJ AC distribution diskette There are two different types of operating software that can be downloaded e Host software This is the general operating system of the test set e Featurespecific software This includes software associate with a specific option such as ATM or STS 12c The basic procedure for downloading operating software to the test set includes e Install the download program and software files on your PC and check for readme txt files which contain the latest information Connect the test set to your PC Start the test set in Download mode Execute the download procedure on the PC In addition the download procedure can be modified to meet the specific needs of your application Note Depending on the age and hardware configuration of your test set you may not be able to take advantage of all the new features incorporated in a software release CERJ AC s Technical Support department can help you determine if a hardware upgrade is necessary to support th
246. ge E1 CRC 4 EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 16 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1BPV Measurements Screen E1BPV Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on bipolar violations BPVs This screen is not displayed for E1 signals mapped to and from a DS3 signal Count BPV error count The number of bipolar violations A BPV is the occurrence of two consecutive pulses of the same polarity unless the pulses are part of a HDB3 zero substitution code Cur Ratio Current BPV error ratio The average BPV error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average BPV error ratio The number of BPVs over the number of bits received since the beginning of the test ES BPV errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one BPV occurred EFS BPV error free seconds The number of seconds during which no BPV errors occurred EFS BPV error free seconds percentage Bipolar violation EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 16 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A frame slip is also called a controlled slip E1 Measurement Reference E1 Slips Screen E1 Slips Screen This screen displays E1 slips measure
247. gh RS 232 cable to connect the REMOTE RS 232 port on the test set toa COM port on the PC 6 Press and hold the ME NU up key and then switch on the test set 7 Continue holding ME NU up until the menu is displayed 26 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Downloading Operating Software Download Procedure 8 Next press one of the following keys e If you are downloading the Host software press the START key and proceed to step 10 If you are downloading feature software press the appropriate key listed on the display For example press MENU down for ATM The screen displays the following message 9 If you are downloading feature software press START again 10 At the PC press Enter to start the download When the download is complete the test set displays a message that the download was successful 11 Press the EXIT key to restart the test set The download is complete 26 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Downloading Operating Software About the DOWNLOAD Program About the DOWNLOAD Program The DOWNLOAD EXE executable file is included on the distribution diskette when you receive your operating software upgrade While simply typing DOWNLOAD to execute the program is adequate for most applications the DOWNLOAD program accepts several variables that
248. group Selection is used for the transmit VT See VT1 5 Channel Setup e If VT Counting Mode is set to VT Group Ins gt determines Mode page 3 28 which VT in the group from 1 through 4 is selected e If VT Counting Mode is set to 1 to 28 Ins gt determines which VT in the STS 1 from 1 through 28 is selected 3 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT1 5 Setup Parameters Other Transmit VT 1 5 Other VTs gt sets the payload for the remaining VT1 5 channels VTs that are not selected by Ins gt Other VTs gt applies either to the remaining three VTs in a group or to the remaining 27 VTs in an STS 1 depending on the VT counting mode Depending on the VT and counting modes Other VTs gt can be set as follows Other VTs gt Payload Selections by VT Mode When the and the the available VT mode is Counting Mode is payloads are Asynchronous VT Group Same Inv All 0s DSIAIS Ext Byte synchronous VT Group Same Inv All 0s Asynchronous 1to 28 Same eens Als Unequ The Other VTs gt payload selections are described on the next page 3 26 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT1 5 Setup Parameters Same Fills the VTs with the same payload as the selected Ins gt VT Inv
249. gt sets the payload for the transmit idle cells This parameter can be set from 00 through FF hexadecimal The binary equivalent of this value is repeated to fill the cell payload User defined ATM The 32 Bit Fgnd Pattern gt and 32 Bit Bkgnd Pattern gt fields define Patterns the user ATM patterns for the foreground and background streams Each of the eight digits can be set from 0 through F hex The binary equivalent of the hex value forms the 32 bit binary pattern The appropriate pattern is used when F gnd Data gt or background Data gt is set to 32 Bit Prog Note When traffic shaping is on the background cell payloads are defined on the Background Payload Data screen Chapter 19 Background Payload Data Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping on 19 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 The setup screen for STS 12c The ATM Header Setup screen is accessed by pressing CONFIG right ATM is different See STS 12c after configuring the Cell Payload Data setup screen ATM Parameters page 19 23 Cell Header Types The following three types of cell headers can be defined on the L56MTS Header fields that are displayed as cannot be edited See Cal Header Parameters page 19 14 for a
250. h as video telephony Note The DS1Block Size value is used for E1 block measurements too This parameter is located on the Auxiliary Test Setups screen Select Setup System Parameters from the Main Menu and press MENU down e Next select Auxiliary Test Setups and press MENU down DS1 Block Size can be set from 2Kbit through 8K bit kilobits The block size is used to compute block error measurements see DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen page 12 6 DS1 Alarm Delay You can set aDS1 alarm hold off period to delay the declaration of DS1 LOP loss of pattern and OOF out of frame alarms DS1 LOP amp OOF Hold off Sets the length of time alarms are delayed This can be set from 0 0 no delay to 9 9 DS1 jitter Hits For information on setting the jitter hits thresholds see J itter Threshold Threshold Confi guration page 23 3 11 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 and DSO Error and Alarm Injection DS1 and DSO Error and Alarm Injection The following type of error can be injected when the transmitter or payload is set for DS1 or VT1 5 The rates for each selection are Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Continuous and Off Note For information on injection rates see About Error Injection Rates page 27 8 DS1 Data Generates data bit errors before the CRC is calculated so no CRC errors a
251. h is mapped to an OC 12 signal For Monitor mode tests the transmit functions are not available insert channel other etc 2 Set STS1 1NS gt to select the STS 1 signal onto which the DS3 signal is mapped w Set Other to configure the remaining STS 1s 4 Next select Drop and choose which STS 1 is dropped from the receive signal 5 Set Scramble to activate or deactivate STS 1 scrambling 6 Set the transmit timing source STSN TxCIk gt and receive port Rx gt for the higher rate SONET signal e After you finish configuring the DS3 and SONET signal parameters you already to run the test See Run the DS3 Test page 6 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters The DS3FEAC control and C bit control features allow you to configure the DS3 signal overhead bits To access the FEAC and C bit control functions select the appropriate item from the control screens menu Configure FEAC Toaccess the FEAC control functions select DS3 FEAC Control from Transmission the control screens menu and press CONF IG right The DS3 FEAC Control screen is displayed on the bottom of the screen 1 Press VALUE to set continuous code transmission on or off 2 Press the right FIELD key and use VALUE to select what is transmitted when a FEAC burst is activated 3 N
252. have finished setting the path overhead press CONFIG right The J1 Path Trace Control screen is displayed overhead bytes see Path Overhead Control page 3 16 For complete information on 7 Use VALUE to select hexadecimal or ASCII programming programming the J 1 bytes see J 1 Path Trace and J 0 8 Use FIELD and VALUE to edit each J1 byte in the 64 byte STS Path Section Trace Control Trace string As you edit the bytes in either ASCII left side of the screen page 3 18 or in hexadecimal right side of the screen the corresponding value is displayed on the other side of the screen 9 When you have finished press CONFIG right e Ifyou are testing OC 12 the JO Section Trace Control screen is displayed You can edit the values on this screen as you did the J1 Path Trace in step 8 10 When you have finished press CONFIG right The display returns to the SONET test operation screen 2 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Configure SONET Datalinks To Configure SONET Datalinks You can configure the routing of SONET datalinks to the rear panel datalink ports 1 From a SONET test operation screen press CONFIG right to scroll to the control screens menu 2 Use FIELD to select Data Link Control and press CONFIG right The Data Link Control screen is displayed The items listed on the screen vary depending
253. he controller device 3 From the Main Menu use FIELD to select Setup System Parameters and press MENU down 4 Select Administrative Setups from the Setup System Parameters menu and press MENU down Administrative 5 If you are using SCPI through the RS 232 port use FIELD and VALUE to set Remote baud rate data bits stop bits and parity 6 If you are using the SCPI interface through an EEE 488 interface use FIELD and VALUE to set the address IE E E 488 Addr 7 Nextset which portis being used for the SCPI interface SCPI Via 25 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Use the SCPI IEEE 488 Interface Use the SCPI IEEE 488 Interface After you have connected the 156MTS and SCPI controller and configured the test set s interface parameters you are ready to activate SCPI mode 1 Using the SCPI IEEE 488 interface on the controller device send the reset string RST to the test set or use the SYST REM command These commands puts the test set in SCPI HP IB mode RST sets all parameters to their default values SYST REM maintains the current parameter settings Refer to the SCPI HP IB Programme s Manual for more information 2 When the test set is in SCPI mode the display changes to show the following Note When the test set is in SCPI mode most front pane controls are inoperative Setup
254. he current eight bits in binary format 1s or Os ABCD TS channel signaling bits The binary status of the four signaling bits for the dropped TS 16 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen This screen displays BER results on the selected TS This screen is only active when the TS Data gt is set for a pattern Error Count TS pattern bit errors The number of bit errors detected on the selected TS since the beginning of the test Average Ratio TS average pattern bit error ratio The average ratio of errored bits over the total number of bits for the selected TS since the beginning of the test Current Ratio TS current pattern bit error ratio The average ratio of errored bits over the total number of bits for the selected TS during the most recent 2 25 seconds 16 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference 16 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 7 E1 TS Interfaces 17 2 Jitter Option Specifications 17 4 El Specifications 17 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Transmitter E1TX
255. ications you must also set the STS 1 drop and insert mapping e To configure the SONET signals see step 6 page 2 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Runa VT1 5 Test Run the VT1 5 Test After you have configured the VT1 5 STS 1 and STS N parameters you are ready to begin the test 1 Press START to begin testing On the first line of the display the elapsed time begins to increment 2 If you want to inject errors on the DS1 signal being inserted on the transmit VT1 5 use FIELD and VALUE to set the appropriate Err Alm Type and Rate Press ERROR INJECTION to activate and deactivate error injection For information on VT 3 Observe the Trouble Scan display for any detected errors See To Use measurements Chapter 4 Trouble Scan page 1 7 SONET M easurement Reference pages 29 through You can also use the RESULT keys to view different measurement 36 screens in the top half of the display You may need to adjust the results level to view more measurements see To Display More Measurement Scr ns page 1 11 4 To end the test press STOP Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Optical Transmitter Power up State
256. icators 20 2 ATM Measurement Summary Screen 20 3 Selected VP VC Measurement Screens 20 4 Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens 20 6 ATM Payload Bit Error Measurements Screen 20 9 ATM AAL 1 Cell Loss Measurements Screen 20 10 ATM AAL 1 SN CRC Par Error Measurements Screen 20 11 ATM AAL 1 Misinserted Cell xiv Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Measurements Screen 20 12 ATM Delay Measurements 20 13 ATM OAM Alarm Status 20 14 ATM OAM Alarm Seconds 20 15 PLCP Measurement Screens DS3 only 20 16 ATM Alarm Status 20 20 ATM Alarm Seconds 20 21 ATM 21 Formats 21 1 Basic Cell Structure 21 2 AAL 0 Cell Implementation 21 2 AAL 1 Cell Implementation 21 3 AAL 3 4 Cell Implementation 21 3 AAL 5 SEAL Cell Implementation 21 4 ATM Test Cell Structure 21 4 Physical Layer Convergence Protocol PLCP 21 5 22 Store and Recall Functions 22 1 Configuration Storage and Retrieval 22 2 Results Storage and Retrieval 22 6 Event Logging 22 8 Local Mode Store Recall Command Feature 22 11 23 Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups 23 1 Global Settings 23 2 Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters 23 4 Administrative Setup Parameters 23 8 Timed Test Duration in SCPI Mode 23 9 24 Printing 24 1 Setup for Printing 24 2 Configure Automatic Printing 24 3 PrintonDemand 24 4 25 Using Remote Control 25 1 XV Artisan Technology Group Qua
257. ide even or odd parity for a specific group of bits path InaSONET network the connection between the point where the frame for a signal is assembled and the point where it is disassembled path overhead The portion of STS overhead contained with the SPE payload The information bits of a frame or cell Those bits that are not part of the overhead payload pointer The pointer that indicates the beginning of the SPE payload type Three bits in the fourth byte of an ATM cell header indicates the payload type for the cell PCR Peak cell rate Glossary 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Glossary PDH PLCP Physical layer convergence protocol A protocol that defines the mapping of ATM cells onto a facility DS3 PLCP comprises a 125 us frame within the DS3 payload there is no fixed relationship between the PLCP frame and the DS3 frame POH POI Path overhead indicator Plesiochronous digital hierarchy See path overhead pointer See payload pointer PRBS Pseudorandom bit sequence A test pattern that simulates live random traffic QRSS Quasirandom sequence signal RAI Remote alarm indication RDI Remote defect indication SC Sequence check The first byte after the header in an AAL 1 ATM cell SCNR Selected cell not received SCPI Standard commands for programmable instruments A remote instrument control langu
258. ield is only valid for OC 12 and OC 3 tests 8 Press START to begin the test e During the test press ACTION to control the pointer justification Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Runa VT1 5 Test To Run a VT1 5 Test Example VT1 5 Application CER AC Test Set Set the VT 1 From the Main Menu press FIELD to select Setup and press Counting Mode MENU down The Setup menu is displayed VTs can either be identified 2 Select Global Test Setups from the Setup menu and press MENU down dividually from 1 through The Global Test Setups screen is displayed 28 or identified by their VT group and their position within at group 1 through 7 VT groups 1 through 4 VTs in each group For example VT 18 corresponds to VT 3 of VT group 4 os Guta T MUTO 3 Press FIELD to select VT Counting Mode and use VALUE to select either VT Group or 1 to 28 2 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Runa VT1 5 Test Set Tx Rate The VT1 5 testing features are available whenever Payload is set to Rx Rate and VT1 5 Async or VT1 5 Byte Sync the transmitter and receiver must each be Payload set for a SONET rate STS 1 OC 3 or OC 12 1 From the Main Menu press FIELD to select either Terminal or Monitor testing
259. iguration DS3 C Bit Configuration You can set the status of many of the DS3 C bits C bit control is available when the DS3 framing format is set to C Bit and is accessed by selecting DS3 C Bit Control from the Control Screens menu a OH i I 3 ba j OTs Restricted C Bits C Bits displayed with an x cannot be edited on this screen FEBE C Bits The three C bits in row 4 FEBE bits displayed as cannot be edited on this screen but are set using FE BE gt see FEBE Bit Status page 7 4 Programmable The C bits displayed as either 1s or Os can be edited Some bits may C Bits have specific functions in the DS3 signal as described below e C3in row 1 FEAC bit may be overwritten by the setup on the FEAC control screen see DS3 FEAC Channd Parameters page 7 8 See DS3 Datalink Parameters e Rows 2 6 and 7 can be used to form an 84 6 kbs data link that can page 7 15 be dropped and inserted using the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 port e Row 5can be used as the 28 2 kbs path maintenance data link PMDL and can be dropped and inserted using the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 port e Rows 6and 7 can be used to form an 56 4 kbs data link that can be dropped and inserted using the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 port Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 Pulse Mask Configuration DS3 Pulse Mask Configuration
260. ilent recommends you install this software in your test set Installation If release 6 41 3 40 is not already installed in your test set please follow the attached instructions to download the software Applicability Host version 6 41 and ATM software version 3 40 supports these test sets e E4480A 156MTS SONET T Carrier Test Set e E4487A 31XE SONET Electrical test Set Older test sets may require a hardware upgrade to support some features Please contact the factory New ATM Host software version 6 41 combined with ATM version 3 40 Features adds new ATM test capabilities Option URZ is required for ATM ATM Data ATM is a payload selection for the Data gt field in OC 3c DS3 Selection DS1 and E1 signals This replaces the ATM selections for the Payload field on the test setup screen The DS3 DS1 and E1 signals can be dropped from higher rate signals When Data gt is set to ATM the ATM Setup selection is enabled on the Control Screens menu The Data gt ATM selection does not apply for STS 12c and STS 1 ATM testing These modes are selected by setting Payload to ATM on the Test Setup screen Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A Host Softw are Version 6 41 and ATM Software Version 3 40 Release Notes ATM Setup Menu Use with older ATM hardware Other New Features Auto Setup Enhancements SCPI Commands Arti
261. imal notation The table below describes the functions of the transport overhead bytes Displayed SONET Transport Overhead Bytes Byte Transport Overhead Function D1 D3 Section DCC datalink D4 D12 Line DCC datalink F1 Section orderwire E2 Line orderwire F1 Section user channel H1 H2 STS pointer K1 K2 APS channel Z1 1 Z1 see SONET Overhead Parameters page 3 14 22 M 0 M 1 22 see SONET Overhead Parameters page 3 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference Path Overhead Screen Path Overhead Screen This screen displays the path overhead bytes of the SONET signal For each byte the received value is displayed in hexadecimal notation The table below describes the functions of the path overhead bytes Displayed SONET Path Overhead Bytes Byte Path Overhead Function C2 STS path signal label Identifies the STS payload mapping Ten values identify the construction and content of the SPE as listed below 00 Unequipped 01 Equipped non specific payload 02 Floating VT mode 03 Locked VT mode 04 Asynchronous mapping for DS3 05 Not used mapping for byte observable Syntran 12 Asynchronous mapping for DS4NA 13 Mapping for ATM 14 Mapping for DQDB 15 Asynchronous mapping for FDDI G1 STS path status bits 1 4 provide FEBE monitoring F2
262. ine OH TS See timeslot TSO Timeslot zero The first timeslot in an E1 frame Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Glossary 5 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Glossary TS16 Timeslot sixteen The 17th timeslot in an X bit The first overhead bit in the first and El signal used to provide channel associated second M subframes of a DS3 M frame signaling Yellow alarm DS1 Also called a remote alarm TTL Transistor to transistor logic A standard or RAI this alarm indicates a near to far transmission level with a logic low of zero volts and transmission failure a logic high of 5 volts UAS Unavailable seconds UI Unit interval The duration of one clock cycle or pulse period for a given rate unassigned cell An ATM cell with VP VC of 000 0000 and a CLP of 0 Compare with idle call UNI User Network Interface The demarcation point between the customer premise and the network V Volts Vac Volts alternating current VC Virtual channel A path between two points identified by a label rather than a fixed physical path VCI Virtual channel identifier The label assigned to a VC Vdc Volts direct current VF Voice frequency VP Virtual path A route identified by a label for a group of VCs transmitted between common points VPI Virtual path identifier The label assigned to a VP Vpk Volts peak VT Virtual tributary VT1 5 A virtual tribu
263. ine of the display indicates STS1 for both electrical and optical tests STS 1 Transmit TxClk gt selects the STS 1 and OC 1 transmit timing source The timing Timing Source source is independent from the asynchronous signals that are mapped into the payload TxCIk gt can be set to one of the following Int Timing is from the 156MTS s internal Stratum 3 clock Loop Timing is extracted from the receive SONET signal Ext BITS Timing is based on the signal applied at the rear panel BITS connector Ext 52M Timing is based on the signal applied at the rear panel STS1TX CLK IN connector STS 1 Scrambler Scramble gt turns the STS 1 scrambler On or Off at the front panel STS 1 RX and TX connectors and the OC N RX and TX connectors The scrambler is frame synchronous with a length of 127 Scrambling provides for clock extraction during extended transmission of all zeros or all ones Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS 1 0C 1 Signal Setup Parameters Transmit STS 1 Tx gt selects the STS 1 transmit signal level STS1 Tx gt can be set to one Level of the following STSX1 STSX 1 level signal LBO of 450 feet simulated cable High High level signal No LBO Nominal 1 01 Vpk input signal Low Low level signal Flat loss from High level Nominal 0 206 Vpk input signal 900 LBO added simulating 900 feet of cable Note The l
264. ion AIS DS1 alarm indication signal Declared when an unframed all ones pattern is received all ones is considered to be fewer than three zeros in two consecutive frames Yellow DS1 Yellow alarm Declared when Bit 2 of at least 256 consecutive DSO timeslots is set to 0 SF format or 16 pattern sets of 00 and FF are received on the FDL ESF format OOF DS1 out of frame Declared when two out of four framing bits are errored F and F bits for SF format FPS bits for ESF or F for SLC 96 and M BLT COFA Change of frame alignment Declared when the test set resynchronizes to a new frame or multiframe alignment after an OOF condition IsDen DS1ones density alarm Declared when more than 15 consecutive zeros are received AM or more than 7 consecutive zeros are received B8ZS 12 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Alarm Screens DS1 Alarm This screen displays counts of DS1 alarm seconds An alarm second is Seconds Screen one during which at least one occurrence of that alarm occurred s DS1 Alarm and This screen displays the current and previous occurrence of DS1 alarms History Screen on the receive signal Like the front panel indicator LEDs the screen provides a current status of the alarm Alarm and also indicates if the alarm has occurred previously Hist d DS1 Monitor This
265. isan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1TSO Frame Error Measurements Screen E1TS0OFrame Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on TSO frame word errors in framed E1 signals Count E1TS0 frame word error count The number of errored TSO frame words Cur Ratio Current TSO frame word error ratio The average frame word error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average TSO frame word error ratio The number of frame word errors over the number of frame words received since the beginning of the test ES Frame word errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one frame word error occurred EFS Frame word error free seconds The number of seconds during which no frame word errors occurred EFS Frame word error free seconds percentage E1TS0 frame word EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 16 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1CAS Frame Error Measurements Screen E1CAS Frame Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on TS16 channel associated signaling CAS frame word errors in TS16 framed E1 signals Count E1TS16 frame word error count The number of errored TS16 frame words Cur Ratio Cur
266. ithin the Channel OC 12 signal is used for the transmit STS 3c Ins gt can be set from 1 through 4 Other STS 3c STS 3c OC 12 Tx only Other gt sets the payload for the remaining Channels STS 3c channels that are not selected by Ins gt within the OC 12 transmit signal See map settings on page 3 11 Other gt can be set as follows Same Fills the STS 3c channels with the same payload as the selected Ins gt STS 3c Unequ Sets the remaining STS 3c channels to unequipped all zeros in the path overhead and payload Drop STS 3c STS 3c OC 12 Rx only Drop gt selects which STS 3c within the Channel OC 12 signal is used for the receive STS 3c Drop gt can be set from 1 through 4 STS 3c Drop amp This parameter is available only for drop and insert mode tests STS 3c Insert Channel D amp I tests are available only on OC 12 signals The D amp I gt field simultaneously sets the STS 3c insert and drop channels to the same l number D amp I gt can be set from 1 through 4 l 3 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters Map Settings Use Cursor Keys to make Selection Press SET to accept settings STS n SPE Layer Selection OC n STS n STS 480 SPE yor BULK FILLED NOT SUPPORTED STS 12C SPE STS 3c SPE SUPPORTED BULK FILLED NOT 140Mb 5 SUPPORTED
267. ity byte Rates Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off Section BER Generates errors at the selected rate in the entire SONET signal except for the B1 parity byte and the A1 and A2 framing bytes available in OC 3 transmitter modes and STS 12c payload modes only Rates Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off Line BER Generates errors at the selected rate in the entire SONET signal except for the Section overhead and the B2 parity byte Rates Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off REI L line FEBE Generates Line Remote Event Indications line FEBEs using bits 2 through 8 of the MO byte for STS 1 OC 1 or the M1 byte of STS 1 8 for STS N Rates Single 1 0E 4 through 1 0E 8 B1 Byte Inverts the B1 byte in the transmit STS N signal for one frame This causes eight Section code violations available in OC 3 transmitter modes and STS 12c payload modes only Affects the parity byte BER injection affects data Rates Single Off B2 Bytes Inverts all B2 bytes in the transmit STS N signal for one frame This causes 24 line code violations in an OC 3 signal and 96 line code violations in an OC 12 signal For OC 12 Other gt must be set to Same to fill the STS 1 channels Rates Single Off B3 Byte Inverts the B3 parity byte in the selected STS 1 for one frame This causes eight Path code violations available in OC 3 transmitter modes only Rates Single Off B1 Bit Inverts the least significant bit Bit 1 in the
268. jack Not available for monitor test modes QRSS Quasirandom Sequence Signal Transmits a quasirandom signal 15 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference E1 Timeslot TS Setup Parameters E1 Timeslot Payload Selection continued Data gt Payload Selection Description 2 E 1 PRBS Transmits a pseudorandom bit sequence of length 2 E 1 where E is the exponent For example 2 9 1 is a 29 1 PRBS All 0s Transmits a binary zeros pattern All 1s Transmits a binary ones pattern Alt 1 0 Transmits an alternating binary 1s and Os pattern 1in8 Transmits a repeating pattern of one binary 1 in every eight bits 2in8 Transmits a repeating pattern of two binary Is in every eight bits 3in 24 Transmits a repeating pattern of three binary Is in every 24 bits Prog l User programmable patterns Transmits the corresponding through user pattern See User Programmable DS1 E 1 Patterns Prog page 11 13 55 Oct Transmits a specific repeating 55 byte pattern also known as the Daly Pattern External Transmits the data applied at the rear panel RS232 DATALINK RS 232 interface 15 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference Fractional E1 Setup Parameters Fractional E1 Setup Parameters F
269. k Input DS1 signal TTL levels 50 ohm BNC connector Requires a 2 5 Vdc offset Bit Error Output DS1ERR OUT Provides a single pulse output for each DS3 error detected TTL level 50 ohm BNC connector DS1 Slips Input DS1 REF IN jack DSX 1 per TR TSY 000499 Reference e 3 0 Vpk input level typical WECo 310 connector DS1 Network DS1 INTERFACE port DB 15 socket connector Provides parallel Interface connections to the front panel DS1 TX and DS1 RX connectors Pin Function 1 DS1 Tx tip 9 DS1 Tx ring 3 DS1 Rx tip 11 DS1 Rx ring All others No connection 13 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications Data Link Interfaces DS1 Errors Output DS1 ERR OUT jack TTL 50 ohm BNC connector DSO Interfaces VF Drop Port VF OUT jack 600 ohm internal codec VF Insert Port VF IN 600 ohm internal codec ABCD Signaling SIGNALING TTL port TTL DB 9 socket connector 50 ohms Bits Drop Pin Function 3 Signaling bitA 8 Signaling bit B 4 Signaling bit C 9 Signaling bit D All others Ground Note The rear panel DS1 REF IN DS1 INTERFACE DS1 ERR OUT and SIGNALING TTL connectors serve the corresponding E1 functions when the test set is in an E1 mode Data Link Interfaces For data link port pinout information see Data Link nterfaces page 27 4 For DS1 data link control informa
270. l The 156MTS can be controlled from a remote control device using either of two methods the Remote Front Panel allows you to simulate front panel key presses from a connected terminal or PC with a terminal emulator Option UHR SCPI HP IB Interface allows you to use SCPI commands Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments over an HP IB or RS 232 interface This chapter describes how to set up for either type of remote control operation and how to use the Remote F ront Panel option to control the test set For information on controlling the 156MTS using the SCPI HP IB interface refer to the SCPI Programmer s Gui de part number 09 0600 0005 25 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Remote Front Panel ata Glance Remote Front Panel at a Glance Key Functions List key plus Shift KEY FUNCTION shift fen 1 ENTER MENU 2 Next Prev Result Page MODEL 156 MAIN MENU Automatic Setup Terminal Independent Tx and Rx Test Set Display area TMoritor Non disruptive pass through D amp I Payload Drop amp Insert Sequences Programmed test sequences Patterns Programmable data patterns 3 Next Prev Field 4 Next Prev Field Value 6 Clear DS3 DS1 History 7 Clear STS1 History Print 5 Start Stop Test Setup System parameters Configure Store Recall configu
271. l for returning the instrument to a known configuration 1 Press the POWER switch to 0 to switch off the 156MTS 2 Press and hold the STOP key 3 While holding the STOP key press the POWER switch to I to switch the unit on The display shows the message Performing Self Test Then the display shows the message Performing Warm Start Power up 4 If you want to clear any stored configurations out of memory quickly release the STOP key and press the START key For more information on The display shows the message Clearing Config Storage Buffers configuration storage See Configuration Storage and Retrieval page 22 2 When the unit completes its start up routine the factory default configuration will be in effect Press and hold the STOP key While holding the STOP key Observe the Warm Start Powerup switch on the test set message on the display stor ee Model 156 MTS Sonet Maintenance Test Set Software Version 7 0 Apr 11 2000 15 05 16 Performing Self Test Please wait erformins Warm Stari yey Configuration Storage Buffer Unchanged 1 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Restore Default Setting While Holding Stor age Buffers The 156MTS test set can restore all the setup options to the factory default setting without clearing the storage buffers If you want to clear the storage buffer perform a cold sta
272. larm Declared when the received signal is a repeating 1010 pattern 1 following the framing bit with valid framing Signal must be present for three consecutive one second intervals DS3 Alarm amp This screen displays counts of DS3 alarm seconds An alarm second is a Status Seconds one second interval during which at least one DS3 alarm of the Screen specified type occurred S DS3 Alarm and This screen displays the current and previous occurrence of DS3 History Screen alarms Like the front panel indicator LE Ds the screen provides a current status of the alarm Alarm and also indicates if the alarm has occurred previously Hist 8 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Signal Measurements Screen DS3 Signal Measurements Screen This screen displays signal measurements for the DS3 signal Rx Hz DS3 receive frequency in Hertz The recovered clock frequency of the receive DS3 data pattern Rx Pk V DS3 receive peak voltage The receive signal level measured in volts peak Vpk Accuracy is 5 Rx dBdsx DS3 receive dBdsx level The receive signal level measured in decibels relative to a DS3 signal 0 dBdsx 0 48 Vpk Accuracy is 1 dB EXZ DS3 excess zeros Shows ON when three or more consecutive zeros are received Mask Displays the name of the selected pulse mask see DS3 Pulse Mask Confi gurati
273. le A and press Enter Type INSTALL and press Enter The installation program creates the C UPGRD directory or if the directory exists deletes the contents of the directory Next the installation program copies and decompresses files to the C UPGRD directory 26 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Downloading Operating Software Download Procedure 3 View the contents of the C UPGRD directory and make a note of the operating software files Host software files have the name MTSxxxxx OUT e Feature specific software files have names like ATMxxxxx HEX where ATM indicates the name of the feature 3a To view the directory contents from Windows e Double click on the File Manager icon to launch it e Click on the C drive icon e Double click the UPGRD directory 3b To vi ew directory contents from DOS e Type DIR C UPGRD and press Enter 4 Start the download program by doing one of the following 4a From Windows e In Program Manager select Run from the File menu Inthe Command Line box type C UPGRD DOWNLOAD filename Help is available by typing where filename is the name of the file you want to download DOWNLOAD and pressing Enter Click OK 4b From DOS Type DOWNLOAD filename and then press Enter The CERJ AC Download screen is displayed 5 Switch off your CERJ AC test set and use a straight throu
274. lity Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents About Remote Control 25 2 Remote Front Panel at a Glance 25 3 Setup for Remote Front Panel Operation 25 4 Use Remote Front Panel Operation 25 6 Setup for SCPI IEEE 488 Remote Operation 25 7 Use the SCPI IEEE 488 Interface 25 8 Using an Answer only Modem 25 9 ATM VPI CPI Scan Capability Enhancement 25 10 26 Downloading Operating Software 26 1 About Software Downloading 26 2 Download Procedure 26 3 About the DOWNLOAD Program 26 6 2 7 General Specifications 27 1 Printer and Control Ports 27 2 Data Link Interfaces 27 4 Test Set Interface Cabling 27 6 About Error Injection Rates 27 8 Physical and Electrical Characteristics 27 9 Appendix A A 1 A 156MTS HOST CODE V7 00 Release Notes 12 156MTS Host Software Version 6 8 Release Notes 14 156MTS Host Software Version 6 7 Release Notes 20 Host Software Version 6 60 Release Notes 23 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Notes 26 Host Software Version 6 41 and ATM Software Version 3 40 Release Notes 31 Glossary 1 Index 1 Index xvi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com AtaGlance 1 2 The Front Panel 1 2 The Rear Panel 1 3 LCD Display Test Operation Screen 1 4 LCD Display MainMenu 1 4 Navigation Keys 1 5 The Control Screens Menu 1 5 To Perform an Auto Setup Test 1 6 To UseTroubleScan 1 7 Restore
275. m and Status Indicators Indicator Description HIST ALARMS LOS Loss of DS3 signal OOF Out of frame AIS DS3 alarm indication signal LOPAT Loss of pattern FFM Frame format mismatch STATUS DS3 SIG Valid DS3 signal detected M13SYNC Detected signal is M 13 format C BITSYNC Detected signal is C bit parity format PAT SYNC Receiver synchronized with test pattern X BIT X bit status indication IDLE CHNL DS3 idle channel detected ERRORS DS3 error detected 8 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference About Dual DS3 Measurements About Dual DS3 Measurements The DS3 A column shows For dual DS3 testing some results screens change to display results for results for the DS3 A signal both DS3A and DS3B on the screen For example The DS3 B column shows results for the DS3 B signal If a DS3 results screen does not indicate two sets of results that screen applies only to DS3A DS3 Summary Screen For each screen an s This screen displays a summary of DS3 test results The screen appears indicates Summary results differently depending on the payload setting DS3 or DS1 level and a d indicates Detail level See To Display M ore M easurement Screens page 1 11 s s Sec Ago shows the time Bit DS3 bit error count The number of error
276. ments 4 9 error injection 3 30 background channels AAL type 19 19 activation 19 18 configure 18 15 18 16 header setup 19 21 payload 19 19 bandwidth see BW BITS timing input 3 3 3 5 output source 23 7 block errors DS1 measurements 12 6 El measurements 16 7 block size 23 7 BPVs DS1 measurements 12 10 DS3 measurements 8 10 El measurements 16 11 STS 1 measurements 4 13 burst error input 1 3 burst error trigger 27 3 27 8 BW foreground channel 19 6 step size 19 4 C calibration and service 4 C bit 7 11 CDI DS1 idle 11 8 12 12 CE mark 27 5 27 9 cell capture running atest 18 4 cell interleaving 19 10 periodic bursts 19 9 19 10 cell loss measurements 20 10 cell loss priority 19 14 CLP 19 14 Code gt DS1 11 3 E1 15 4 cold start 1 8 Configuration From gt DSO 11 19 DS1 11 17 configuration lock during test 23 2 configuration storage recall 22 5 store 22 2 contrast keys 1 2 correctable HEC errors 20 7 counting mode VT 3 28 23 6 configure 2 11 D D amp I channel see D amp l gt D amp l gt DSO 11 11 DS1 11 6 STS 1 3 8 STS 3c 3 10 TS 15 7 Daly pattern 11 5 Data gt ATM background channel 19 19 ATM foreground channel 19 12 ATM idle cells 19 12 DSO 11 11 DS1 11 4 DS3 7 3 El 15 3 FE1 15 9 FT1 11 9 STS 1 3 8 STS 12c 3 9 STS 3c 3 9 STS Nc 3 9 TS 15 7 datalinks configure 2 7 10 5 handset port 1 3 27 5 ports 27 4 date and time 23 8 display 1 4 display hold key 1 2
277. ments based on comparing the timing relationship between the receive E1 signal to an external reference signal The reference signal is a bipolar DSX source applied at the rear panel DS1 REF IN connector Frm Slips Frame slip count The number of frame slip occurrences A frame slip is declared when a difference of 256 time slots bits is detected between the receive and reference signals Multiple frame slips within 0 25 seconds are counted as a single frame slip Bit Slips Bit slip count The number of individual time slot differences between the receive and reference signals in either direction A positive value indicates that the receive frequency is greater than the reference frequency A negative value indicates the receive frequency is less than the reference If the reference is lost the bit slip count is restarted from zero when the reference is restored Bit Slips graphic This arrow provides a repeating graphic showing the number of bit slips When the arrow reaches the right side of the display 256 bits slips have been counted and a frame slip is declared Slip Sec Slip seconds count The number of second during which one or more frame slips occurred Rx Hz Receive E1 frequency The received signal frequency displayed in Hertz Delta Hz Frequency difference in Hertz The difference between the receive E1 frequency and the reference frequency A positive value indicates the receive frequency is faster than the refere
278. menu and pressing CONFIG right twice The Fractional T1 Setup screen appears as follows FT 1 Base Rate Nx gt selects the base rate for the FT1 signal The base rate is the rate of a single DSO channel Nx gt can be set to 64k 64 kbs or 56k 56 kbs Note This selection also sets the Nx gt setting on the DSO Setup screen Selected DSO Select gt determines which DSOs are used to generate the FT1 signal A Channels channel set to is included in the FT1 signal A channel set to is not included in the FT1 signal Channels that are not selected are transmitted as all ones FT 1 Payload Data gt selects the payload for the FT1 signal The data is distributed across the entire FT1 signal even if the DSOs that make up the FT1 are not contiguous The payload choices for Data gt include the following see DS1 Payload page 11 4 for a description of each payload e QRSS e PRBSs 2 6 1 and so on All Os or All 1s Alt 1 0 e lin 8 2in8 or 3 in 24 e Progr 1 through Progr 6 55 Octet 11 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DSO Mode Implementation Insert DSO Channel Other DSO Channels DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DSO Setup Parameters DSO Setup Parameters DSO setup parameters are applicable when the Payload is DS1 or DSO There are two ways that DSO parameters are displayed When the DSO traf
279. meslot Network Testing e Chapter 18 ATM Network Testing Reference These chapters contain reference information for the setup parameters e Chapter 3 SONET Configuration Reference e Chapter 7 DS3 Configuration Reference Chapter 11 DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference e Chapter 15 E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference e Chapter 19 ATM Configuration Reference Measurements These chapters describe the error and alarm results Chapter 4 SONET Measurement Reference e Chapter 8 DS3 Measurement Reference e Chapter 12 DS1 Measurement Reference e Chapter 16 E1 Measurement Reference e Chapter 20 ATM Measurement Reference General Chapters 22 through 27 contain general information about your 156MTS Information such as store and recall functions global and auxiliary setups printing remote control and downloading software Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Introduction About this Version Applicability This version of the HP CERJ AC 156MTS User s Manual applies to HP E4480A 156MTS SONET maintenance test sets running operating software version 6 40 Some functions of 156MTS test sets running earlier versions of the software may operate differently some functions of test sets running later software versions may not be covered by this manual Be sure to refer to any user manual supplements or release notes that came with your set or call CERJ AC at 1
280. n Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Set up for SONET Testing To Set up for SONET Testing Example SONET Application OS D CERJ AC Electrical or SONET Far end Test Set Optical Network Loop Interface Port For more information on 1 On the Main Menu use FIELD to select a testing mode SONET functions see Chapter 3 SONET 2 Press MENU down The testing setup screen for the mode you selected is displayed Configuration Reference and Chapter 4 SONET M easurement Reference TERMINAL TESTI TX amp RX Selections 0C12 E1 Tx Rates 0C3 STS1 0C1 DS3 amp DS1 HE Ete asde LITE E Oa PUR Rc Mii doac PEA R Payload Selections DS3 DS3 DS1 VT1 5 Async VT1 5 Byte Sync STS3c STS12c 12c ATM amp STS1 ATM MENU EMU tui 3 Use the FIELD and VALUE keys to select a SONET Tx Rate and Rx Rate as appropriate for your application The rates do not have to be the same optical and electrical rates can be configured simultaneously SONET rates include OC 12 OC 3 and STS 1 OC 1 The rates available depend on the options installed in your test set Note For OC lapplications select STS1 OC1 here and set Rx gt to Optical in step 6 For concatenated applications 4 Press FIELD to select Payload and then use VALUE to select a payload select an STS N payload appropriate for your application 2 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Ins
281. n A line coding scheme ANSI American National Standards Institute APS Automatic protection switching asynchronous Not synchronized not timed to an outside clock source ATM Asynchronous transfer mode A multiplexing and switching scheme using fixed length cells comprising a header and payload section There is no fixed relationship between cell generation and the transmission medium background channel Additional channels on the ATM stream that are not the foreground channd bandwidth A network s or channel s capacity to carry traffic BER Bit error ratio The number of errored bits over the total number of bits This term is often used interchangeably with bit error rate the number of errored bits per second BERT Bit error ratio testing This term is often used interchangeably with bit error ratetesting BIP n Bit interleaved parity n An error monitoring scheme in which an n bit code is used to provide proper parity over a specific part of a signal B ISDN Broadband ISDN See also ISDN bit A basic unit of data A bit can be set to either a zero or a one BITS Building integrated timing supply A stratum 1 clock source typically in a CO Blue alarm SeeAIS BnZS Bipolar with n zero substitution A line coding scheme in which n consecutive zeros are replaced by a substitution code to maintain a high pulse density Typical codes are B3ZS for DS3 and B8ZS for DS1 BPV Bipolar violation Th
282. n Reference Background Payload Data Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping on When OAM insertion is active OAM E nable gt On the set inserts OAM cells on the transmit background channels at an average rate of approximately five OAM cells each second on every channel This rate is maintained for each active OAM cell type The different types of cells are inserted in the following order 1 F4AIS 2 F4RDI 3 F5AIS 4 F5RDI For each background channel OAM cell insertion will not be less than one OAM cell each second and not more than 1 of the transport capacity Background Payload Data Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping on When the traffic shaping feature is on the background channel payloads are set on this screen This screen is not displayed when traffic shaping is off SETUP H6 a aee 1t Frog The Data 1 gt through 4 gt fields control the payload pattern for each the four background channels individually Each channel s payload can be set to one of the following 32 Bit Prog The user defined programmable pattern Enter the pattern in hexadecimal on the right side of the screen All 1s A repeating all ones pattern All Os A repeating all zeros pattern 19 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Background Header Setup Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping off Background Header
283. n SCPI Mode Release 7 0 Software and higher supports time limited trst duration setting under SCP mode Use of this feature is accomplished using the commands listed in the following table Timed Test Duration Command Table SCPI Command RST Command Description Access SCPI mode and set parameters to default settings SENS AU TESTDURMODE TIMER Place the test set in SCPI mode SENS AU TIMERDURHOURS 1 Set test duration for 1 hour SENS AU TTIMERDURMINS 22 22 minutes duration SENS AU TTIMERDURSECS 15 15 minutes duration INIT Start running the test Turn on run indicators on test set 23 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Timed Test Duration in SCPI Mode 23 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 24 Setup for Printing 24 2 Configure Automatic Printing 24 3 Printon Demand 24 4 24 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Printing Set up for Printing Set up for Printing Follow this procedure to prepare for printing from the test set 1 Switch off power on both the printer and the 156MTS You can also use the printer 2 Connect one end of an appropriate RS 232 serial cable or to the port
284. n an Automatic DSO Signaling Scan 10 17 1 1 DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference 11 1 DS1 Setup Parameters 11 2 Additional DS1 Setup Parameters 11 7 DS1 and DSO Error and Alarm Injection 11 8 FT1 Setup Parameters 11 9 DSO Setup Parameters 11 10 User Programmable DS1 E1 Patterns 11 13 DS1 Loop Codes 11 14 DS1 Data Link Parameters 11 16 DS1 Drop Scan Sequence 11 17 DSO Timeslot Signaling Scan 11 19 12 DS1 Measurement Reference 12 1 DS1 Indicators 12 2 DS1 Measurement Summary Screen 12 3 DS1 Bit Error Measurement Screens 12 4 DS1 Block Error Measurements Screen 12 6 DS1CRC 6 Error Measurements Screen 12 7 DS1 Frame Error Measurements Screen 12 8 DS1 Combined Frame and CRC Errors Screen 12 9 DS1 BPV Measurements Screen 12 10 DS1 Slips Screen 12 11 DS1 Idle CDI Detection Screen 12 12 DS1 ESF Datalink Display Screen 12 13 DS1 Loop Code Display Screen 12 13 DS1 Signal Measurements Screen 12 14 xi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Jitter Measurements 12 15 DS1Alarm Screens 12 16 DS1 Status Screen 12 18 DSO VF Measurements Screen 12 19 DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen 12 20 FT1 Measurement Summary Screens 12 21 FT1 Bit Error Measurement Screens 12 22 13 DS1 DSO FT1 Specifications 13 1 DS1 DSO Interfaces 13 2 Data Link Interfaces 13 4 Jitter Option Specifications 13 5 DS1 Signal F ormats 1 544 Mbs 13 6 14 E1 and Timeslo
285. nal memory 2 Either while the test is running or after the test has stopped press As you test with the STORE The results are stored and the memory buffer number on instrument you can store all of the top line of the display is incremented the current results and then review or print them later The memory buffer number indicates the next buffer that will be used for results storage 3 When you want to store more results press STORE again The complete range of measurements for the selected test mode is stored in the memory buffer The results are retained in memory even when the unit is switched off Note Press CLEAR at any time to erase all stored results e Each time you Store results the next buffer is automatically selected If you want to select a different memory buffer e Make sure the test is stopped e Press RECALL repeatedly to increment the memory buffer number The buffer number and test mode name flash rapidly to indicate the display is in recall mode Empty buffers show Nothing Stored When the memory buffer you want is shown press EXIT Press STORE to save the current test results 22 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Results Storage and Retrieval Recall and Review Follow this procedure to recall any test results that have been Test Results previously stored see Store Test Result
286. nce a negative value indicates the receive frequency is slower 16 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Signal Measurements Screen E1 Signal Measurements Screen This screen displays signal measurements for the E1 receive signal This screen is not displayed for E1 signals mapped to and from aDS3 signal Rx Hz Receive E1 signal frequency The frequency of the receive E1 signal in Hertz Rx Pk V Receive E1 signal level Vpk The level of the receive DS1 signal in volts peak accuracy is 5 Rx dBdsx Receive E1 signal level dB The level of the receive E1 signal in decibels referenced to a DSX level accuracy is 1 dB The range is 30 to 6 dBdsx Rx ma Receive E1 level mA The level of the receive E1 signal in milliamperes mA Ref Hz Reference E1 signal frequency The frequency of the reference E1 signal applied at the rear panel DS1 REF IN connector in Hertz EXZ Excessive zeros count The number of consecutive zero strings greater than 15 for AMI or greater than 4 for HDB3 Each string is considered a single event 16 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Jitter Peak Results For E1 the wide band jitter cut off frequency is 20 Hz to 100 kHz and the high band cut off frequency is 20 kHz to 100 kHz Jitte
287. nd FT1 Network Testing Configure the DSO Signal 4 Press VALUE to adjust the setting of Data gt You can select a VF tone external VF signal or a bit pattern 5 Press FIELD to select Nx gt and use VALUE to set the DSO base rate 6 Next press FIELD to select the Ins gt field and then use VALUE to set the insert VF channel number on the DS1 signal 7 Press FIELD to select Drop gt and use VALUE to set the drop channel number You can also select L to lock the drop channel to match the insert channel 8 Select Other gt and use VALUE to set the remaining channels in the DS1 signal 9 UseFIELD and VALUE again to configure each ABCD Tx Signaling bit to either binary 1 or 0 10 When you have finished setting the DSO parameters press CONF IG right to return to the test operation screen You can also remain in the DSO Setup screen and observe the effect of your changes on the upper half of the display as you make them 10 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure Other Signal Parameters Configure Other Signal Parameters If you are testing a DS1 signal that is dropped and inserted from a DS3 or SONET signal you must configure the mapping of the lower rate signals to the higher rate signals After you have set the DS1 signal parameters See Confi gure the DS1 Si gnal page 10 4 use FIELD and VALUE to set
288. nd equipment 1 Select the loop code to be transmitted Use FIELD to highlight the Err Alm Type gt field and then use VALUE to select DS1 LoopUp or LoopDn 2 Next use FIELD and VALUE to set Rate gt to the appropriate length of time the code is to be transmitted 3 Press CONFIG right to display the Control Screens menu 4 Select DS1 Loop Codes and press CONFIG right again The DS1 Loop Code Setup screen is displayed 10 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Loopback the Far End 5 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the loop up and down code parameters Select predefined loop codes or select a Usr code to use the programmable codes 6 Set Framing Overwrite to On or Off as appropriate for your test 7 If you selected a Usr code in step 5 use FIELD and VALUE to program the LpUp loop up and LpDn loop down user codes Each pattern can be 2 through Tx gt sets the code that the test set transmits Rx gt sets the code that 16 bits long Lengthen the the test set monitors for on the input signal Inband loop coes are pattern by changing the first defined on the left side of the screen and out of band for ESF loop dot to either a 1 or a 0 shorten codes are defined on the right the pattern by setting the last bit in the pattern to a dot When you have finished use CONF IG right to return to
289. ne block errors the Est Total Blocks Estimated count of E1 blocks The estimated received E1 bits are counted number of blocks received as determined by the selected block size into blocks of 2 through 8 kilobits block size is user programmable see DS1 Block Size page 11 7 Block Err Count E1 block error count The number of E1 blocks that contained one or more errors Burst Err Seconds E1 block burst errored seconds The number of seconds in which the number of block errors was three or greater SEE Severe error event count The number of SEEs a SEE is declared when there are four consecutive quarter seconds each containing 93 or more bit errors or more than N number of block errors The value of N depends on the E1 block size see following table A SEE ends when there are two consecutive error free seconds Severe Error Event SEE Block Error Threshold Values E1 Block N number of E1 Block N number of Size block errors Size block errors 2 Kbit 46 6 Kbit 15 3 Kbit 30 7 Kbit 13 4 Kbit 23 8 Kbit 11 5 Kbit 18 CATV UAS Cable TV unavailable seconds count The number of CATV UASs A CATV UAS interval is declared when there are 60 consecutive BE Ss ten consecutive SE Ss or ten consecutive LOP seconds These seconds are included in the unavailable time A CATV UAS interval ends when there are 60 consecutive error free seconds These seconds are not included in the unavailable time 16 7 Art
290. nels on the DS1 To configure the DSO parameters see Configure the DSO Signal page 10 8 e Next configure the VT1 5 and VT group parameters see next section Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Runa VTL 5 Test Configure the 1 On the VT1 5 test operation screen use FIELD and VALUE to set the VTL 5 Signal and VTL 5 signal and VT group mapping parameters VT Group Note ForMonitor mode tests the transmit functions are not available insert channel other etc 2 Select the VT1 5 Ins gt field and use VALUE to select the VT1 5s on which the DS1 test signal is to be inserted See Insert VT Selection page 3 25 3 Select Other VT s to set the remaining VT1 5s See Other Transmit VT Groups page 3 28 4 Select Drop and use VALUE to set the VT1 5 to be dropped from the selected VT group on the receive signal 5 Next use FIELD and VALUE to set the Ins Other Grp s and Drop fields for the VT groups if applicable Ins and Other set the VT group on which the VT1 5 signal is inserted and dropped as you selected in steps 2 through 4 Configure the After you configure the VT1 5 and VT group parameters you need to STS 1 and STS N configure the SONET signal parameters Signals Depending on your test configuration you will need to set the STS 1 or STS N timing source scrambling and input output connectors For STS N appl
291. nnel into which the transmit DSO is inserted 3 Next use FIELD and VALUE to set status of the other transmit DSO channels of the DS1 signal 4 Use FIELD and VALUE to select the channel number from which the DSO is dropped 5 Finally use FIELD and VALUE to set the transmit tone Tone This parameter also allows you to transmit the VF signal applied at the rear panel VF IN jack e After you finish configuring the DSO parameters you are ready to begin the test 10 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure the DSO Signal DSO from Subrate This procedure describes how to configure the DSO payload of a DS1 subrate DS1 signal that is carried on a higher rate signal 1 To enable DSO transmission on the subrate DS1 signal you must set the DS1 Data gt field to DSO This example shows the test operation screen of a DS3 to DS3 terminal mode test with a DS1 payload DSO is available when the payload is set to DS1 2 From the test operation screen press CONFIG right The control screens menu is displayed in the bottom half of the screen 3 Press FIELD to highlight DSO T S F rac Setup and then press CONFIG right The DSO Setup screen is displayed in the lower half of the screen 10 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO a
292. nology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens Screen 83 This screen displays measurements relating to cell counts on the entire ATM cell stream Cell Count Total ATM stream cell count The total number of cells received since the beginning of the test in scientific notation Cells per Second Avg Average total ATM stream cell rate The average number of cells received each second since the beginning of the test Cells per Second Current Current total ATM stream cell rate The average number of cells received each second during the previous 2 25 seconds 20 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM Payload Bit Error Measurements Screen ATM Payload Bit Error Measurements Screen This screen displays BER measurements based on the foreground channel Note n a loop test the foreground and receive channels must be set to the same AAL type or else LOP or excessive bit errors will be detected See Foreground Channel Type page 19 8 and Receive Cell Type page 19 17 Err Count Foreground channel error count The number of pattern bit errors detected on the foreground channel Sec Ago displays the number of seconds elapsed since the last error occurred Err Ratio Avg Foreground channel average bit error rati
293. ns gt can be set from 1 through 3 For OC 12 Ins gt can be set from 1 1 through 4 3 or from 1 through 12 you can change the STS 1 scheme numbering used for STS 12 see STS 12 Channd Numbering Scheme page 3 4 Other STS 1 Other gt sets the payload for the remaining STS 1s that are not selected Channels by Ins gt within the OC 3 or OC 12 transmit signal Other gt can be set as follows Same Fills the STS 1s with the same payload as the selected Ins gt STS 1 Unequ Sets the remaining STS 1s to unequipped all zeros in the path overhead and payload Ext Fills the remaining STS 1s with the STS 1 signal applied at the front panel STS 1 RX port not applicable for OC 12 Drop STS 1 Drop gt selects which STS 1 within an OC 3 or OC 12 signal is used for Channel the receive STS 1 F or OC 3 Drop gt can be set from 1 through 3 For OC 12 Drop gt can be set from 1 1 through 4 3 or from 1 through 12 you can change the STS 1 scheme numbering used for STS 12 see STS 12 Channa Numbering Scheme page 3 4 3 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS 1 Payload Setup Parameters STS 1 Signal Scramble gt Turns the STS 1 scrambler On or Off at the front panel Scrambler STS 1 RX and TX connectors The scrambler is frame synchronous with a length of 127 Scrambling provides for clock extraction during extended transmission of all zer
294. nting 24 1 automatic 23 5 24 3 automatic event printing 22 9 printer port parameters 23 8 setup 24 2 Prog32 gt STS 12c 3 9 PT 19 14 pulse mask results 8 18 running atest 6 11 setup 7 12 R rear panel 1 3 receive channel 19 13 celltype 19 17 measurement screens 20 4 VP VC 19 13 REI L remote control 25 1 IE E E 488 interface parameters 23 8 remote port parameters 23 8 SCPI IEEE 488 25 7 remote front panel 25 3 operation 25 6 setup 25 4 repeating tests 23 4 restore default settings 1 8 23 2 results storage automatic store 23 5 clear 22 7 recall 22 7 store 22 6 RS 232 datalink port 3 20 7 15 11 16 RS 422 datalink port 27 4 rx level see Rx gt results level Rx gt DS1 11 4 DS3 7 2 El 15 4 OC 1 3 6 STS 1 3 6 STS N 3 3 S SCPI operation 25 8 setup 25 7 scrambling ATM cells 19 4 STS 1 3 5 3 8 SDH 3 16 Section SONET span 5 8 5 10 section overhead bytes 3 15 3 18 Section Overhead Control screen 3 18 Section Trace 3 18 Select gt FE1 15 9 FT1 11 9 service 4 Index 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index Setup Menu ATM 19 3 Setup menu administrative setup parameters 23 8 auxiliary test setups 23 4 signaling drop port 13 4 DSO 11 12 TS 15 7 signaling scan DSO 10 17 E1 14 11 slips measurements DS1 12 11 E1 16 12 SONET alarms 3 31 DCC pass through 3 21 error injection 3 30
295. ntrusive pass through of the received signal Monitor modes are indicated on the display in the format Rece veRate MON Payload where Rece veRateis the type of signal assigned to the receiver the received signal is passed through to the transmitter and Payload is the type of traffic the input signal is carrying About Monitor Mode Monitor mode testing is used to examine an incoming signal gather Applications error and performance statistics and log alarm conditions The test set regenerates the monitored signal to provide downstream keep alive signals Monitor mode is useful with a variety of in service applications 1 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156M TS About the Basic Testing Modes You can drop channels from a monitored signal using the STS 1 DS3 or DS1 E1 electrical monitor connectors In addition SONET signals are sometimes accessed by interrupting the optical protection line or through the use of optical splitters The optical signal can be connected to the test set and then the set s output optical signal can be used to complete a SONET ring Note nterrupting the optical line typically causes protection switching to occur on the SONET ring Drop amp Insert Drop and insert D amp I mode tests feature identically configured modes transmitter and receiver signals similar to monitor mode tests but with the added ca
296. nts error field bits 1 4 of the G1 byte The FEBE reports the number of Screen B1 BIP received by the far end Err Count PLCP FEBE error count The number of FEBE errors detected since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Avg PLCP FEBE average error ratio The average ratio of FEBE errors to the total number of received bits from which the FEBE B1 BIP is calculated since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr PLCP FEBE current error ratio The average ratio of FEBE errors detected in the previous 2 25 seconds to the total number of received bits from which the FEBE B1 BIP is calculated during that same period ES PLCP FEBE errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one FEBE error occurred since the beginning of the test EFS PLCP FEBE error free seconds The number of seconds in which no FEBE errors occurred EFS PLCP FEBE error free seconds percentage The percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test in which no FEBE errors occurred 20 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com HEC based ATM DS3 PLCP ATM ATM Measurement Reference ATM Alarm Status ATM Alarm Status For each alarm the current status Alm and historical status Hist is listed If Alm shows On the alarm condition is present If Hist shows On an earlier occurrence of the alarm condition was detected This screen i
297. number of ESF CRC 6 fields that are received in error BPV DS1 bipolar violation count The number of DS1 BPVs A BPV is the occurrence of two consecutive pulses of the same polarity unless the pulses are part of a B8ZS zero substitution code DS1 Drop Hz Drop DS1 frequency The frequency in Hertz of the DS1 signal dropped from a higher rate signal This measurement is only displayed when testing higher rate signals carrying DS1 subrate traffic Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Bit Error Measurement Screens DS1 Bit Error Measurement Screens DS1 Bit Error Measurements Measurement Description Error Count The total number of DS1 bit errors detected Current ratio Current DS1 BER The number of DS1 bit errors over the number of DS1 bits received in the previous 2 25 seconds Average Ratio Average DS1BER The number of DS1 bit errors over the total DS1 bits received since the beginning of the test ES DS1errored seconds Number of seconds with at least one DS1 bit error LOP or LOS seconds are counted from test start Seconds during which a LOS are not counted EFS DS1 error free seconds The number of seconds during which no DS1 bit errors occurred EFS Percentage of DS1 error free seconds EFS expressed as the percentage of the total number of seconds in the test 12 4 Artisan T
298. number protection bits of the AAL 1 sequence check byte not applicable for STS 12c ATM Note This screen is only applicable when the receive channel type is set to AAL1 See Receive Cell Type page 19 17 Count AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity count The number of sequence number protection CRC and parity errors Sec Ago displays the elapsed time since the previous error Err Ratio Avg AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity average error ratio The number of CRC and parity errors over the number of selected channel cells received since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity current error ratio The average CRC parity error ratio for the previous 2 25 seconds ES AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one CRC or parity error occurred EFS AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity error free seconds The number of seconds during which no CRC or parity errors occurred EFS AAL 1 CRC 3 and parity error free seconds percentage The percentage of all seconds since the beginning of the test during which no CRC parity errors occurred 20 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM AAL 1 Misinserted Cell Measurements Screen ATM AAL 1 Misinserted Cell Measurements Screen This screen displays results based on the detection of misinserted cells A misinserted cell is a cell with a valid sequence numbe
299. o The number of pattern bit errors over the total number of bits received since the beginning of the test in scientific notation Err Ratio Curr Foreground channel current bit error ratio The number of pattern bit errors received in the previous 2 25 seconds over the total number of bits received during the same period in scientific notation ES Foreground errored seconds The number of seconds that had at least one ATM pattern bit error since the beginning of the test EFS Foreground error free seconds The number of seconds in which no ATM pattern bit errors occurred since the beginning of the test EFS Percentage of foreground channel error free seconds The percentage of total seconds since the beginning of the test that had no foreground channel payload errors Pat Sync Foreground channel pattern synchronization Displays On to indicate that pattern synchronization has been achieved with the received ATM channel Note na loop test ifa received channel such as a background channel has the same VP VC address as the foreground channel that channel will cause ATM payload bit errors and may also cause loss of pattern synchronization 20 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM AAL 1 Cell Loss Measurements Screen ATM AAL 1 Cell Loss Measurements Screen The screen displays results based on AAL 1 cell loss measur
300. o ctot lt A male oonneobre Conneoth PC Standard Serial Cable O8 25p to O8 Ss T Cannsott PC Conneoti any bct t ush male oonneobre Steveie id Serial Cable DS Zp to DE 91 T pa Null mu dain Um DEBp b DEE Adaptur Pinunt DE 25 w DE 3 adaperitnesded yerde hangt Serial Cable Pinout DB 258 B 258 OB 25 DB a o _2 O 2 OD 27 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifications Test Set Interface Cabling Handset Option The SONET datalink handset connector is not available on units equipped with Option 231 Environmental Operating Temperature 0 to 45 C 32 to 113 F Storage Temperature 20 to 70 C 4 to 158 F Humidity 5 to 90 RH noncondensing 27 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifications About Error Injection Rates About Error Injection Rates When you inject errors on the transmit signal the error injection speed or number of repetitions is controlled by the alarm Rate gt field The available rates vary depending on the selected error Type gt Single One occurrence of the error type is transmitted each time the ERROR INJECT key is pressed 1 0E X A steady error rate of the selected type begins when the ERROR INJECT key is pressed and stops when the key is pressed again The L
301. o a logic 1 and serve as a flag indicating the start of the code 7 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 FEAC Channel Parameters The second byte of the FEAC code has a leader bit zero then 6 bit FEAC code selections listed below and followed a trailer zero The code selection is sequenced between leading and trailing 0 s The meanings of the various FEAC codes are defined in the table below Alarm Status gt Field FEAC Code Selections Decimal FEAC Code BitSequence Equivalent Description DS3 Eqpt Fail SA 011001 25 DS3 service affecting equipment failure DS3LOS HBER 001110 14 Loss of signal High bit error ratio DS3 Out of Frame 000000 0 DS3AIS Received 010110 22 Alarm indication signal DS3 IDLE Received 011010 26 DS3 Eqpt Fail NSA 001111 15 DS3 non service affecting equipment failure Com Eqpt Fail NSA 011101 29 Non service affecting common equip failure Multi DS1LOS HBER 010101 21 Multiple DS1 loss of signal high bit error ratio DS1 Eqpt Fail SA 000101 5 Service affecting DS1 equipment failure Single DS1LOS HBER 011110 30 Single DS1 loss of signal high bit error ratio DS1 Eqpt Fail NSA 000011 3 Non service affecting DS1 equipment failure DS3 NIU Loop Up 001001 9 Network interface unit loop activation DS3 NIU Loop Down 010010 18 Network interface unit loop deactivation
302. o the front panel has been added through the use of the screen selector fields SCPI Command Nine new SCPI commands have been added to return errors and Improvements alarms by payload category For example FETCh TRBL DS0O DS1 DS2 DS3 DS3B E1 VT ATM SONET This manual has been updated to indicate that the host software supports a SCP command that enables the DS3 error out signal The SCPI command is as follows ROUTe SELect BIT_ERROUT OFF DS3 STS3C STS12C Additionally the DS1 error out jack is active both on the front panel and in SCPI command mode Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 7 Release Notes Miscellaneous Fixes This signal is always active when DS1 bit errors are present There is no corresponding SCPI command to control the DS1 error out so the above SCPI commands has been added to this manual The SCPI commands have been reworked to match SCPI SOURCE DM CLOCKn command set in the documentation in this manual The updated SCPI command structure is as follows SOURce DM CLOCK1 lt parameter gt sets DS1 clock source SOURce DM CLOCK2 lt parameter gt sets STS1 clock source SOURce DM CLOCK3 lt parameter gt sets DS3 clock source New following SCPI commands have been added SOURce DM CLOCK1 queries DS1 clock source SOURce DM CLOCK2 queries STS1
303. ology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT1 5 Path Trace Byte J 2 Values VT1 5 Path Trace Byte J 2 Values The following screen message indicates that there was no usable ASCII data input detected or an asynchronous payload selected An synchronous payload would produce the following typical message VT1 5 path trace J 2 byte message is carried for OC 12 the Section Trace message ASCII default setting is displayed as follows This ASCII default setting message is displayed on each path trace screen unless the operator changes the default to display the same data ASCII and hexadecimal values The operator can make this change at the Sonet Path overhead control screen by changing the value between ASCII and HEX amp ASCII selections With the ASCII and hexadecimal values displayed the screen will display 64 bytes of data as represented typically on HOST code software releases earlier than V6 60 See Path and Section Trace settings on page 4 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference These two screens display the 64 byte path trace message which is carried in the J 2 byte Eight bytes are displayed on each line For example the 1 line shows J2 bytes 1 through 8 The 9 line shows bytes 9 through 16 and so forth For each byte the hexad
304. on path FEBE error indication on the selected VT 1 5 by setting bit 3 of the V5 byte to 1 Rates Single 1 0E 4 through 1 0E 8 V Pointer Generates an out of range illegal VT 1 5 pointer value Rates Single 7 9 Consec LOP threshold Continuous Burst Off 3 32 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com STS N Indicators 4 2 OC N STS N Measurement Summary Screen 4 4 Section Code Violations B1 Screen 4 5 Line Code Violations B2 Screen 4 6 REI L Measurements Screen 4 7 Path Measurement Summary Screen 4 8 Path Code Violation B3 Screen 4 9 REI P Measurements 4 10 STS 12c and STS 3c Bit Error Measurements 4 11 STS Frame Measurements A1 A2 Screen 4 12 STS 1 BPV Measurements Screen 4 13 Pointer Measurements 4 14 4 15 APS Measurements Screen 4 15 Transport Overhead Screen 1 and Screen 2 4 19 Path Overhead Screen 4 20 Path Trace and Section Trace ASCII Default Screens 4 21 Path Trace and Section Trace Values amp HEX Format Screens 4 22 Path and Trace String 4 23 STS 1 Signal Measurement 4 24 STS 1 Jitter Measurements 4 25 STS 1 Alarm Screens 4 26 STS N Status Screen 4 28 VT Indicator 4 29 VT1 5 Measurement Summary Screen 4 30 VT Measurements 4 31 to 4 36 SONET Measurement Reference 4 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference ST
305. on page 7 12 and indicates whether the received pulse meets the mask specifications This field displays one of the following messages e Pass indicates the pulse meets the specified shape e Fail indicates the pulse did not meet the specified shape e Unavail indicates the pulse mask data is not available See DS3 Pulse Mask Screens page 8 18 for additional pulse mask measurement information 8 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Each measurement is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter The jitter cut off frequencies for DS3 is 10 Hz to 400 kHz wide band and 30 kHz to 400 kHz high band The DS3 jitter mask is 5 0 Ul for wide band and 0 1 for high band Jitter Hits and Mask Results Screen See J itter Threshold Configuration page 23 3 DS3 Measurement Reference J itter Measurements Screen Jitter Measurements Screen This screen displays jitter peak results for the selected receiver rate Current P to P Current peak to peak jitter The sum of the positive jitter peak and the negative jitter peak for the most recent one second period Displayed in unit intervals MAX P to P Maximum peak to peak jitter The sum of the highest positive jitter peak and the highest negative jitter peak for the entire test duration Displayed in unit intervals MAX Pos Peak Maximum positive jitter peak The gre
306. on on other data link rate uses see SONET Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 or DS3 Datalink Parameters page 7 15 7 E Rear Panel RS 232 RS232 gt configures the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 interface in both Data Link Port the transmit and receive directions The choices for DS1 are as follows None The RS 232 data link interface is disabled x DS1 ESF or SLC 96 Data Link The transmitted data on the DS1 data link channel ESF or SLC 96 formats is derived from the RS 232 data link port Received data from this data link is transmitted on the port s output DSO Data The transmitted DSO data on the DS1 signal is derived from the RS 232 data link port Received DSO data is output on this port Note The remaining data link parameters on this screen apply only for SONET rate testing See SONET Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 11 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Drop Scan Sequence DS1 Drop Scan Sequence The DS1 drop sequence scans the 28 DS1 channels of a DS3 signal one at a time The DS3 signal can be an electrical signal at the DS3 RX port or it can be dropped from an STS 1 OC3 or OC 12 signal The DS1 drop scan setup and results screen appears as follows Drop Scan The Configurations F rom gt field selects the test mode that is used for Configuration the DS1 drop scan sequenc
307. onization Simulates a loss of frame by transmitting errored framing patterns LAIS Line alarm indication signal Sets the transmit K2 bytes to XXXXX111 LFERF Line far end receive failure Sets the transmit K2 bytes to XXXXX110 3 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference Error Injection SONET Alarm Injection Types continued Alarm Description STS LOPNTR Loss of pointer generates an illegal out of range pointer value STS PAIS Path alarm indication signal Transmits all ones in H1 H2 H3 and the entire SPE STS PYEL Path Yellow alarm Sets bit 5 of the transmit G1 bytes to 1 VT PAIS VT path alarm indication signal Transmits all ones in the entire VT including the V1 and V2 bytes VT PYEL On and Off Activates a VT Path Yellow alarm sets bits 4 and 8 of the transmit V5 byte to 01 PLM V VT Payload Label Mismatch Sets bits 4 and 8 of the transmit V5 Byte to 10 UNEQ V VT path unequipped Sets bits 4 and 8 of the transmit V5 byte to 11 VT LOPNTR Loss of pointer generates an illegal out of range pointer value VT1 5 Error The following error types can be injected when the payload is set for Injection VTLS VT BER Generates bit errors at the selected rate on the selected VT1 5 Rates Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst Off REI V VT FEBE Generates a VT path Remote Event Indicati
308. onnection The following procedure describes how to connect a PC or terminal directly to the test set Before you begin make sure you have an RS 232 serial cable with appropriate connectors or adapters to match the test set and your PC 1 Connect one end of the RS 232 serial cable to the rear panel REMOTE RS 232 port on the test set 2 Connect the other end of the serial cable to the appropriate port on the PC or terminal 3 Configure the PC and the test set to the appropriate communications settings Refer to the documentation that came with your PC for configuration instructions See Test Set Confi guration page 25 5 to configure the L56MTS Dial up A dial up connection requires a modem at each end one modem Connection connected to the PC and another connected to the test set The modem connected to the test set must be configured for auto answer Before you begin make sure you have an RS 232 null modem cable with appropriate connectors or adapters to match the test set and your l modem See Null modem connecti ons page 27 2 for null modem pinout data 1 Connect one end of the null modem cable to the rear panel REMOTE RS 232 port on the test set 2 Connect the other end of the null modem cable to the appropriate port on the modem 3 Connect the modem to a working telephone jack 4 Connect the other modem to a telephone line and to the PC Refer to the documentation that came with your modem and PC for installation ins
309. onnector Accepts WECo 440 Optional WECo 358 or BNC DS3 Timing Internal 44 736 MHz 20 ppm DS3 TX CLK IN jack Input DS3 signal TTL levels 50 ohm BNC connector Bit Error Output DS3 ERR OUT Provides a single pulse output for each DS3 error detected TTL level 50 ohm BNC connector Data Link Interfaces For data link port pinout information see Data Link Interfaces page 27 4 For DS3 data link control information see DS3 Datalink Parameters page 7 15 9 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Specifications J itter Option Specifications Jitter Option Specifications DS3 jitter measurement requires DS3 testing E4480A 001 base unit or Option URR Option UQP and either Option UQN or 201 Measurement DS3 J itter Measurement per TR TSY 000499 Response Wide band cut off frequency 10 Hz to 400 kHz High band cut off frequency 30 kHz to 400 kHz Roll off per decade below lower 3 dB point gt 20 dB Roll off per decade above higher 3 dB point gt 60 dB Jitter Measurements Measurement Range Resolution Accuracy Maximum Peak Positive J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Maximum Peak Negative J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Current Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Max Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Wi
310. oop code writes Overwrite over the DS1 framing On means framing is overwritten Off means framing is not overwritten User defined Loop There are two sets of use defined loop codes Codes LpUp The codes used for loop activation LpDn The codes used for loop deactivation In band Codes For in band loop codes codes transmitted in the payload portion of the DS1 signal each user defined loop code has a Tx and an Rx bit sequence Tx This is the bit sequence that is transmitted when ERROR INECT is pressed Rx This is the bit sequence for which the 156MTS monitors on the received signal Each code can be set from 2 through 16 bits long Each bit can be set to either 1 or 0 Unused bits are set to a dot Out of band Codes Out of band codes are transmitted and received in the facility datalink FDL of Extended Superframe ESF formatted signals Each code is six bits long and is transmitted as part of a 16 bit sequence as follows ObbbbbbO 11111111 where bbbbbb is the six bit code 11 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Data Link Parameters DS1 Data Link Parameters Selecting Data Link Control The Data Link Control screen configures the functionality of the fromthe Control Screens menu rear panel data link ports displays the Data Link Control screen Data Link Control Note For informati
311. op down code for LOOPBACK_LINE ALM_STAT FEAC code for ALM_STAT below SOURce DM DS3 FEAC LOOPBACK_LINE lt 0 63 gt selects the DS3 line to send the loop code to Specify the decimal equivalent 0 63 of the line identifier code listed in the user manual the left most bit is the MSB For example SOURce DM DS3 FEAC LOOPBACK_LINE 47 sends the loop code to DS1 line 15 SOURce DM DS3 FEAC BURST_SIZE lt 3 15 gt specifies the number of times 3 15 to transmit the selected FEAC code BURST_SETTING when the ACTION INJ ECT key is pressed SOURce DM DS3 FEAC ALM_ STAT lt 0 63 gt selects the FEAC code to transmit when CONT_ALM_STAT is set to ON or BURST_SETTING is set to ALM_STAT Specify the decimal equivalent 0 63 of the FEAC code bit sequence listed in the user manual the left most bit is the MSB For example SOURce DM DS3 FEAC ALM_ STAT 25 sends a DS3 Equipment Failure SA alarm SOURce DM DS3 FEAC ACTION is equivalent to pressing the ACTION INJ ECT key in the DS3 FEAC Control screen A 30 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A Host Softw are Version 6 41 and ATM Software Version 3 40 Release Notes Host Software Version 6 41 and ATM Software Version 3 40 Release Notes Product Numbers Host software version 6 41 is a minor maintenance upgrade to E4480A amp E4487A version 6 40 Ag
312. opy first 16 bytes 4 times Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com J 1 Path Trace and JO Section Trace Control The J 0 screen is available for OC 12 only Older units may not support this feature Note SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters The 1 Path Trace Control screen and the OC 12 J 0 Section Trace Control screen allow you to program each byte of the 64 byte STS Path Trace string and STS Section Trace string repectively Each byte of the string is transmitted in the J 1 or J 0 byte of 64 consecutive frames The Format field setting defines the byte size for 1 byte 16 byte or 64 byte by steping through the selections using the Value switch This screen shows the J 1 Path Trace Control screen The J 0 control screen is similar See page 3 17 for fill action selection table reference eal me Err ie Se Rh a BEB BE B Ae G The J 1 0 bytes are transmitted left to right top to bottom as shown on the display Each J 1 0 byte is shown twice on the display On the right the two digit hexadecimal value of the byte is displayed On the left the ASCII equivalent of the byte s value is shown in a corresponding character position Program in Selects the mode in which you enter J 1 0 byte values e Hex Thecursor moves only in the hexadecimal display right side of screen Each of the 6
313. or modes the rates are set together 0C12 0C12 12c ATM For testing ATM on STS 12c signals STS1 0C1 STS1 OC1 STS1 ATM For testing ATM on STS 1 electrical signals or OC 1 optical signals All Other Rates ATM can be performed on the lowest rate signal indicated in the Payload selection For example in aOC12 0C3 DS3 test setup ATM testing is available on the DS3 signal To use the ATM capability the Data gt field must be set to ATM on the test operation screen press MENU down from the test setup screen About Cell Transmission The primary test channel is the foreground channel You specify the service type CBR or VBR the bandwidth used by this channel and the transmission method The remaining bandwidth can be either idle cells or as many as four different background AAL channels The bandwidth that is not assigned to the foreground channel is divided evenly among the active background channels OAM cells can be inserted on the foreground or background channels 19 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference The ATM Setup Menu The ATM Setup Menu This screen is not available for The ATM Setup menu provides access to the ATM test modes and setup STS 12c screens When ATM Setup is selected from the Control Screens menu the following menu is displayed The first line This line indicates which ATM mode is active Th
314. or ratio The number of F bit errors over the number of F bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 sec Avg Ratio DS3 framing average bit error ratio The number of F bit errors over the number of F bits transmitted since the beginning of the test ES DS3 framing errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one F bit error occurred EFS DS3 framing error free seconds The number of seconds during which no F bit errors occurred EFS Percentage of DS3 framing error free seconds DS3 framing EFS expressed as the percentage of seconds since the beginning of the test Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 FFCV Measurements Screen DS3 FFCV Measurements Screen This screen displays DS3 frame format coding violation FFCV results NE Cnt Near end FFCV count For M13 this is the number of F or M bit errors within an M frame F or C bit this is the number of F or M bit errors within an M frame or CP bit errors in the following M frame FE Cnt Far end FFCV count For M13 this measurement is not applicable For C bit this is the number of FEBE bit errors any of the three FEBE bits not set to 1 NE ES A Near end errored seconds type A The number of one second intervals with exactly one near end FFCV and no near end OOF or AIS events FE ES A Far end errored seconds type A The number of one s
315. or the mode you selected is displayed terminal mode is shown here 2 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the transmitter Tx Rate and receiver Rx Rate as appropriate for your application For Monitor mode tests the transmitter and receiver are set simultaneously Tx Rx Rate 3 Next press the right FIELD key to select the Payload parameter 14 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Set up for E1 Testing 4 Use VALUE to set the payload to DS3 E1 E1 orTS DS3 E1 To test El signals mapped to and from a DS3 ona higher rate signal E1 To test clear channel E1 timeslot traffic or fractional E1 e TS To test timeslot traffic on an E1 Tx and Rx must be set to E1 5 Press MENU down The E1 test operation screen is displayed see next section 14 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the E1 Signal Configure the E1 Signal e When you press MENU down from the test mode setup screen the test operation screen is displayed The screen may appear differently based on the test mode you selected this example shows DS3 E1 testing 1 Use FIELD and VALUE to set the E1 transmit timing source TxClk payload Data line coding Code and framing format Frm If you select a user pattern for D
316. orrected When the test set is configured for terminal mode STS1 0C1 STS1 OC1 VT1 5A and 1 to 28 counting mode with other VT s set to AIS drop and insert fields set to 7 then 8 and back to 7 the DS1 signal became lost This problem was corrected A SCPI command was fixed to set the terminal mode state for DS1 DS1 DS1 with DSO data This command changes the state of the ABCD signaling bits For terminal mode DS3 DS3 DS3 the test set loses sync when TX clock is set to LOOP This problem has been corrected For terminal mode E1 E1 E1 an unframed data lights the yellow alarm This problem has Been corrected Support has been added for the new OC12 4 board which includes board recognition and loading Firmware code was added to recognize and provide electrical STS1LOS signal detection This capability is provided only when the OC12 4 board is present It is not supported by the OC12 or earlier boards Install only software with a higher version number than the software already in your test set The distribution diskette includes Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes the appropriate software for your test set For More For more information call Agilent s TNTD at 800 923 7522 Information A 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 7 Release Notes Product N
317. ort s output SONET DCC DCC Pass Thru gt configures the test set so that the Section data Pass Through communication channel bytes D1 D2 and D3 and Line DCC bytes Mode D4 D12 received at the SONET input are transmitted at the SONET output Set DCC Pass Thru to On to retransmit the DCC Set DCC Pass Thru to Off to disable this function Note When DCC Pass Thru is On the SONET transmit clock is forced to loop mode When DCC Pass Thru is set to Off the clock configuration returns to the state selected in the SONET mode configuration screen This item is not available in Monitor mode 3 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com OC 12 APS Pass Through Mode Note For more information on VT overhead see VT1 5 Format and M apping page 5 12 SONET Configuration Reference VT Overhead Parameters APS Pass Thru gt configures the test set so that the Automatic Protection Switching channel APS bytes K1 and K2 received at the SONET input is transmitted at the SONET output Set OC 12 APS Pass Thru to On to retransmit the APS channel Set OC 12 APS Pass Thru to Off to disable this function When APS Pass Thru is On the SONET transmit clock is forced to loop mode When APS Pass Thru is set to Off the clock configuration returns to the state selected in the SONET mode configuration screen This item is not available in Monitor mode VT Overh
318. os or all ones STS 1 Drop amp This parameter is only available for drop and insert mode D amp I tests Insert Channel The D amp I gt field simultaneously sets the STS 1 insert and drop channels to the same number For OC 3 D amp I tests D amp I gt can be set from 1 through 3 For OC 12 tests D amp I gt can be set from 1 1 through 4 3 or from 1 through 12 you can change the STS 1 scheme numbering used for STS 12 see STS 12 Channd Numbering Schene page 3 4 STS 1 Drop amp This parameter is only available for drop and insert tests in which the Insert Payload payload is set for STS 1 Data gt selects the payload pattern of the transmit STS 1 channel and can be set to one of the following Ext Uses the payload of an STS 1 signal applied at the front panel STS 1 RX jack Unequ Sets the path overhead and payload to all zeros Loop Retransmits the recieved data on the transmit channel 3 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters STS Nc Payload Setup Parameters The 156MTS can supports SONET concatenated signals at STS 12c and STS 3c In an STS 12c signal 12 e STS 12c parameters are available when the transmitter and STS 1s are linked together to receiver are set for OC 12 and the payload is set for STS12c The provide a higher capacity SPE STS 12c setup screen appears similar to the
319. otation Cells per Second Avg Average selected receive channel cell rate The average number of cells received each second since the beginning of the test Cells per Second Current Current selected receive channel cell rate The average number of cells received each second during the previous 2 25 seconds 20 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens Total Cell Stream Measurement Screens These three screens display measurements relating to the entire receive ATM cell stream Screen 1 This screen displays measurements relating to the bandwidth of the entire ATM cell stream Active BW Hz Avg Average active ATM bandwidth The average bandwidth used by all ATM cells since the beginning of the test in Hertz Active BW Avg Average active ATM bandwidth percentage The average percentage of total bandwidth used by ATM since the beginning of the test Result is a value from 0 through 100 Active BW Hz Curr Current active ATM bandwidth The average bandwidth used by all ATM cells during the previous 2 25 seconds in Hertz Active BW Curr Current active ATM bandwidth percentage The average percentage of total bandwidth used by ATM during the previous 2 25 seconds Result is a value from 0 through 100 20 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation
320. ote SONET Configuration Reference SONET Datalink Control Parameters SONET Datalink Control Parameters The Data Link Control screen configures the functionality of the rear panel data link ports sk Comteal For information on other data link rate uses see DS3 Datalink Parameters page 7 15 or DS1 Data Link Parameters page 11 16 RS232 gt configures the rear panel DATA LINK RS 232 interface in both the transmit and receive directions The choices are as follows None The RS 232 data link interface is disabled Section User Channel F1 The transmitted data on the Section user channel F 1 bytes is derived from input at the rear panel RS 232 data link port Received F 1 data is transmitted on the port s output Section Order Wire E1 The transmit data on the Section order wire channel E1 bytes is derived from input at the rear panel RS 232 data link port Received E1 data is transmitted on the port s output Line Order Wire E2 The transmitted data on the Line orderwire channel E2 bytes is derived from input at the rear panel RS 232 data link port Received E 2 data is transmitted on the port s output The Line and Section choices can be overwritten by the Handset gt setting see Rear Panel Handset Interface page 3 21 3 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Datalink Control Parameters Rear
321. ound channel cells as follows The background data isseton All 1s A continuous all ones pattern 1111 screen 6 when traffic shaping is on see page 19 20 All Os A continuous all zeros pattern 0000 32 Bit Prog A repeating pattern defined by the 32 Bit Bkgnd Pattern gt field see User defined ATM Patterns page 19 12 OAM Cell The OAM parameters control the generation of OAM cells on the Parameters background channels Note that background OAM parameters are only available when at least one background channel is enabled On OAM Enabling The Enable gt field turns background OAM generation On or Off When this field is set to On OAM cells are inserted on all active background channels OAM Type The three T ype gt fields determine the format of the OAM cells inserted when Enable gt is set to On The OAM type fields are as follows Type gt flow gt alarmfunction gt payload type Flow Sets the OAM flow to F4 for VPs F5 for VCs or F 4 amp F5 both types are generated Alarm function Sets the function of the generated OAM cell to either AIS alarm indication signal RDI remote defect indication or AIS amp RDI both Payload type Sets whether the OAM cell applies to the entire path End end to end or only to the segment Seg 19 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com OAM Cell Transmission ATM Configuratio
322. ous modes MBLT Mobile Both Line Terminal format This is a modified SF format used by certain Ericsson switching equipment Not available for VT1 5 modes UnfT 1c Unframed T1C format SF ESF Auto match mode The test set analyzes the receive DS1 for SF or ESF format and sets the transmitter to match Not available for VT1 5 modes Note fDS1 Data gt is set to Ext the framing format is determined by the input signal Note fDS1 Data gt is set to AIS the transmitted signal is unframed regardless of the DS1 Frm gt setting On VT1 5 signals the AIS is transmitted as a VT path AIS Line Coding DS1 Code gt selects the line coding scheme as either AMI alternate mark inversion or B8ZS bipolar with eight zero substitution Transmit DS1 DS1 Tx gt sets the DS1 transmit signal level at the DS1 TX port This Level parameter is not available when the DS1 signal is the payload of a higher rate signal Tx gt can be set as follows DSX1 DS1 cross connect level per TR TSY 000499 LBO 7 5 dB Adds a line build out LBO 7 5 decibels attenuation from the DSX 1 level LBO 15 dB Adds an LBO of 15 dB from DSX 1 level LBO 22 dB Adds an LBO of 22 dB from DSX 1 level 11 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Receive DS1 Level Termination Mode DS1 Payload DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Rx gt selec
323. pability to monitor and modify a subrate signal channel D amp I modes are indicated on the display in the format Transmit amp Recei veRate D amp I Payload where Transmit amp Rece veRate is the type of signal assigned to the transmitter and receiver and Payload is the type of subrate channel on which measurements are performed About Drop amp Insert D amp I mode allows you test at the rate you need even if the signal access Applications is at a higher rate As in Monitor mode the test set passes the receive signal through to the transmit signal D amp I mode however allows you to select and examine a channel on the signal In addition you can modify the transmit channel transmit a pattern inject errors and so forth D amp I mode is also useful for performing out of service testing on a channel of a signal that is in service For example if a SONET signal is carrying DS1 payloads you can use D amp I mode to test a single DS1 even though the network access may be at a SONET interface Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com To Set up for SONET Testing 2 2 To Configure the APS functions K1 K2 bytes 2 4 To Configure SONET Overhead Parameters 2 5 To Configure SONET Datalinks 2 7 To Inject SONET Alarms 2 8 To Run Pointer Adjustment Sequences 2 9 To Runa VT1 5 Test 2 11 Testing SONET Networks Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentatio
324. path trace string and the J 0 section trace string See Chapters 3 and 4 of the user manual for the screens A 26 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Notes J 1 Path Trace Control and J 0 Section Trace Control Screens Two new fields have been added to these screens Fill on ACTION or Fill on INJ ECT for older models automatically fills the transmit trace string when you press the ACTION INJ ECT button The field has three options e NULL fills the string with 00 e HEX fills the string with incremental hex values from 42 to 7D ASCII characters B to followed by a carriage return 0x0D and line feed 0x0A For example byte 1 is set to 42 byte 2 to 43 and so on up to byte 64 which is 7D e ASCII fills the string with the text 156M TS Test Set Serial No nnnnnn where nnnnnn is the serial number of the test set The string is followed by a carriage return 0x0D and line feed Ox0A The remaining bytes are set to 00 Results Display in sets the display mode for the path trace byte and section trace byte values below This field has two options ASCII the default displays values in ASCII e Hex amp ASCII displays values in hex and ASCII STS Path Trace Byte J 1 Values and OC 12 Section Trace Byte J 0 Values Screens These screens display the 64 byte message carried in the
325. payload modes only F2 Path user channel H4 VT multiframe phase indicator DS3 and STS 3c payloads only Z3 Z4 Growth Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters User programmable SONET Path Overhead Bytes Byte Description Z5 Tandem connection error count and datalink DS3 O Bits This field allows you to edit the 18 DS3 overhead communication channel bits O Bits The O Bits comprise two bits from each of the nine subframes in an asynchronous mapping of a DS3 into an STS 1 Each O Bit can be set to 1 or 0 Fill Action The table below lists the fill action selections which is Reference reference for the J1 Path Trace JO Section Trace Control and J2 Path control screens Format for Fill on Action inject button Selections Fill on Action Byte 16 Byte 64 Byte NULL 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes 0x00 in all bytes HEX 0x01 in all bytes 0x41 Ox4F with CRC7 0x41 to Ox7F ASCII A to DEL followed bya copied 4 times carriage return 0x0D amp line feed 0x0A l ASCII 0x41 in all bytes nnnnnn serialnumber Agilent Technologies 156M TS Test Set with CRC7 copied 4 Serial No nnnnnn followed by carriage times return 0x0D and line feed 0x0A USER First byte copied CalculateandinsertCRC7 No action to all 64 bytes of first 16 bytes c
326. position Program in Selects the mode in which you enter J 2 byte values e Hex The cursor moves only in the hexadecimal display right side of screen Each of the 64 bytes can be set from 00 through FFh e ASCII The cursor moves only in the ASCII display left side of the screen Each byte can be set from A through Z to a blank or to a dash Note Note that additional ASCII characters are available by programming the corresponding value on the hexadecimal side of the display see table on page 3 19 3 24 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference VT1 5 Setup Parameters VT 1 5 Setup Parameters The VT1 5 option maps DS1 When equipped with Option UQA the 156MTS can drop and insert test signals to virtual VT1 5 mapped DS1 signals to and from an STS 1 VT 1 5 setup tributaries carried on anSTS 1 parameters are available when Payload is set to VT1 5 Async or Each STS 1 can carry as many VT 1 5 Byte Sync the transmitter and receiver must be set for a as 28 VTS SONET rate The VT1 5 parameters appear on the screen similar to the following Note The DS1 setup parameters on the first line apply to the DS1 signal that is mapped into the VTs For information on the DS1 parameters see Chapter 11 DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference Insert VT VT 1 5 Ins gt selects which VT1 5 channel within the STS 1 or VT
327. put Level ECL Impedance 50 Ohms Connectors SMA STS 12 BNC STS 3 The following figures show acceptable terminations for the STS 12 and STS 3 electrical connectors For STS 12 the Tx Data and Tx Clock outputs are ac coupled therefore the receiving equipment must set the dc bias level For STS 3 the Tx Data and Tx Clock outputs are dc coupled Acceptable terminations for STS 12 and STS 3 electrical outputs Tx Data and Tx Clock 0 01 uF 470 Q 56 Q 196 Q 61 9 Q 5 2V 13V 5 2V 5 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications SONET Electrical Interfaces Input Termination The Rx Data input termination is as follows Termination for the STS 12 electrical input Rx Data 196 Q 61 9 Q 5 2 V Termination for the STS 3 electrical input Rx Data 130 Q 829 5 2 V 5 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications OC N Optical Interfaces OC N Optical Interfaces Transmitter Transmitters are hermetic InGasAsP lasers optically coupled to a 5D 8m core single mode fiber pigtail Receiver Receivers are planar InGaAs PIN photodetectors with a 62 5 multi mode fiber pigtail When connecting to a single mode source you can use a single mode or multi mode fiber patch cable When connecting to a multi mode LED source
328. r Hits and Mask Results See DS1J itter Hits Threshold page 11 7 For E1 the wide band mask is 1 5 Ul and the high band mask is 0 2 Ul E1 Measurement Reference J itter Measurements Jitter Measurements Each result is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter Current P to P Current peak to peak jitter The sum of the positive jitter peak and the negative jitter peak for the most recent one second period Displayed in unit intervals MAX P to P Maximum peak to peak jitter The sum of the highest positive jitter peak and the highest negative jitter peak for the entire test duration Displayed in unit intervals MAX Pos Peak Maximum positive jitter peak The greatest positive jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals MAX Neg Peak Maximum negative jitter peak The greatest negative jitter peak since the beginning of the test Displayed in unit intervals Each result is calculated for both wide band and high band jitter Hits Count Indicates the total number of jitter hits jitter hit threshold exceeded since the beginning of the test Total Hits Time Indicates the cumulative total of time in seconds that the jitter hit threshold has been exceeded since the beginning of the test MAX Percent of Mask Indicates the maximum peak to peak jitter for the entire test period expressed as a percentage of the jitter mask 16 14 Artisan Technology Group Qu
329. r example if Period gt is set to 5 0 a cell burst as defined by BW gt and Cells Per Burst gt is activated every 5 seconds Period gt can be set from 0 0 though 9 9 seconds in 0 1 second increments See ATM Periodic Burst Transmission Mode page 19 10 Note fyou setPeriod gt to 0 0 no periodic bursts are transmitted 19 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 ATM Foreground Cell Interleaving Foreground channel inter cell gap set by BW gt a gt FGND FGND Foreground channel interleaved with idle or background cells FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND FGND Foreground channel bandwidth 100 FGND Idle FGND Idle FGND Idle FGND Idle FGND Idle FGND Idle gt Foreground channel bandwidth 50 Background channels all turned OFF FGND Bkgnd 1 Bkgnd 2 Bkgnd 3 Bkgnd 4 FGND Bkgnd1 Bkgnd2 Bkgnd 3 Bkgnd 4 FGND Bkgnd 1 gt Foreground channel bandwidth 20 Background channels all turned ON ATM Periodic Burst Transmission Mode Elapsed time between periodic bursts set by Period gt iaz gt Foreground channel inter cell gap set by BW gt FGND 1 FGND 2 FGND 3 FGND N FGND 1 CT i Remaining time in period filled with
330. r received out of the proper order Note This screen is only applicable when the receive channel type is set to AAL1 See Receive Cell Type page 19 17 Err Count AAL 1 misinserted cell error count The number of misinserted cells Sec Ago displays the elapsed time since the previous error Err Ratio Avg AAL 1 misinserted cell average error ratio The number of misinserted cells over the number of selected channel cells received since the beginning of the test Err Ratio Curr AAL 1 misinserted cell current error ratio The average misinserted cell error ratio for the previous 2 25 seconds ES AAL 1 misinserted cell errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one misinserted cell occurred EFS AAL 1 misinserted cell error free seconds The number of seconds during which no misinserted cells occurred EFS AAL 1 misinserted cell error free seconds percentage The percentage of all seconds since the beginning of the test during which no misinserted cells occurred 20 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM Delay Measurements ATM Delay Measurements This screen displays results based on ATM cell delay measurements not applicable for STS 12c ATM When the ATM Test Mode gt is set for Cell Transfer Delay the measured delay is the time elapsed from when a cell is transmitted on the foreground ch
331. rate When Service Type is set to CBR the PCR value is used for the foreground channel bandwidth 3 Select AAL Type gt and set either AALO or AAL1 for the foreground channel 4 Next select a interleave transmission mode Distribution gt 5 If you selected Single or Periodic for Distribution set the length of time between bursts Period gt The number of cells in a burst is defined by MBS see step 1 e From this screen only press ACTION to trigger a single burst of foreground channel cells 6 Next configure the OAM injection parameters Distribution gt must be set to Continuous Choose the type alarm and segment 7 Press CONFIG right when you have finished The Cell Payload Data screen is displayed see Set ATM Cell Payloads page 18 13 18 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Set ATM Cell Payloads Set ATM Cell Payloads For STS 12c ATM applications This procedure sets the payloads of the foreground channel and idle see Setup for STS 12c ATM cells and defines the user programmable ATM test patterns Testing page 18 19 e From the Foreground Channel Control screen press CONFIG right to display the Cell Payload Control screen 1 Use VALUE to set the payload pattern for the ATM foreground channel 2 Use FIELD to select Idle Cell Data gt and use VALUE to seta hexadecimal value for the payload o
332. rate signal and can be set as follows Same Fills the DS1s with the same payload as the selected Ins gt DS1 Inv Sets the DS1s to an inverted version of the Ins gt DS1 payload AIS Fills the remaining DS1s with a DS1 alarm indication signal AIS This field is labeled Oths in SONET tests with DS3 DS1 payloads Drop DS1 Channel DS1 Drop gt selects which DS1 within a DS3 signal is used for the receive DS1 DS1 Drop gt can be set from 1 through 28 or to L locked to match the Ins gt channel This parameter is only applicable when the DS1 is the payload in a higher rate signal Note that the front panel DS1 DROP jack provides the selected DS1 signal dropped from the DS3 DS1 Drop amp Insert This parameter is only available for drop and insert mode D amp I tests Channel The D amp I gt field simultaneously sets the DS1 insert and drop channels to the same number D amp I gt can be set from 1 through 28 This parameter is only applicable when the DS1 is the payload in a higher rate signal Note that the front panel DS1 DROP jack provides the selected DS1 signal dropped from the DS3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference Additional DS1 Setup Parameters Additional DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Block Size DS1 Block Size sets the DS1 information block size for applications involving block transfer protocols suc
333. rations 8 Err Inject Display Hold 9 Recall Stored End Recall 0 Store Erase All Stored Press PREV FIELD NEXT FIELD to select r Redraw screen Press ENTER for next level of selection His Alm Los OOF LOP AIS Yel COFA Errors Bl GY B2 cv B3 CV FEBE Others Run Printing Err Active PAIS PYEL LOPNTR LOS LOPNTR Valid Pntr LOCLK PAIS PYEL LAIS LFERF LED Indicator area 0ff 0n Err V5CV FEBE Remote Front Panel Keyboard Functions Key Key Function Shift Key Function 1 ENTER key MENU key 2 NEXT right RESULT key PRIOR left RESULT key 3 Right FIELD key Left FIELD key 4 Right VALUE key Left VALUE key START key STOP key DS3 History LEDs RESET key DS1 History LEDs RESET key vA STS 1 History LEDs RESET key PRINT CONTROL key 8 ERROR INJ ECT key DISPLAY HOLD key 9 RECALL key EXIT key 0 STORE key CLEAR key r Redraw remote display 25 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Setup for Remote Front Panel Operation Setup for Remote Front Panel Operation The Remote Front Panel option operates by exchanging commands and data with a controller such as a PC running a terminal program through the test set s rear panel REMOTE RS 232 port You can connect to the test set either directly or using modems Direct C
334. re Global ATM Parameters page 18 10 For STS 12c ATM applications 1 Use VALUE to set the background cell type Type gt Next use see Setup for STS 12c ATM FIELD and VALUE to set the payload Data gt Testing page 18 19 2 Use FIELD and VALUE to select and activate or deactivate the four background channels E nable 1 gt through 4 gt 3 Next set the OAM parameters Distribution gt must be Continuous see step 3 page 18 11 Choose the type alarm and segment 4 Press CONFIG right The Background Header Setup screen is displayed 5 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the cell headers for the four background channels The fields are the same as for the foreground See Set the Foreground Idle and Rece ve VP VC page 18 14 6 Press CONFIG right when you are finished The Misinserted Cell Error Control screen is displayed see page 18 18 18 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Note Note For STS 12c ATM applications see Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing page 18 19 ATM Network Testing Configure the ATM Background Channels with basic traffic shaping Configure the ATM Background Channels with basic traffic shaping If you set Traffic Shaping gt to Off see step 2 page 18 10 refer to Configure the ATM Background Channels traffic shaping off page 18 15 e From the fourth ATM setup screen press CONFI
335. re transportation stresses M ake the product inoperative and secure it against any unintended operation Contact your Agilent Technology representative for assistance Lithium Battery Caution Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Discard used batteries according to manufacturer s instructions Symbols The following are general definitions of safety symbols used on equipment and in manuals gt Instruction manual symbol Indicates the user should refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the unit gt Indicates dangerous voltage Protective ground Frame or chassis ground Alternating current Direct current Alternating or direct current Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About This Book Quick Start Chapter 1 About the 156MTS includes brief topics that will help you get up and running quickly The 156MTS ata glance e Auto Test Trouble Scan How To Test These chapters contain step by step procedures for using the test set Chapter 2 Testing SONET Networks e Chapter 6 DS3 Network Testing e Chapter 10 DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing e Chapter 14 E1 and Ti
336. re generated DS1 Data CRC Generates combined data bit errors and CRC errors by erroring the data bits after the CRC is calculated DS1 Frame Generates DS1 frame bit errors For SF and SLC 96 formats the F bits are errored For ESF format the FPS bits are errored DS1 BPV Generates bipolar violations in the DS1 data For B8ZS coding BPVs cause data bit errors as well DS1 Yellow Generates a Yellow alarm condition on the transmit DS1 using DSO bit 2 in SF format or an alternating 00 FF hex pattern in the facility data link for ESF format DS1 LoopUp Generates the currently defined DS1 loopback activate code See DS1 Loop Codes page 11 14 DS1 LoopDn Generates the currently defined DS1 loopback deactivate code See DS1 Loop Codes page 11 14 DS1 Idle Generates a DS1 Idle CDI customer defect indication signal This is the pattern 0001 0111 on all 24 timeslots on the DS1 For ESF a Yellow alarm is also sent on the datalink DSO Data Generates data bit errors on the selected DSO when DS1 Data gt is set to DSO and DSO Data gt is set to a pattern 11 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference FT1 Setup Parameters FT 1 Setup Parameters FT 1 parameters are applicable when the DS1 payload Data gt is set for FT1 FT1 parameters are accessed by selecting DSO TS Frac Setup from the Control Screens
337. rent TS16 frame word error ratio The average frame word error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average TS16 frame word error ratio The number of frame word errors over the number of frame words received since the beginning of the test ES Frame word errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one TS16 frame word error occurred EFS Frame word error free seconds The number of seconds during which no TS16 frame word errors occurred EFS Frame word error free seconds percentage E1 TS16 frame word EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 16 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 CRC 4 Error Measurements Screen E1CRC 4 Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on CRC errors in CRC 4 formatted E 1 signals Count CRC error count The number of E1 CRC 4 values that are errored Cur Ratio Current CRC error ratio The average CRC error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average CRC error ratio The number of CRC 4 errors over the number of bits received since the beginning of the test ES CRC errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one CRC error occurred EFS CRC error free seconds The number of seconds during which no CRC errors occurred EFS CRC error free seconds percenta
338. ring which no CRC errors occurred EFS CRC error free seconds percentage DS1 CRC 6 EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Frame Error Measurements Screen DS1 Frame Error Measurements Screen This screen displays measurements based on framing errors in framed DS1 signals Count Frame bit error count The number of errored frame bits including F or F bits for SF format FPS bits for ESF or F bits for SLC 96 Cur Ratio Current frame bit error ratio The average frame bit error ratio during the previous 2 25 seconds Avg Ratio Average frame bit error ratio The number of frame bit errors over the number of frame bits received since the beginning of the test ES Frame bit errored seconds The number of seconds during which at least one frame bit error occurred EFS Frame bit error free seconds The number of seconds during which no frame bit errors occurred EFS Frame bit error free seconds percentage DS1 frame bit EFS expressed as a percentage of the total time since the beginning of the test 12 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Combined Frame and CRC Errors Screen DS1 Combined Frame and CRC Errors Screen
339. ror free seconds STS 1 screen only The number of seconds in which no invalid H1 H2 pointers were detected EFS Percentage of STS 1 EFS STS 1 screen only STS 1 pointer EFS expressed as the percentage of total seconds since test start H1 H2 1 2 and 3 STS 3c screen only Hexadecimal value of the H1 H2 pointer bytes of STS 1 1 2 and 8 In STS 12c the pointer bytes are displayed on a Separate screen see next page 4 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference STS 12c Pointer Bytes Screen STS 12c Pointer Bytes Screen This screen displays the values of the pointer bytes H1 and H2 bytes for each of the twelve STS 1s that make up the STS 12c frame This screen is only available for STS 12c testing modes 1 through 12 The number indicates the STS 1 in the STS 12c frame 12 STS 1s are combined to form a concatenated STS 12 H1 H2 byte values The value for the H1 and H2 bytes of each STS 1 is displayed in hexadecimal format For a valid STS 12c signal the values of the H1 H2 bytes for STS 1s 2 through 12 must be 93 F F hexadecimal APS Measurements Screen This screen displays to automatic protection switching APS measurements K1 and K2 bytes State Chng Sec APS state change seconds The number of seconds in which one or more change in the received APS message occurred Byte Fail Sec APS byte
340. roup Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control ATM VPI CPI Scan Capability Enhancement ATM VPI VCI Scan Command Table SCPI Command Command Description SYSTEM SCAN MODE BANDWIDTH Select VPI VCI scan bandwidth measurement mode SYSTEM SCAN START Start the bandwidth scan observe the front panel SYSTEM SCAN STATUS Return bandwidth scan status SYSTEM SCAN BANDWIDTH n Fetch VPI VCI bandwidth results for channel n SYSTEM SCAN SELECT n Select Channel n for further measurement SYSTEM SCAN SELECT Query last channel selected for further measurement SYSTEM SCAN MODE EXIT Exit VPI VCI scan mode and return to ordinary SCPI mode 25 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control ATM VPI CPI Scan Capability Enhancement 25 12 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 20 Download Procedure 26 3 About the DOWNLOAD Program 26 6 Downloading Operating Software Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Downloading Operating Software About Software Downloading About Software Downloading For information on the latest At CERJ AC Telecom Operation we are continuously working to operatin
341. rs out of 1024 consecutive data bits This alarm is cleared when there are no pattern errors for 64 consecutive data bits LOS Loss of signal Declared after 128 or more pulse positions are received with neither a positive or negative pulse The alarm is cleared when a pulse is received OOF Out of frame Declared when the receiver cannot achieve either F sync or M sync frame synchronization F bit synchronization is declared lost when the number of 100 errored bit bursts exceeds 1020 M bit synchronization is declared lost when two out of three consecutive M groups are errored an M group is an M0 M1 MO sequence an errored M group is an M group that is not set to 010 FFM Frame format mismatch Declared when the received frame format does not match the set s selected format and no AIS or OOF exists for three consecutive seconds The alarm is cleared when these conditions are not met for three consecutive seconds 8 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Measurement Reference DS3 Alarm Screens DS3 Alarm Definitions continued Alarm Description LCVA Line code violation alarm Declared when three consecutive one second intervals contain a LOS ora BPV error rate greater than 44 errors per second 17 The alarm is cleared when there is no LOS and the error rate is less than 44 errors sec for three consecutive seconds Blue Blue a
342. rt see previous page If you want to retain the storage buffers and restore the factory setup options then perform the following 1 Stop test set Using the MENU up key go to the Model156 Main Menu 2 Using the FIELD down key step highlight down to Setup System parameters memu Press the MENU down button 3 Atthe Setup System Parameters menu use the FIELD down key step highlight down to Restore Factory Default Settings 4 Press the MENU down button only once The display will ask the following question Caution You are about to restore all Setup options to their factory default setting Are you sure you want to do this 5 NO To escape without restoring Factory Default Settings press the MENU down key 6 YES Press the MENU up button to Restore Factory Default Settings and retain the storage buffer 1 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com About the 156MTS To Perform a Terminal Mode Test To Perform a Terminal Mode Test This is the basic procedure for performing a test with your 156MTS 1 Switch on the 156MTS and connect the signal to be tested Connect the received signal to an RX jack connect the transmit signal to a TX jack 2 Use FIELD to select Terminal Testing from the Main Menu and press the MENU down key 3 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the transmitter receiver and payload as appropriate for your application
343. rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156 MTS Host Softw are Version 6 50 Release Notes Product Numbers E4480A amp E4487A Applicability New Features Installation Path and Section Trace Strings 156 MTS Host Software Version 6 50 Release Host software version 6 50 is a software maintenance release for the 156MTS and 31XE test sets Agilent recommends you install this software in your test set Host version 6 50 supports these test sets E4480A 156MTS SONET T Carrier Test Set E4487A 31XE SONET Electrical test Set Host version 6 50 includes the following new features path trace string J 1 byte and section trace string J 0 byte display and editing features e several new SCPI commands for controlling DS3 FEAC bits performance improvements This release also fixes problems with SCPI performance and results store recall functions If the software described in this release note is not already installed in your test set follow the instructions on 26 to download the software Install only software with a higher version number than the software already in your test set The distribution diskette includes the appropriate software for your test set For more information call Telecomms Networks Test Division TNTD at 800 923 7522 Host version 6 50 introduces enhancements for displaying and editing the J 1
344. rtisantg com ATM Formats Basic Cell Structure Basic Cell Structure 53 byte ATM Cell lt Cell Header lt Information Bytes Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 53 E 7 Y x Y A kg E w A k A 3 F A TTT TTT u A A A Aye J GFC Generic Flow Control VPI Virtual Path Identifier VCI Virtual Channel Identifier PT Payload Type CLP Cell Loss Priority HEC Header Error Control sequence AAL 0 Cell Implementation 53 byte ATM Cell 48 byte CBR Payload 5 byte Cell Header 6 53 A A f Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Formats AAL 1 Cell Implementation AAL 1 Cell Implementation 53 byte ATM Cell 47 byte CBR Payload Sequence 5 byte Cell Header Check 7 53 g x Y A Y A N m CSI Convergence Sublayer Indicator SC Sequence Count CRC CRC 3 cyclic redundancy checksum Parity Bit AAL 3 4 Cell Implementation lt 53 byte ATM Cell 44 byte Payload of variable length 5 byte Cell Header 6 7 packets 52 53 Cc a a X Ei r A yY A K p L A J ST Segment Type SN Sequence Number MID Message Identification LI Length Indication CRC CRC 10 cyclic redundancy checksum 21 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A
345. s M 0 0 M 1 1 C11 Bit stuffing control indication AIC Application identification channel C12 N Reserved network application bit C13 FEAC far end alarm control channel C41 C42 C43 FEBE far end block error indication Other C bits DL datalinks 9 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Set up for DS1 Testing 10 2 Configure the DS1 Signal 10 4 Configure the ESF Datalink Message 10 5 Configure DS1 E1 User Test Patterns 10 6 Configure the FT1 Signal 10 7 Configure the DSO Signal 10 8 Configure Other Signal Parameters 10 11 Loopback the Far End 10 12 Run the DS1 Test 10 14 Run an Automatic DS1 Drop Scan 10 15 Run an Automatic DSO SignalingScan 10 17 DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Set up for DS1 Testing Set up for DS1 Testing Example DS1 Application CER AC Test Set DS1 testing features are available whenever the transmitter receiver or payload are configured for DS1 1 From the Main Menu press FIELD to select a testing mode 2 Press MENU down The testing setup screen for the mode you selected is displayed this example shows Terminal testing mode 10 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1
346. s The number of seconds in which no VT FEBEs were reported EFS Percentage of VT FEBE error free seconds VT FEBE EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 32 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT1 5 Pointer Measurements Screen VT 1 5 Pointer Measurements Screen This screen displays pointer measurements for VT signals LOPNTR Sec Loss of pointer seconds The number of seconds during which a loss of pointer condition was present Pointer Value The decimal value of the VT1 5 V1 V2 pointer V1 and V2 Hexadecimal value of the V1 and V2 bytes PJ Sec Pointer justification seconds count The number of second in which at least one pointer justification occurred EFS VT pointer error free seconds The number of seconds in which no invalid V1 V2 pointers were detected EFS Percentage of VT EFS VT pointer EFS expressed as the percentage of total seconds since test start VT 1 5 Path Overhead Screen This screen displays the overhead bytes of the VT signal V4 Displays the value of the received V4 undefined byte V5 Sig Labl Displays the bit values and signal label definition of bits 5 7 of the received V5 byte Z6 Z7 Displays the value of the receive Z6 and Z7 growth bytes Bit 8 of the Z7 byte is used for RFI V 4 33 Artisan Techn
347. s VT EFS expressed as a percentage of the total number of seconds since the beginning of the test 4 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET M easurement Reference VT1 5 REI V FEBE Measurements Screen VT 1 5 REI V FEBE Measurements Screen This screen displays VT far end block error FEBE measurements FEBE measurements are block code violations reported from the far end using bit 3 of the V5 byte l REI V FEBE Count VT FEBE count The number of VT CVs reported CV BER avg VT FEBE average bit error ratio The number of BIP 2 errors over the total number of VT bits transmitted since the beginning of the test CV BER cur VT FEBE current bit error ratio The number of BIP 2 errors over the total number of VT bits transmitted during the previous 2 25 seconds l REI V FEBE UAS VT FEBE unavailable seconds The number of seconds that the reverse VT was unavailable The VT is declared unavailable after ten consecutive VT SE Ss The VT is declared available again after ten consecutive seconds with no VT SESs The REI V FEBE UAS measurement includes the first ten seconds but not the last ten seconds ES VT FEBE errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least one VT FEBE was reported SES VT FEBE severely errored seconds The number of seconds in which at least four VT FEBEs were reported EFS VT FEBE error free second
348. s page 22 6 1 Make sure that a test is not running Press STOP if necessary to end the current test 2 Press RECALL The buffer number and test mode name flash rapidly to indicate the display is in recall mode 3 Press RECALL repeatedly to cycle through the memory buffers 1 12 until the buffer you want to view is displayed The display changes to show the results stored in each memory buffer If a memory buffer is empty the display shows Nothing Stored 4 Usethe RESULT keys to scroll through the measurement screens available for the stored test results just as you would in normal test mode Because all test data is stored you can adjust the results level to see more screens regardless of the results level setting at the time the results were stored See To Display More Measurement Screens page 1 11 5 If you want to print stored results select the memory buffer you want and press the PRINT key See Chapter 24 Printing for more information on the print function 6 Press EXIT to leave recall mode and return to the normal display Note Press CLEAR at any time to erase all stored results Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Store and Recall Functions Event Logging Event Logging Configure and The Event Logging Setup and View display allows you to view logged View Event events and configure which events are logged Logging 1 To a
349. s been added to the command to query the test set for its current parameter values 1 Two SCPI commands have been added to return the DS3 and DS1 frame type settings The commands are SOURce DM FRAMe TYPE1 Returns DS1 frame setting and SOURce DM FRAMe TYPE3 Returns DS3 frame setting 2 A new SCPI command has been added to return the VT 1 5 mode setting either asynchronous or byte synchronous The command syntax is SOURce DM VT15 3 Five new SCPI commands have been added to return the input filter settings as follows INput FILTer DS1 INput FILTer DS3 INput FILTer DS3B INput FILTer STS1 INput FILTer E1 4 A following SCPI command has been added to return the setting of the DS1 E 1 input port termination INput TYPE Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes 5 10 11 12 13 Three new SCPI commands have been added to return the setting of the transmit port output OUTPut FILTer DS1 OUTPut FILTer DS3 OUTPut FILTer STS1 Four new SCPI commands have been added to return the ON or OFF setting of the transmit outputs OUTPut STATe1 Returns state of the DS1 output OUTPut STATe2 Returns state of the STS1 output OUTPut STATe3 Returns state of the DS3 output OUTPut STATe4 Returns state of the optical output
350. s for HEC delineated ATM tests LOCS Loss of cell synchronization Declared when the test set cannot synchronize with the ATM cell stream SCNR Selected cell not received Declared when the test set cannot detect any receive cells that match the address information on the receive channel see Rx Chan page 19 13 Pyld LOP Payload loss of pattern Declared when the unit cannot synch to the test pattern in the payload of the foreground test channel This screen is available for DS3 PLCP based ATM tests and displays the current and historical status of ATM and PLCP alarms PLCP LOF PLCP loss of frame Declared when the test set cannot synchronize with the DS3 PLCP framing PLCP YEL PLCP Yellow alarm or remote alarm indication RAI This is detected in the last four bits of the G1 byte SCNR Selected cell not received Declared when the test set cannot detect any receive cells that match the address information on the receive channel see Rx Chan page 19 13 Pyld LOP Payload loss of pattern Declared when the unit cannot synch to the test pattern in the payload of the foreground test channel 20 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM Alarm Seconds ATM Alarm Seconds HEC based ATM This screen displays alarm seconds counts of ATM alarms The alarms are defined in ATM Alarm Status page 20 20 LOCS Loss o
351. san Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com An ATM Setup menu has been added to select the ATM test mode Selecting ATM Setup from the Control Screens menu calls this menu which allows the selection of standard VPI VCI scan transfer delay inter arrival time or cell capture modes Selecting an ATM mode automatically activates the appropriate ATM setup screens and corresponding ATM results screens To take full advantage of the new ATM features in the 6 41 3 40 release older test sets may require a hardware upgrade performed at the factory Please consult the factory for more information Other features in the 6 41 3 40 release include e Enhanced E1 detection e Improved demo when test set is looped back on itself Animated activity indicator during Auto Setup test The following SCPI commands have been added to support the ATM Data gt selections e SOUR DM DATA1 lt ATM gt e SOUR DM DATA3 lt ATM_HEC ATM _PLCP gt e SOUR DM DATA4 lt ATM gt Glossary AAL ATM adaptation layer Two sublayers of the BISDN protocol model that handle the segmenting of service payloads into ATM cells AB ABCD Signaling bits for DSO and TS channels ac Alternating current AIS Alarm indication signal Originally called a Blue alarm ALBO Automatic line build out all ones ls A bit pattern made up entirely of binary AMI Alternate mark inversio
352. screen is only available in DS1 monitor test modes and displays Alarm amp Status counts of DS1 alarm seconds on the monitored DS1 signal Seconds d 12 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DS1 Status Screen DS1 Status Screen This screen displays The status of certain DS1 signal parameters similar to the front panel DS1 E1 STATUS indicators For each parameter the display shows ON if that condition is present DS1 Signal DS1 signal present Declared when a DS1 signal is received with at least a 12 5 ones density Pattern DS1 pattern synchronization Declared when 64 consecutive pattern matches bits are received SF Sync Valid SF signal frame synchronization Declared when 24 consecutive error free F bits are received ESF Sync Valid ESF signal frame synchronization Declared when 24 consecutive error free F PS bits are received DS1C Signal DS1C signal present Declared when at least 175 contiguous pulses are received at the DS1C rate 3 152 Mbs 12 18 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 Measurement Reference DSO VF Measurements Screen DSO VF Measurements Screen This screen displays VF level frequency data and signaling results for the selected DSO drop channel on the DS1 signal this screen is only active when the DSO Dat
353. se FIELD and VALUE to select the individual bits in each pattern 24 bits long Lengthen the and set them to binary 1 0 or to a dot pattern by changing the first NEP dot to eithera Lora 0 shorten 4 When you finish editing press CONFIG right to return to the test the pattern by setting the last operation screen bit in the pattern to a dot 14 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com m E1 and Timeslot Network Testing Configure the DS3 and Higher rate Signals Configure the DS3 and Higher rate Signals If you are testing E 1 signals mapped to and from a DS3 signal you need to set the DS3 signal parameters after you have configured the E1 parameters You also must configure any higher rate signals on which the DS3s are carried 1 Use FIELD and VALUE to configure the DS3 transmit and receive levels Rx and Tx These fields are not displayed when the DS3 is carried on a higher rate signal For information on DS3 setup 2 Next set the DS3 timing source TxClk framing format Frm see DS3 Setup Parameters transmit X bit status X Bit and transmit FEBE bits FE BE page 7 2 3 Configure the SONET parameters as appropriate for your application Set the transmit timing source TxCIk scrambling and transmit and receive levels Tx and Rx e If you are testing timeslot traffic on the E1 signal you can configure the TS parameters now
354. serted Cell Error Control screen is accessed by pressing CONF1G right after configuring the Background Header Setup screen Period gt set s how often a misinserted cell is injected when the error inject rate is set to Periodic This field can be set from 0 0 through 9 9 seconds Data gt sets the payload pattern of the misinserted cells This field can be set as follows All 1s A repeating all ones pattern All Os A repeating all zeros pattern 32 Bit Prog The user defined programmable pattern Enter the pattern in hexadecimal in the 32 bit Pat gt field The Misinserted Cell Error Control screen configures the injection of misinserted cells on the transmit ATM stream To inject misinserted cells set Err Type gt to Misins Cell and then set Rate gt to Single Periodic or Off Misinserted cells are injected when you press the ERROR INJECT key 19 22 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference STS 12c ATM Parameters STS 12c ATM Parameters OAM functions and For ATM on STS 12c signals three configuration screens are used background channels are not supported for STS 12c Only AAL 0 is supported for STS 12c These parameters are the same as for other ATM modes Use the table below to find the sections where the parameters are described Parameter Description location Cell Scramble gt See Cell Scrambling p
355. splay You may need to adjust the results level to view more measurements see To Display More Measurement Screens page 1 11 5 To end the test press STOP 10 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Run an Automatic DS1 Drop Scan Run an Automatic DS1 Drop Scan The 156MTS features an automatic test sequence that scans a DS3 signal and analyzes each of the 28 DS1 channels for framing and pattern The DS3 signal can be dropped from a higher rate signal This section describes how to set up and run the DS1 Drop Scan sequence For more information See DS1 1 Connect the signal to be tested The signal must be a DS3 signal or a Drop Scan Sequence higher rate signal carrying DS3 signals page 11 17 2 Setup the background mode by configuring the test set as if you were going to run a manual test For example set up an STS 1 monitor mode test with a channelized DS3 payload 3 Fromthe Main Menu use FIELD to select DS3 DS1 ATM Scans amp Pointer Sequences 10 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Run an Automatic DS1 Drop Scan 5 Use FIELD to select DS1 Drop Scan and press MENU down The DS1 Drop Scan operation screen is displayed 6 Set Configurations From to match your application For example i
356. sults into the test set s 12 memory locations The instrument automatically stores the results in the next higher available memory location When location 12 is reached the storage begins again at location 1 When all 12 memory location have been used the test set writes over the previous data The memory location is Auto Store Mode can be set as follows displayed on the first line of the display Test results also can be stored manually by pressing the STORE key See Results Storage and Retrieval page 22 6 On Error Test results are stored during a test when an error is detected Off Test results are not automatically stored Timed Test End Test results are automatically stored at the end of every timed test Every 15 Minutes Test results are automatically stored every 15 minutes when a test is running Every 2 Hours Test Results are automatically stored every two hours when a test is running Automatic Test Auto Tst sets whether a test is automatically started when you press Start MENU down from the test setup screen to go to the test operation screen When Auto Tst is set to Start a test is automatically started When Auto Tst is set to Stop a test will not begin until you press START 23 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters Laser State on Sub Menu Opt P
357. t Network Testing 14 1 Set up for E1 Testing 14 2 Configure the E1 Signal 14 4 Configure the Programmable Patterns 14 5 Configure the DS3 and Higher rate Signals 14 6 Configure the Timeslot Parameters 14 7 Configure the FE1Signal 14 9 Run theE1Test 14 10 Run an Automatic E1 Timeslot Signaling Scan 14 11 15 E1 and Timeslot Configuration Reference 15 1 E1Setup Parameters 15 2 EltoDS3Mapping 15 5 ElTimeslot TS Setup Parameters 15 6 Fractional E1 Setup Parameters 15 9 Eland TS Error and Alarm Injection 15 10 16 amp Measurement xii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Reference 16 1 E1 Indicators 16 2 E1 Measurement Summary Screen 16 3 E1 Bit Error Measurement Screens 16 4 E1 Block Error Measurements Screen 16 7 E1TS0 Frame Error Measurements Screen 16 8 E1CAS Frame Error Measurements Screen 16 9 E1CRC 4 Error Measurements Screen 16 10 E1BPV Measurements Screen 16 11 E1SlipsScreen 16 12 E1 Signal Measurements Screen 16 13 Jitter Measurements 16 14 ElAlarm Screens 16 15 E1Status Screen 16 17 E1Timeslot Measurements Screen 16 18 DSO TS Bit Error Measurements Screen 16 19 17 El Specifications 17 1 E1 TS Interfaces 17 2 Jitter Option Specifications 17 4 E1 Signal F ormat 2 048 Mbs 17 5 1 8 ATM Network Testing 18 1 Run an Automatic VP VC Scan 18 2 Run a Cell Capture Test 18 4 Set up for ATM Testing 18 7 Choose an ATM Tes
358. t 6 of timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set to 1 for three consecutive multiframes 16 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Alarm Screens E1Alarm Seconds This screen displays counts of E 1 alarm seconds An alarm second is Screen one during which at least one occurrence of that alarm occurred E1 Alarm and This screen displays the current and previous occurrence of E1 alarms History Screen on the receive signal Like front panel indicator LEDs the screen provides a current status of the alarm Alarm and also indicates if the alarm has occurred previously Hist 16 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Measurement Reference E1 Status Screen E1 Status Screen This screen displays The status of certain E 1 signal parameters similar to the front panel DS1 E1 STATUS indicators For each parameter the display shows ON if that condition is present E1 Signal E1 signal present Declared when an E1 signal is received with at least a 12 5 ones density The TSO TS16 and CRC4 sync TSO Sync Valid TSO frame synchronization Declared when valid FAS indications work cumulatively words are received in two consecutive FAS frames and bit 2 in together For example if your timeslot 0 of the intervening non FAS frame is set to 0 E1 signal is CAS
359. t Mode 18 8 Configure Global ATM Parameters 18 10 Configure the ATM Foreground Channel no traffic shaping 18 11 Configure the ATM Foreground Channel with basic traffic shaping 18 12 Set ATM Cell Payloads 18 13 Set the Foreground Idle and Receive VP VC 18 14 Configure the ATM Background Channels traffic shaping off 18 15 xiii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Contents Configure the ATM Background Channels with basic traffic shaping 18 16 Configure Misinserted Cell Errors 18 18 Setup for STS 12c ATM Testing 18 19 Run the ATM Test 18 21 19 ATM Configuration Reference 19 1 ATM Traffic Selection 19 2 About Cell Transmission 19 2 The ATM Setup Menu 19 3 Global ATM Parameters ATM SETUP 1 19 4 Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 19 6 Cell Payload Parameters ATM SETUP 3 19 12 Header Setup Parameters and Receive Cell Type ATM SETUP 4 19 13 Background Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 5 19 18 Background Payload Data Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping on 19 20 Background Header Setup Parameters ATM SETUP 6 traffic shaping off ATM SETUP traffic shapingon 19 21 Misinserted Cell Error Control Parameters ATM SETUP traffic shaping off ATM SETUP 8 traffic shapingon 19 22 STS 12c ATM Parameters 19 23 ATM Error Injection 19 24 20 ATM Measurement Reference 20 1 ATM Ind
360. t Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1 Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Max Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1Ul 5 of reading 0 05 UI Wideband Mask Highband Mask Percent of Mask 15 UI 0 2 UI Demodulated DMOD JITTER OUT jack 50 ohm BNC connector Jitter Output Scale 100 mV UI range 0 to 6 Vdc Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Specifications E1 Signal Format 2 048 Mbs E 1 Signal F ormat 2 048 Mbs f17273 4 5 6 7 8 1 Timeslot TS 8 bits 1 E1 Frame 32 eight bit timeslots 256 bits Ee Ee EKIEJEJEN n TSO CRC 4 format TS16 CAS format Cn 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 FAS frames 0 and even frames 10 0 0 0 X Y X X MF alignment frame 0 only 0 1 A Sa S2 Sa Sa Sa Non FAS frames odd frames A B C D A B C D Signaling frames 1 15 E E bits bit 1 of frames 13 amp 15 n 1 Sa Sa SalS TSO non CRC 4 format Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 FAS frames 0 and even frames Non FAS frames odd frames 17 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com E1 Specifications E1 Signal Format 2 048 Mbs E1 Multiframe Structure show ing TSO and TS16 bits TSO bits TS16 bits Frame 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TS1 TS15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TS17 TS31 0 C l00110 11 0000xX YX Xx 1 01AS 55 S S A1 B C1 D1 A16B16 C16 D16 A 2 C2200110 11 A2
361. t sets equipped with Option 231 See Option 231 page 27 6 Physical and Electrical Characteristics Physical Size WxHxD 14 5x7 5x16 0 inches 36 8 x 19 0 x 40 6 cm Weight 30 0 pounds 13 8 kg Electrical AC Line 100 to 240 Vac 47 to 63 Hz 200 VA maximum Fuse rating Warning This test set requires different fuses for 115 Vac and 230 Vac operation Refer to the table below Warning Disconnect power before replacing fuse For continued fire protection replace with same type of fuse Fuse Rating 115 Vac Operation 5 Amp Slow Blow 250 Volt 230 Vac Operation 2 5 Amp Slow Blow 250 Volt Option 231 If your 156MTS is equipped with Option 231 the unit complies with the directives required to display the CE mark for shipments into Europe Refer to the Declaration of Conformity that was shipped with your unit for alist of the regulations to which the test set conforms Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Test Set Interface Cabling The following information describes how to connect your 156MTS or 31XE test set to a PC for software download or remote control and to a printer for test data output The available Remote Interface Cable package E8523A allows you to connect the test set to a PC Refer to the figure below Cannsoth any pct at wth male oonneobre Cannsott PC mndard Sovial Ca blo ei DB 2ipto DB as Canneott olacd
362. t shows On an earlier occurrence of the alarm condition was detected Each OAM alarm indication is cleared when its corresponding condition is not detected for three seconds F4 VP AIS F4 flow virtual path alarm indication signal Declared when the received OAM cell has a VCI of 3 segment or 4 end to end OAM cell type bits set to 0001 and function type bits set to 0000 F4 VP RDI FERF F4 flow virtual path remote defect indication far end receive failure Declared when the received OAM cell has a VCI of 30r 4 OAM cell type bits set to 0001 and function type bits set to 0001 F5 VC AIS F5 flow virtual circuit alarm indication signal Declared when the received OAM cell has a PT of 100 segment or 101 end to end OAM cell type bits set to 0001 and function type bits set to 0000 F5 VC RDI FERF F5 flow virtual circuit remote defect indication far end receive failure Declared when the received OAM cell has a PT of 100 segment or 101 end to end OAM cell type bits set to 0001 and function type bits set to 0001 Note Transmitting a foreground channel with a PT value of 1xx and a PRBS or all zeros payload can cause unintended OAM alarms See PT page 19 14 20 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Measurement Reference ATM OAM Alarm Seconds ATM OAM Alarm Seconds This screen displays alarm seconds counts of ATM
363. tary carrying a DS1 1 544 Mbs signal Glossary 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Agilent Technologies Limited Warranty Agilent Product Duration of Limited Warranty 156M TS E4480A 3 years Agilent warrants to you the end user customer that Agilent hardware accessories and supplies will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If Agilent receives notice of such defects during the warranty period Agilent will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new 1 Agilent warrants to you that Agilent software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If Agilent receives notice of such defects during the warranty period Agilent will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects 2 Agilent does not warrant that the operation of Agilent products will be uninterrupted or error free If Agilent is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product 3 Agilent produ
364. tation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Configure the APS functions K1 K2 bytes To Configure the APS functions K1 K2 bytes The 156MTS allows you to control the automatic protection switching APS channel of the SONET signal The APS channel comprises the K1 and K2 bytes of the SONET overhead 1 From a SONET test operation screen press CONFIG right to scroll to the control screen menu 2 Use FIELD to select APS Control and press CONFIG right The APS Control screen is displayed in the bottom half of the display 16 Futur The message being transmitted on the APS channel is shown on the right side of the APS Control screen The new user editable message is displayed on the left side 3 Use the FIELD and VALUE keys to set the APS channel values As you make changes the hexadecimal display of the K1 and K2 bytes also changes The five fields of the APS control screen include For more information on the e Message Selects the text of the APS message APS Control parameters see SONET Automatic e Rgst Sets the request channel Protection Switching APS Parameters page 3 12 To activate the LFERF and LAIS e Architecture Sets the APS architecture used alarms see SONET Alarm Types page 3 31 e Brdg Sets the bridged channel indicator e Mode Sets the APS mode except for the LFERF and LAIS alarms 4 When you finish configuring the APS values press
365. te for sequence check SC and 47 bytes of payload AAL3 4 Received cells use AAL 3 4 segmenting with cell based and packet based CRC AALS Received cells use AAL 5 segmenting with packet based CRC Test Cell Received cells are time stamped CBR cells with a standard header four bytes for the time stamp and 44 bytes of payload see Test Cdl Structure page 19 16 Rx Cell Type gt is automatically set to this selection in the Cell Transfer Delay or Cell Inter Arrival Time test modes see page 19 3 Note BER measurements can be performed on the receive pattern when Rx Cell Type gt is set to Test Cell as long as the received cells match the test cell format Note For inter arrival measurements the received cells can be any type as long as the VP VC address matches the Rx Chan 19 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Background Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 5 Background Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP Background channels are not The Background Channel Control screen is accessed by pressing available for STS 12c CONF IG right from the Header Setup screen ATM SETUP 4 When Traffic Shaping gt is set to Off the screen appears as follows Note Background channel parameter screens are not available when BW Step Size gt is set to 2 with no Bkgnd AALs see Bandwidth Step Size p
366. test duration mode 23 4 test mode 1 13 ATM 19 3 path trace display 4 21 4 22 STS 3c frame 5 11 EEMO basis hace pointer 4 14 test operation screen 1 4 REI L 4 7 test pause Start key 1 2 1 10 REI P 4 10 re test sequences section code violations 4 5 pee transport overhead signaling scan 11 19 results 4 19 timed test length 23 4 timeslot see TS Index 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Index Tone gt 15 7 traffic profile 19 7 traffic shaping 19 4 transport overhead results screens 4 19 Transport Overhead Control screen 3 15 Trouble Scan 23 2 Trouble Scan key 1 2 TS bit error measurements 16 19 configure 14 7 D amp l channel 15 7 drop channel 15 6 insert channel 15 6 measurements screen payload data 15 7 payload tone 15 7 setup parameters 15 6 15 10 signaling drop port 13 4 signalingscan 11 19 testing 14 1 timeslot mode 15 6 tx signaling 15 7 TSO frame error measurements 16 8 TS16 frame error measurements 16 9 16 18 tx level see Tx gt tx timing see TxClk gt TX gt DS1 11 3 DS3 7 2 STS 1 3 6 TxClk gt DS1 11 2 DS3 7 4 E1 15 2 OC 1 3 5 STS 1 3 5 STS N 3 3 Type gt background channel 19 19 foreground channel 19 8 receive channel 19 17 U uncorrectable HEC errors 20 7 user patterns ATM 18 13 19 12 DS1 10 6 11 13 DSlloop 11 14 DS3 6 9 7 14 E1 11 13 STS 12c 3 9 V V5 byte FEB
367. the ACTION key to activate them The Current Values side of the APS Control screen changes to reflect the new K1 and K2 bytes being transmitted 5 Press CONFIG right to return to the SONET test operation screen 2 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Configure SONET Overhead Parameters To Configure SONET Overhead Parameters The overhead features provide control of SONET transport and path overhead and SONET path trace configuration 1 From a SONET test operation screen press CONFIG right to scroll the lower half of the display to the control screens menu 2 Use FIELD to select SONET OH Control and press CONFIG right The SONET Transport Overhead Control screen is displayed See Transport Overhead 3 Use the FIELD and VALUE keys to edit the displayed bytes Bytes shown Control page 3 15 for more as xx cannot be edited information on setting the transport overhead bytes 4 Press CONFIG right when you have finished setting the transport overhead The SONET Path Overhead Control screen is displayed 2 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Configure SONET Overhead Parameters For complete information 5 Use FIELD and VALUE to edit the displayed path overhead bytes on programming the path 6 When you
368. the FIELD and VALUE keys to set the transmit signal level Tx and the receive signal level Rx If you are testing a DS3 signal dropped from a higher rate signal the Tx and Rx fields do not apply and are not displayed 2 UseFIELD and VALUE to set the framing format Frm the payload data pattern Data and the transmit timing source TxCIk If you select Progr programmable pattern for Data you can set the pattern as desired see Configure the DS3 User Test Pattern page 6 9 3 Nextset the FEBE bits FEBE and the transmitted X bit XBit e If you are performing a dual DS3 test access the Dual DS3 Control configuration screen to configure the DS3 B signal see Configure the DS3 B Signal Dual DS3 only page 6 5 e If you are testing a DS3 signal dropped from a higher rate signal configure the higher rate signal parameters for your application e Ifyou selected C Bit parity framing you can set the C bits and FEAC channel next See Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters page 6 7 6 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Configure the DS3 B Signal Dual DS3 only Configure the DS3 B Signal Dual DS3 only Note Atleast one of the Tx Rate and Rx Rate parameters must be set to Dual DS3 See Set up for DS3 Testing page 6 2 1 From the DS3 test operation screen press MENU down The control screens menu is displayed 0S3 Frog Patt
369. thorized service or calibration will void the warranty The 156MTS E4480A requires calibration every two years To arrange for calibration please contact Technical Support at 1 800 923 7522 or 978 266 3300 Service If your 156MTS does not appear to be operating properly carefully check all configuration parameters and connections Improper selection of timing modes or drop channels for example can cause unexpected operation To reset the 156MTS to its factory default settings switch the instrument on while pressing and holding the STOP key Release the STOP key when the display shows Performing Cold Start When the factory defaults are reset you can use a patch cord to loop the instrument back on itself and perform simple tests to verify its operation If this procedure does not solve your problem call Agilent Service Test Division Technical Support at 1 800 923 7522 or 978 266 3300 Trained personnel are available to help solve your problem or determine if the unit must be returned for repair Returning a Unit for Repair If your 156MTS must be returned a Technical Support representative will assign a return material authorization RMA number No product will be accepted for service without an RMA number Ship the instrument to Repair Department Agilent Technology Service Test Division 2 Robbins Road Westford MA 01886 USA Warranty amp Service 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
370. timed tests or periodic printing see Automatic Printing page 23 5 3 Press MENU up to return to the Setup System parameters menu and use FIELD to select Event Logging Setups Press MENU down the Event Log screen is displayed Eventi Printi 4 Use VALUE to set Event Print to Yes events printed or No 5 Press MENU up to exit the Event Log display 24 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Printing Print on Demand Print on Demand Whether or not you enable automatic printing see Confi gure Automatic Printing page 24 3 you can generate a measurement results and configuration report any time a test is running e To generate a printed report while a test is running press PRINT The PRINT indicator lights while the data is being transmitted 24 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 25 Remote Front Panel ataGlance 25 3 Setup for Remote Front Panel Operation 25 4 Use Remote Front Panel Operation 25 6 Setup for SCPI IEEE 488 Remote Operation 25 7 Use the SCPI IEEE 488 Interface 25 8 Using an Answer only Modem 25 9 ATM VPI CPI Scan Capability Enhancement 25 10 Using Remote Control Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control About Remote Control About Remote Contro
371. ting press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 10 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure DS1 E1 User Test Patterns Configure DS1 E1 User Test Patterns The 156MTS has six programmable test patterns for use in DS1 and E1 testing To use the patterns set Data gt to a Progr selection Follow this procedure to configure the six DS1 user test patterns 1 From the test operation screen press CONF IG right to display the control screen menu 2 Use FIELD to select DS1 E 1 Patterns and press CONFIG right The Programmable Patterns screen is displayed Each pattern can be 2 through 3 Use FIELD and VALUE to select the individual bits in each pattern 24 bits long Lengthen the and set them to binary 1 0 or to a dot pattern by changing the first dot to either a 1 or a 0 shorten the pattern by setting the last bit in the pattern to a dot When you finish editing press CONFIG right to return to the test operation screen 10 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Network Testing Configure the FT1 Signal Configure the FT1 Signal Note The Data gt field must be set for FT1 See Configure the DS1 Signal page 10 4 1 The FT1 parameters are controlled from the Fractional T1 Setup screen
372. tion Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS2 X Bit Control DS2 X Bit Control You can set the state of the transmit DS2 X bit Access the Auxiliary Test Setups screen from the Setup System Parameters screen VALUE toggles the X bit state between binary 1 and 0 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Configuration Reference DS3 and DS2 Error Injection DS3 and DS2 Error Injection The following type of error can be injected when the transmitter or payload is set for DS3 The rates for each selection except DS3 LOS are Single 1 0E 2 through 1 0E 9 Burst and Off Note For information on injection rates see About Error Injection Rates page 27 8 DS3 Data Generates DS3 data bit errors before the parity is calculated so parity errors are not generated DS3 Data Par Generates DS3 data bit errors after the parity is calculated resulting in both data and parity errors DS3 BPV Generates bipolar violations DS3 Frame Generates errors in the F1 and F0 frame bits DS3 C1 Generates errors in the C1 bits of the DS3 subframes DS3 C2 Generates errors in the C2 bits of the DS3 subframes DS3 C3 Generates errors in the C3 bits of the DS3 subframes DS3 C ALL Generates errors among all the C bits of the DS3 subframes DS3 LOS Generates DS3 loss of signal Rates Continuous Burst Off DS2
373. tion see DS1 Data Link Parameters page 11 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications J itter Option Specifications Jitter Option Specifications DS3 jitter measurement requires DS3 testing E4480A 001 base unit or Option URR Option UQP and either Option UQN or 201 Measurement DS1 J itter Measurement per TR TSY 000499 Response Wide band cutoff frequency 10 Hz to 400 kHz High band cutoff frequency 8 kHz to 400 kHz Roll off per decade below lower 3 dB point gt 20 dB Roll off per decade above higher 3 dB point gt 60 dB Jitter Measurements Measurement Range Resolution Accuracy Maximum Peak Positive J itter 0 1 to 6 0 UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Maximum Peak Negative Jitter 0 1to6 0UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Current Peak to Peak itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1 UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Max Peak to Peak J itter 0 1 to 12 0 UI 0 1UI 5 of reading 0 05 UI Wideband Mask Highband Mask Percent of Mask 5 0 UI 0 1 UI Demodulated DMOD JITTER OUT jack 50 ohm BNC connector Jitter Output Scale 100 mV UI range 0 to 6 Vdc Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DS0 FT1 Specifications DS1 Signal Formats 1 544 Mbs DS1 Signal F ormats 1 544 M bs 1 2 3 4 5 6 718 1 Timeslot DSO 8 bits 1DS1 Frame 24
374. tion hits measurements This item is only displayed if a jitter option is installed in your test set J itter Hits Thresh comprises two fields as follows WB Wideband jitter This parameter sets the jitter hit threshold for all jitter phase variation equal to or greater than the wide band cut off frequency WB is set in unit intervals UI from 0 1 through 6 9 in 0 1 increments HB High band jitter This parameter sets the jitter hit threshold for high band jitter phase variation equal to or greater than the high band cut off frequency HB is set in unit intervals UI from 0 1 through 1 9 in 0 1 increments Timed Test Duration Refer to Page 23 9 for instruction for Timed Test Duration in SCPI mode 23 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Global Auxiliary and Administrative Setups Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters Auxiliary Test Setup Parameters The Auxiliary Test Setups parameters apply to all test modes and are accessed by selecting Auxiliary Test Setups from the Setup System Parameters menu Test Duration Test Dur Mode sets the test length and repeat mode as follows Mode Continuous Tests begin when START is pressed and run continuously until STOP is pressed Timer Tests begin when START is pressed run once for a specified duration and then stop automatically The test duration is determined by the Timer Duration field Tests can b
375. tions Data Link Interfaces Data Link Interfaces RS 232 Data Link DATA LINK RS 232 port DB 25 socket connector See SONET Port Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 RS 232 Data Link Interface Pinout Pin Signal Name Pin Signal Name 1 7 Ground 10 Receive Sync Out 2 Transmit Data In 15 Transmit Clock Out 3 Receive Data Out 17 Receive Clock Out 5 Transmit CTS Out All others Not used 9 Transmit Sync Out RS 422 Data Link DATA LINK RS 422 DB 25 socket connector See SONET Datalink Interface Control Parameters page 3 20 RS 422 Data Link Interface Pinout Pin Signal Name Pin Signal Name 2 Transmit Data In NEG 14 Transmit Data In POS 4 Transmit Clock Out NEG 16 Transmit Clock Out POS 6 Transmit Sync Out NEG 18 Transmit Sync In POS 8 Receive Data Out NEG 20 Receive Data Out POS 10 Receive Clock Out NEG 22 Receive Clock Out POS 12 Receive Sync Out NEG 24 Receive Sync Out POS 1 7 Ground Others Notused 27 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Specifications Data Link Interfaces Handset Interface HANDSET RJ 11 socket connector See SONET Datalink Control Parameters page 3 20 Handset Interface Pinout Pin Signal Name t23 4 1 Transmit In NEG 2 Receive Out POS 3 Receive Out NEG 4 Transmit In POS Note The handset interface is not available on tes
376. tisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Configuration Reference STS N Setup Parameters STS N Setup Parameters STS N parameters are applicable when the test configuration involves a signal with a rate higher than STS 1 A typical STS N setup screen appears similar to the following STS N Transmit TxClIk gt selects the STS N transmit timing source The timing source Timing Source for the STS N signal is independent from the asynchronous signals that are mapped into the payload TxCIk gt can be set to one of the following Int Timing is from the 156MTS s internal Stratum 3 clock Loop Timing is extracted from the receive SONET signal Ext BITS Timing is based on the signal applied at the rear panel BITS connector Ext 52M Timing is based on the signal applied at the rear panel STS1TX CLK IN connector This choice is not applicable for OC 12 unless the payload is set to an STS 12c or STS 3c selection Receive Signal Rx gt selects the input source for the receive SONET signal This field is Source only displayed if your set has a rear panel SONET electrical connector option US2 or 205 Rx gt can be set to one of the following OC Signal is received at the optical input port OC N RX STS Signal is received at the electrical input port rear panel ECL RX Note that the rear panel transmit connection is always active Artisan Technology Group Qu
377. to view different measurement screens in the top half of the display You may need to adjust the results level to view more measurements see To Display M ore Measurement Screens page 1 11 5 To end the test press STOP Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Perform a DS3 Pulse Mask Test Perform a DS3 Pulse Mask Test To perform DS3 Pulse Mask The DS3 Pulse Mask testing feature allows you to evaluate the shape of testing your test set musthave a received DS3 pulse a positive or negative pulse represents a binary 1 option 202 and compare it to one of a set of standardized masks ranges that set ideal wave shape boundaries Set up for a Pulse The 156MTS can perform pulse mask testing any time the receiver is set Mask Test for DS3 Rx Rate DS3 Configure the other DS3 signal parameters as you would for any DS3 test See Set up for DS3 Testing page 6 2 Set up the Pulse e To access the DS3 Pulse Mask setup parameters select Mask Parameters DS3 Pulse Mask on the Control Screens menu 1 Press CONFIG right The DS3 Pulse Mask Control screen is shown in the lower half of the display 2 Usethe VALUE keys to select a pulse mask Mask gt 3 Next press use FIELD and VALUE to select a mask Tolerance You can use the X choices to loosen the mask specifications 4 Select Polarity gt and use the VALUE keys to select wheth
378. tructions 25 4 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Setup for Remote Front Panel Operation 5 Configure the PC modems and the test set to the appropriate communications settings Refer to the documentation that came with your PC and modems for configuration instructions See Test Set Confi guration page 25 5 to configure the L56MTS Test Set Before using the remote front panel feature of the 156MTS you must Configuration configure the rear panel REMOTE RS 232 port Follow this procedure to set the baud rate and data handling parameters 1 From the test set s Main Menu use FIELD to select Setup SystemP parameters and then press MENU down The Setup System Parameters menu is displayed 2 Use FIELD to select Administrative Setups and press MENU down The Administrative Setups screen is displayed no F E AEE E PERE E POTA Cea tine AM LP LS GP abi mEt rol pal ame 3 UseFIELD to highlight the parameters for the Remote port Set the baud rate data bits stop bits and parity checking to match your printer Note Both the test set and the device to which it is connected PC or modem must be configured identically 4 Press MENU up to exit the Administrative Setups screen 25 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Using Remote Control Use Remote Front
379. trumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Set up for SONET Testing 5 Press MENU down The SONET test operation screen is displayed Note that the screen below is typical and may appear different depending on your application VT Parameters SONET Parameters 6 Use the FIELD and VALUE keys to configure other signal parameters in the lower half of the display These parameters vary depending on the test you are running Some of the key parameters include STS1 or STSN TxClk gt Sets the transmit timing source for the selected SONET transmit signal You can change the STS 12 STS1 Ins gt Other gt and Drop gt Configures the STS 1s on higher rate numbering scheme SONET signals See STS 12 Channel Numbering Scheme page 3 4 Tx gt and Rx gt Selects the connectors and levels for the transmit and receive signals Note For OC 1 you selected STS1 for Tx Rate and Rx Rate in step 3 Next set Rx gt to Optical for an OC 1 receive signal Transmit OC 1 is available when the lasers are enabled OC N TX connector Note f your 156MTS has rear panel SONET electrical connectors installed set Rx gt to STS to select them the rear pane transmitters are always active 7 Connect the signals to be tested If you are using the optical transmitter press the TX ON OFF key to enable it TX ON LED lights 2 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumen
380. ts the input level for the receive DS1 signal This parameter is not available when the DS1 signal is the payload of a higher rate signal Rx gt can be set as follows DSX1 DS1 cross connect level Equalized for 0 to 655 feet of cable Mon Monitor level 10 to 25 dB flat loss relative to DSX 1 signal ALBO Automatic equalizer for 400 to 4000 feet of cable DS1 Term gt sets the DS1 RX port to either terminate Term or bridge Bridge the received signal This parameter is not available when the DS1 signal is the payload of a higher rate signal DS1 Data gt selects the payload for the DS1 signal The choices for DS1 Data gt are described in the following table DS1 Payload Selections DS1 Data gt Selection Description QRSS A quasirandom signal source comprising a 2 1 pattern with a 14 zero constraint 26 1 A 26 1 pseudorandom bit sequence PRBS This is a six stage PRBS generator with feedback taps at stages 5 and 6 279 1 A 25 1 PRBS Nine stage with feedback taps at 5and 9 2711 1 A 2 1 PRBS 11 stage with feedback taps at 9 and 11 2715 1 A 24 1 PRBS 15 stage with feedback taps at 14 and 15 2720 1 A 27 1 PRBS 20 stage with feedback taps at 17 and 20 2723 1 A 23 1 PRBS 23 stage with feedback taps at 18 and 23 All 0s All binary zeros not available in VT1 5 byte sync modes All Ones All binary ones pattern Alt 1 0 Alternating binary 1s and Os pattern 11 4 Artisan Technolog
381. u inject on SONET alarms In loop tests the red front panel alarm indicators on the instrument light to indicate the presence of the received alarm When the alarm is cleared the amber history indicators light 5 To clear the history indicators press RESET HIST 6 Press CONFIG right to return to the test operation display 2 8 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Run Pointer Adjustment Sequences To Run Pointer Adjustment Sequences You can run automated H1 H2 pointer justification sequences to increment and decrement the pointer value or cause a new data flag NDF condition 1 From the Main Menu use FIELD to select DS3 DS1 ATM Scans and Pointer Sequences 2 Press MENU down The Test Sequences Menu menu is displayed similar to the following 3 Use FIELD to select the H1 H2 pointer sequence you want to run 2 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Testing SONET Networks To Run Pointer Adjustment Sequences 4 Press MENU down The display shows the appropriate sequence operation screen 5 Use VALUE to select an Increment Decrement Rate 6 Press FIELD and select a Configuration From setting background test mode if desired 7 Next select a channel to be dropped from the SONET signal using the Drop Channel gt field This f
382. umber E 4480A Release Overview Software Improvements A 20 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 156MTS Host Software Version 6 7 Release The 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set Host Software Version 6 70 is a new release of the software for the E4480A 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set This new version of the 156MTS SONET Maintenance Test Set software incorporates several significant improvements An Auto Setup problem was fixed in which the unit found an STS1 OC1 with an STS 1 ATM payload but reported This mapping is supported for OC3C amp DS3 transport only 1 An inability of the Auto Setup function to detect E1 mapping on a single STS in OC3 OC3 DS3 E1 mode has been fixed 2 A key was added to the Auto Setup MENU on the DS1 map screen to allow an escape from Auto Setup 3 Additional code was added to set STS drop amp insert fields for the 0C12 0C12 DS3 amp OC3 0C3 DS3 modes The Auto Setup function has been enhanced for modes OC12 OC3 amp STS1 and a VT1 5A B payload The new software adds a new menu layer After VT structured STS1 is chosen the test set scans and displays 28 DS1 channels In terminal mode the unit operator can then pick a DS1 channel to be tested The insert fields for the STS1 VT group amp VT position have been modified to match the drops and now supports VT group and 1 to 28 counting modes An enhance
383. untries states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country to country state to state or province to province 9 TOTHE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIESIN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL AGILENT OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR Warranty amp Service 2 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Warranty amp Service 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Calibration Calibration This instrument must be calibrated only by authorized Agilent Technologies personnel Unau
384. ure cells that fall within the range you set 9 Press CONFIG right to display the VPI Masking setup screen You can refine the capture range by masking parts of the range entered in step 8 Use FIELD and VALUE to enter as many as four masks to be excluded from the capture range Enable the masks by toggling the corresponding Enable number On or Off Example if you specify 10 to 88 in step 8 and a mask of 33 to 55 the test set captures cells with VPIs in the ranges 10 to 32 and 56 to 88 18 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Run a Cell Capture Test 10 Start the cell capture test by pressing START The 156MTS captures cells using the criteria you defined The test runs until 500 cells are captured or until you press STOP The number of cells captured is displayed in the Cells gt field on the top half of the display 11 Use the RESULT keys to scroll the top half of the display and view the header and payload of each of the captured cells The ATM Cell field on the top line indicates which cell is being displayed 12 To avoid scrolling through all the cells enter the number of the cell you d like to view in the Display Cell gt field and then press the ACTION key 18 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Network Testing Set up for ATM T
385. verhead Bytes Overhead Byte Description STS Path H4 VT multiframe phase indicator Overhead V1 V2 VT payload pointer v3 VT pointer action byte v4 Undefined V5 Bits 1 2 VT bit interleaved parity BIP 2 code VT Path Bit 3 VT path FEBE Overhead Bits 4 and 8 path remote defect indication RDI V Bits 5 7 VT path signal label J2 VT path trace Z6 Growth Z7 Growth 5 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com SONET Specifications Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Set up for DS3 Testing 6 2 Configure the DS3 Signal 6 4 Configure the DS3 B Signal Dual DS3 only 6 5 Configure Other Signal Parameters 6 6 Configure DS3 Overhead Parameters 6 7 Configure the DS3 User Test Pattern 6 9 Run the DS3 Test 6 10 Perform a DS3 Pulse Mask Test 6 11 DS3 Network Testing 6 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS3 Network Testing Set up for DS3 Testing Set up for DS3 Testing DS3 testing features are available whenever the transmitter receiver or payload are configured for DS3 Example DS3 Application CER AC Test Set 1 From the Main Menu press FIELD to select a testing mode Terminal Monitor or Drop amp Insert 2 Press MENU down The test setup screen for the mode you s
386. w SCPI command has been added to return the DS3 pulse mask setting SENSe DM MSKSEL A new SCPI command was added to return the pulse mask polarity setting SENSe DM MSKPOL A SCPI command was added to return the pulse mask tolerance setting SENSe DM MSKTOL A SCPI command was added to return the setting of the pulse mask stop start switch SENSe DM MSK A new SCPI command was added to return the setting of the ATM physical layer mapping SOURce DM ATMMUX A new SCPI command returns the settings of the ATM Layer Generator SOURce DM ATMGEN lt ATM param gt A 16 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendix A 156MTS Host Softw are Version 6 8 Release Notes 23 A new SCPI command was added to return the setting of the DS1 input impedance INPUT IMPedance SCPI Manual Text The following H1 byte overhead command exists but were not Changes Only previously documented in this manual These commands set and query SONET overhead H1 byte The commands are SOURce DM OHH1 lt value gt where value can be 0 or 1 and SOURce DM OHH1 The following query commands exist but were not previously documented in this manual these commands have been added to the SCPI documentation SOURce DM PROG1 PATTERN lt pattern gt SOURce DM PROG3 PATTERN lt pattern gt SOURce DM PROG32 PATTERN
387. web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED D a gaa tia Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com
388. wr controls whether the optical transmitter is active Test Setup Screen laser on when you press MENU up to go to the test setup screen from the test operation screen When this item is set to Off the default the laser is deactivated when this item is set to On the laser remains active The test setup screen is where you select the Tx Rate Rx Rate and Payload the test operation screen is where you view results and configure signal parameters Optical Tx For information on the optical transmitter laser power up state Power up State see Optical Transmitter Power up State page 3 2 STS 12 Numbering For information on the STS 12c numbering scheme see STS 12 Scheme Channd Numbering Scheme page 3 4 VT1 5 Channel VT Counting Mode sets the method for specifying VT drop and insert Setup Mode channels on a SONET signal This parameter can be set as follows The table shows the twoVT VT Group VT channels are specified in groups of seven each counting modes Note that VTs comprising four VTs A channel is specified as VT 1 through 4in are always mapped using the VT group 1 through 7 group scheme D ees 1 through 28 VT channels are specified by their position in the overall STS 1 signal from 1 through 28 VT Group 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Positionin 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Group 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 VTs 1 289 3 15 16 17 B 19 20 Z2 4 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 Transmit DS2 DS2 Tx XBit sets the status of the X bits on the
389. y Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DS1 DSO and FT1 Configuration Reference DS1 Setup Parameters DS1 Payload Selections DS1 Data gt continued Selection Description 1in8 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0100 0000 2in8 A 25 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0110 0000 3 in 24 A 12 5 ones density pattern synchronized to the F bit as follows F 0100 0100 0000 0000 0000 0100 Progr 1 User defined pattern See User Programmable DS1 E1 Progr 6 Patterns page 11 13 AIS DS1 alarm indication signal an unframed all ones signal that overrides the DS1 Frm gt setting In VT1 5 this is transmitted as a VT path AIS all ones in the V1 and V2 bytes Ext A signal applied at the front panel DS1 RX port is used as the transmit DS1 The received timing and framing override DS1 TxClk gt and Frm gt This selection is available only when the DS1 signal is the payload in a higher rate signal Passthru The receive DS1 signal is passed through to the transmit DS1 port as is line code violations are corrected Errors can be injected on the pass through signal except in monitor mode 55 Octet This is also known as the Daly pattern Framing does not overwrite the pattern The pattern bit sequence is as follows 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 00000001 10000000 10000000 1
390. yte value can be set in hexadecimal from 00 through FF User programmable SONET Transport Overhead Bytes Byte Description El Section orderwire Fl Section user channel D1 D2 D3 Section data communication channel H1 Bit 5 SDH Detect See HISS page 3 16 K1 K2 APS channel See APS Message page 3 12 D4 D12 Line data communication channel Zl S1 STS 1 1 Synchronization status Z1 other STS 1s Growth Z2 M0 STS 1 0C 1 signals only bits 5 8 line FEBE M1 STS 1 of STS N gt 3 signals Line FEBE Z2 other STS 1s Growth 3 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Path Overhead Control SONET Configuration Reference SONET Overhead Parameters User programmable SONET Transport Overhead Bytes continued Byte Description E2 Line orderwire HISS This field sets bit 5 to 1 of the H1 byte when SDH is detected Operator option can set to 0 SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy Signal 622 amp 155 Mb s rates not supported by test set The SONET Path Overhead Control screen allows you to program the path overhead bytes Bytes shown as xx cannot be edited on this screen Path Overhead Bytes Each byte value can be set in hexadecimal from 00 through FF User programmable SONET Path Overhead Bytes Byte Description C2 STS path signal label G1 Path status programmable in DS3 and STS 3c
391. ze page 19 4 Bandwidth that is not assigned to the foreground channel is used by the background channels or idle cells Foreground cells are interleaved with the idle or background cells to achieve the specified bandwidth see ATM Foreground Cell Interleaving page 19 10 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com ATM Configuration Reference Foreground Channel Control Parameters ATM SETUP 2 VBR Traffic Traffic shaping on The PCR SCR and MBS fields define the VBR Profile traffic profile These fields are used to calculate the leaky bucket algorithm when Service Type is set to VBR PCR Peak Cell Rate The maximum bandwidth that can be used by the VBR traffic SCR Sustained Cell Rate The nominal average bandwidth used by the VBR traffic MBS Maximum Burst Size The maximum number of cells that can be transmitted in a single burst of the VBR traffic Service Type Traffic shaping on Service Type determines whether the traffic is constant or variable bit rate CBR Constant Bit Rate Uses only the PCR value to set the transmit bandwidth VBR Variable Bit Rate uses the PCR SCR and MBS fields to calculate the leaky bucket algorithm see figure below Leaky Bucket Algorithm Bandwidth PCR SER Time 19 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Foregroun

sonet - Artisan Technology Group

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents